saf - welding & cutting guide
DESCRIPTION
SAF - Welding & Cutting GuideTRANSCRIPT
Welding and Cutting
A complete range of equipment,consumables, flame and gas equipmentand accessories.
www.saf-airliquide.com
A recognised quality. ISO certificationIn order to permanently provide our customers
with quality consumables and equipment, all our production units are ISO certified.
For same reason of quality excellence, to warranty our customers an efficient handling of their orders,
sales administration and customers service are also ISO certified.
Since its foundation in 1909, SAF has never ceased to participate in the evolution of the welding and cutting profession. At the beginning SAF was the main company involved in welding works in France.Using the autogeneous oxyacetylene flame welding technique (hence numerous early partnership
agreements with AIR LIQUIDE), SAF’s activity was focussed mainly on ship repairs, this was soon completedby a boiler-making activity. As early as 1913, SAF recognised the advantages offered by the coated electrode welding process and in 1919 launched the first all-welded construction ship: the SAF 4 which facilitated thecarrying out of its ship repair activities.
Since then, the evolutions of the Submerged Arc, TIG, MIG/MAG, plasma, laser, electron beam technologieshave progressively been used by SAF and marketed to its customers. Since 1993, the SAF group has beenintegrated into AIR LIQUIDE Welding (AIR LIQUIDE’s equipment and consumables activity), which allows ourcustomers to benefit from global solutions, processes, gases, equipment and consumables. Thanks to ourexperience in welding and cutting techniques, we can today devote ourselves to proposing innovative solutions aimed at improving the productivity of industrialists involved in metal working.
CTAS, a unique innovation capacity at the customer’s service. Thanks to CTAS (Technical Centre for WeldingApplications) and the design offices of our production units, we can offer innovative solutions toimprove your productivity, your production quality as well as your industrial environment. By integratingand mastering the latest technologies, and by constantly improving the existing processes, equipment andconsumables we create tomorrow’s products.
A permanent listening of our customersWhat helps us to create and propose these specific innovations is our capacity to listen to your needs andunderstand your requirements thanks to the permanent feed-back of our technical and commercial teams.They perfectly know that your company is under a constant competition pressure, on your specific markets andthat you need to adapt your organization to a moving environment, the best answer being an improvement of productivity… Thanks to this innovation we are sure that we are able to help you in succeeding in your challenge of productivity optimisation.
In this catalogue, you will find the complete range of our equipment for manual welding and cutting applications (MMA, MIG/MAG, TIG, Plasma and Flame processes…), the collective and individual protectionproducts for welders and the main consumables products (coated electrodes, solid wires, cored wires, TIG rods, wire/flux combinations for SA welding…) A dedicated catalogue is also available for automatic application in welding and cutting, please ask for it.
A passion for welding and cutting dating back to 1909.
ETUI et DEMI-ETUI MINI-ETUI
Diamètre x L 2.5 x 300 3.2 x 350 4 x 350 5 x 350 2.5 x 300 3.2 x 350* L = 350 • Ø 3.15 * L = 450 * L = 450 * L = 350
FAITES LE BON CHOIX D’ELECTRODESENTRETIEN-REPARATION
FAITES LE BON CHOIX D’ELECTRODES
POUR COMMANDER
Désignation Référence Quantité Référence Quantité Référence Quantité Référence Quantité Référence Quantité Référence Quantité étui étui étui étui mini-étui mini-étui
SAFER GM (maintenance) 1080-0535* 200 1080-0536 120 - - - - 1082-0047* 38 1082-0048 23
SAFINOX R 312 1081-0318 90 1081-0321 50 1081-0320 35 - - 1082-0001 28 1082-0002 15
SAFINOX R 316 L 1081-1442 195 1081-1446 115 1081-1444 80 1081-1447* 45 1082-0021 30 1082-0022 15
SAFINOX BNC 75 15 M 1081-0392 100 1081-0396 140 1081-0394 100 - - 1082-0006 25 1082-0007 10
SAFONTE DOUCE 1081-0332* 110 1081-0336 70 1081-0334 45 1081-0335 30 1082-0011* 26 1082-0012 12
SAFONTE Ni 1081-0572* 110 1081-0573 70 1081-0574 45 - - 1082-0016* 26 1082-0017 11
SAFONTE BM 1081-0452 135 1081-0457 75 1081-0454 50 - - 1082-0056 26 1082-0057 11
SAFALU 5 Si 1084-2510* 200 1084-2511 150 - - - - 1082-0040* 40 1082-0041 25
SAFER R 600 - - 1080-0201• 135 1080-0202* 90 1080-0203* 60 - - - -
SAFER GM (maintenance)
■ Souder des aciers doux.
- Emploi général sur acier non allié :chaudronnerie, charpente, tôlerie, tuyauterie.
- Adaptée pour joindre des pièces avec largeécartement (e ≤ 10 mm).
- Chaudronnerie.- Charpente.- Tolerie.- Tuyauterie.
Ø 2,5 mm 70 AØ 3,2 mm 110 AØ 4,0 mm 160 AØ 5,0 mm 200 A
SAFINOX R 312■ Souder des aciers à haut carbone.
- Couche de beurrage pour lame de cisaille.- Engrenage.- Matériels agricoles.- Assemblage d’aciers différents.- Assemblage d’aciers différents (Inox/Acier).
Ø 2,5 mm 75 AØ 3,2 mm 100 AØ 4,0 mm 130 A
SAFINOX R 316 L
Ø 2,5 mm 65 AØ 3,2 mm 100 AØ 4,0 mm 130 AØ 5,0 mm 185 A
SAFINOX BNC 75 15 M■ Souder des aciers très
difficilement soudables.- Vis de broyeurs.- Cuves de réacteur. - Bandages de fours. - Assemblages d’aciers différents.- Utilisation à chaud ou à froid.
Ø 2,5 mm 60 AØ 3,2 mm 90 AØ 4,0 mm 120 A
SAFONTE DOUCE - SAFONTE NiSAFONTE BM (adaptée pour le soudage en position)
Ø 2,5 mm 60 AØ 3,2 mm 85 AØ 4,0 mm 110 A
■ Souder des fontes.
- Grilles de chaudières- Défauts de fonderie - Blocs moteur- Boîtes de vitesse- Assemblages : fonte/acier,
fontes grises, fontes GS,fontes alliées.
SAFALU 5 Si■ Souder de l’aluminium et ses
alliages jusqu’à 6 % Si.
- Escalier. - Décoration. - Blocs moteur. - Bennes à 150° C. - Carters.- Boîtes de vitesse.- Huisserie.- Culasses.- Réservoirs. Ø 2,5 mm 40 - 70 A
Ø 3,2 mm 60- 90 A
SAFER R 600
Ø 3,15 mm 95 AØ 4,00 mm 125 AØ 5,00 mm 160 A
■ Réparer des aciers
pour résistance à l’abrasion.- Application où l’abrasion
est dominante. - Outils aratoires
et travaux publics.
■ Souder des aciers inox.- Pièces en inox de type
316 L pour une température deservice inférieure à 450 ° C.
Chapter 1MMA welding
2063
-001
5
6
MMA welding
1877
-051
3551
-024
1794
-030
Duty cycle(Defined by EN 60 974-1 standard)
Example: 250 A at 60% signifies that, with a stabilised cycle
and temperature, the power source will be able to deliver
a welding cycle of 6 minutes and 4 minutes of holding
(at a room temperature of 40 °C).
2 3
At a duty cycle of 100%, the power source can permanently
deliver the intensity corresponding to a room temperature of 40 °C.
Functioning cycle 10 min.
Room temperature 40 °C.
T °C
time6 minutes 4 minutes 6 minutes 4 minutes 6 minutes 4 minutes
Releasing temperature for the thermal security.
Mask
Coated electrode
Workpiece
Earth clampSecondary cables
Primary cable
Power sourcePower source director alternating current(single or three-phase
supply)
Scheme of a manual installation for welding with coated electrode
The power source is protected
against any deterioration during
storage caused by water falling
in raindrops with a maximum
angle of 60° (IP 21: protection
against vertical water projections).
An object with a diameter
of more than 12.5 mm
cannot penetrate and make
contact with an internal element
under dangerous voltage.
IP
Protection index IP 23Most of the SAF power sources have a protectionindex of type IP 23.
Signification: 2 3
1415
-027
2 3
Choice criteria for MMA power sources
7
Cha
pte
r 1
�I mini I maxi� �I at 60%
(40 °C)
** ideal for welding of cellulosiccoated electrodes
* AC: Only for rutile electrodesDC: Suitable for all types of electrodes
(rutile, basic, special …)
Power No-load Setting Welding Electrode diameter Weight Namesupply voltage M = current mm kg of product
(volts) mechanical (Ampere)alternating direct P =
AC ~ DC = potentiometer100 200 300 400 500 600
Single-phase ✔ - 48 M 15 PRIMARC 165 Single-phase ✔ - 50 M 27 PRIMARC 190Single-phase - ✔ 83 P 3.5 SAXO 1300Single-phase - ✔ 84 P 6.9 SAXO 1500Three-phase - ✔ 95 P 17 SAXO 5.0Single-phase - ✔ 85 P 9.5 PRESTO 140 GSingle-phase - ✔ 85 P 9.5 PRESTO 160 GSingle-phase - ✔ 82 P 12 PRESTO 190 GCThree-phase - ✔ 93 P 29 BUFFALO 350 i CC/CVThree-phase - ✔ 66 M 70 ASTRO 250 DC**Three-phase - ✔ 70 M 88 ASTRO 400 DC**Three-phase - ✔ 75 M 125 SAFEX M450Three-phase - ✔ 66 P 235 SAFEX C2Three-phase - ✔ 68 P 180 BUFFALO 500 DC**Three-phase - ✔ 75 P 190 BUFFALO 650 DC**
1.6 2.0 2.5 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.3
� � � � � - -� � � � � - -� � � � - - -� � � � � - -� � � � � � -� � � � - - -� � � � � - -� � � � � - -� � � � � � �
� � � � � � -- � � � � � �
- - � � � � �
� � � � � � �
� � � � � � �
� � � � � � �
�
�
�
��
�
���
�
�
��
Nature of current*
Choice of intensity of current
Thicknesses Electrode Normalfor downhand diameter intensitywelding, (mm) (A)butt weldingand filletwelding. (mm)1.6 1.6 402.0 2.0 552.0-3.0 2.5 703.0-5.0 3.2 1103.0-10.0 4.0 160> 8.0 5.0 200>10.0 6.3 290
Legend:
Penetrationof the weldbead
Slag Protectionatmosphere
Metallic coreCrater Coating
Workpiece Weld bead Molten pool
Metallic dropsin transit in the arc
The transferral of metal coated electrode
8
Technical specifications:1 - PRIMARC 165 2 - PRIMARC 190
Power supply single-phase 230 / 400 V 50-60 Hz 230 / 400 V 50-60 HzPrimary consumption I max. 34 A ( 230 V ) - 20 A ( 400 V ) 39 A ( 230 V ) - 23 A ( 400 V )No-load voltage 48 V 50.5 VWelding current 40 - 160 A 40 - 190 AElectrodes per hour 5 x Ø 4 mm/ h 9 x Ø 4 mm/ hElectrode diameter 1.6 to 4.0 mm 1.6 to 4.0 mmDimensions ( L x W x H) 330 x 212 x 280 mm 440 x 245 x 300 mmNet weight 15 kg 27 kg
MMA power sourcesMMA welding sets alternating currentFlexible and rugged the PRIMARC range of transformers is designed for maintenance and repairapplications. Performant and easy to operate, they allow to easily weld rutile and stainless steelelectrodes.
1
To order• Power source only:
Cat. no. 0320-0283• Delivered with accessories kit
PRO ARC 200 ACat. no. 0340-0293
0264
-030
2
PRIMARC 165High performances and easy to use4 decisive advantages: • alternating current welding sets
for use with coated electrodes, • easy to use, rugged and powerful,• destined for repair and maintenance
work, small and medium industries,agriculture,
• air-cooled.
PRIMARC 190Welding sets which make possible welding of mildsteel1 decisive advantages:• turbo-forced
cooled.
Wheels-kit For an easier moving of PRIMARC 190 Cat. no. 0340-4042 20
03-0
55
0480
-011
0480
-001
0480
-001
PRO ARC 200 A accessories kitFor PRIMARC 165, 190 and ASTRO 250 ACMMA set “ready to weld” including:• 4 m earth clamp 35 mm2 with COBRA electrode
holder and DINSE plug 35 mm2,• 4 m earth cable 35 mm2 with a 300 A earth
clamp and DINSE plug 35 mm2,• face shield with shade 11 screen
and 105 x 50 mm,• hammer-brush.Cat. no. 0042-0200
2003
-057
Options:
To order• Power source only:
Cat. no. 0320-0284• Delivered with accessories kit
PRO ARC 200 ACat. no. 0340-0294
Cha
pte
r 1
9
Technical specifications:3 - SAXO 1300 4 - SAXO 1500 5 - SAXO 5.0
Power supply 230 V ± 10% 230 V ± 10% 400 V ± 10%50-60 Hz single-phase 50-60 Hz single-phase 50-60 Hz three-phase
Primary consumptionI max. 24 A 31 A 17 A
No-load voltage 83.5 V (70 V average) 59 V (average) 95.2 VWelding current 5 - 130 A 8 - 150 A 5 - 220 ADuty cycle at 60% 80 A 110 A 180 A10 min. cycle at 35% 125 A (at 15%) 150 A (at 25%) 220 A(at 40 °C)Electrode diameter 1.6 to 3.2 mm 1.6 to 4.0 mm 1.6 to 5.0 mmDimensions ( L x W x H) 300 x 110 x 190 mm 440 x 200 x 360 mm 470 x 245 x 380 mmNet weight 3.5 kg 6.9 kg 17 kg
3
To order• Ready to use complete set
including:- power source,- primary cable,- equipped welding cables,- 1 mask,- 1 hammer-brush,- 1 toolcase.
Cat. no. W 000 050 000
SAXO 1300Ultra-light installation for fast and quality works 5 decisive advantages:• coated electrode, • Hot start function,• Arc Force function, • anti-sticking device,• rutile, basic, stainless steel and
special electrodes up to 2.5 mm.
4
To order• Ready to use complete set
including:- power source, - primary cable,- earth cable with earth clamp,- welding cable with electrode holder, Cat. no. W 000 050 002
SAXO 1500Installation for fast and high quality works with coated electrode4 decisive advantages:• Hot start function,• Arc force function,• anti-sticking device,• rutile, basic, stainless steel
and special electrodes up to 4 mm.
5
To order• Ready to use complete set including:
- 4 m cable 35 mm2 equipped with COBRA electrode holder and DINSE plug (35 mm2),
- 4 m cable 35 mm2 equipped with earth clamp300 A and DINSE plug (35 mm2),
- face shield with shade 11 screen and 105 x 50 mm white screen,
- hammer and brush.Cat. no. 0320-2702
SAXO 5.0Digital display and “rest voltage” 12 V device4 decisive advantages:• remote control plug,• selector: Coated electrode/TIG/TIG PAC system,• Arc Force (arc dynamics) adjustable on the front panel,• rutile, basic, stainless steel and special electrodes up to 5 mm.
Portable rectifier sets - Direct currentFor maintenance and repair works. Weight and size have been reduced still maintaining an excellent welding quality for non-alloyed and stainless steels.
2004
-723
2004
-718
0008
-018
2001
-311
10
MMA DC invertersPRESTO machines have been designed to be used in extremely severe conditions. They offer a great reliability and a high duty cycle.
MMA power sources
Technical specifications:1 - PRESTO 140 G 2 - PRESTO 160 G 3 - PRESTO 190 GC
Power supply 230 V ± 20% 230 V ± 20% 230 V ± 20%single-phase 50-60 Hz 50-60 Hz 50-60 HzPrimary consumptionI max. - - 24 A
No-load voltage 85 V 85 V 82 VWelding current 5 - 140 A 5 - 160 A 5 - 160 ADuty cycle at 60% 120 A 120 A10 min. cycle at 35% 140 A 160 A (at 30%)
160 A
(at 40 °C) -
Electrodediameter 1.6 to 3.2 mm 1.6 to 4.0 mm 1.6 to 4.0 mm
Dimensions( L x W x H) 415 x 170 x 310 mm 430 x 185 x 327 mm 480 x 190 x 350 mm
Net weight 9.5 kg 9.5 kg 12 kg
1
To order• Power source only:
Cat. no. W 000 050 004• Delivered with accessories kit
Cat. no. W 000 234 814
PRESTO 140 GIndispensable installation for professionnals of the maintenance or for on-site welding. 5 decisive advantages:• portable,• very smooth fusion (Hot start
and Arc Force are built-in),• easily and quickly connected
to plug 16 A,• TIG option: torch with valve.• MMA package delivered with
accessories kit (2 m earth cablewith earth clamp and 3 m weldingcable with electrode holder).
2
To order• Power source only:
Cat. no. W 000 050 006• Delivered with accessories kit
Cat. no. W 000 234 815
PRESTO 160 GArc force and Hot start4 decisive advantages:• portable,• very smooth fusion,• TIG option: torch with valve.• standard delivered for welding
with coated electrode (earth cablewith clamp, electrode holder).
2004
-531
2004
-526
2004
-814
1794
-030
Compatible
with generators
Compatible
with generators
3
To order• Power source only:
Cat. no. W 000 050 211
PRESTO 190 GCHigh quality and heavy duty8 decisive advantages:• Portable,• high power: 160 A at 60% duty cycle,• suitable for welding cellulosic electrodes,• compatible with generators,• +/- 20% main voltage compensation,• Arc force regulation on front panel,• TIG option with touch starting,• Lift TIG.
Compatible
with generatorsNNeeww
2nd Quarter
2005
Cha
pte
r 1
MMA DC rectifiersASTRO DC have been designed for severe applications on site or in workshops.They offer at the best price an ultra-efficient welding for all coated electrodes.
Technical specifications:4 - ASTRO 250 DC 5 - ASTRO 400 DC
Power supply three phase 230/400 V 50 Hz 230/400 V 50 HzPrimary consumption I max. 36 A (230 V) - 21 A (400 V) 57 A (230 V) - 33 A (400 V)No-load voltage 66 V 70 VWelding current 40 A - 240 A 50 - 325 A
Duty cycle 100% 130 A 190 A10 min. cycle 60% 170 A 250 A(at 40 °C) 35% 220 A 325 AElectrode diameter 1.6 to 5 mm 2 to 6.3 mmDimensions ( L x W x H) 950 x 340 x 560 mm 1 070 x 550 x 690 mmNet weight 70 kg 88 kg
4
To order• Power source only:
Cat. no. 0310-0060• Delivered with accessories kit
Cat. no. 0310-0061
To order• Power source only:
Cat. no. 0310-0070• Delivered with accessories kit
Cat. no. 0310-0071
2570
-035
5
ASTRO 250 DCIdeal for all types of coatedelectrodes up to 5 mm3 decisive advantages: • coated electrodes rutile, basic,
stainless steels and special and cellulosic up to 4 mm,
• silent cooling,• large wheels as standard.
ASTRO 400 DCIdeal for all types of coatedelectrodes up to 6.3 mm4 decisive advantages:• rectifier set with electric adjustment,• through duty cycle and its high
power,• coated electrodes Ø 1.6 to 6.3 mm, • remote control option.
1145
-009
2000
-304
Accessories kitPRO ARC 200 A for ASTRO 250 DC Cat. no. 0042-0200PRO ARC 300 A for ASTRO 400 DC Cat. no. 0042-0300
Options:
11
12
Technical specifications:1 - SAFEX M 450 2 - SAFEX C 2
Power supply three phase 220/380 V 50 Hz 220/380 V 50 Hz220/240/380/415/440/500 V 50-60 Hz
Primary consumption I max. 45 A (380 V) - 78 A (220 V) 30 A (380 V) - 52 A (220 V)No-load voltage 75 V 66 VWelding current 65 - 405 A 20 - 300 A
Duty cycle 100% 260 A 230 A10 min. cycle 60% 300 A 270 A(at 40 °C) 35% 405 A 300 A (at 45%)Electrode diameter 2.5 to 6.3 mm 1.6 to 6.3 mmDimensions ( L x W x H) 880 x 670 x 670 mm 900 x 600 x 710 mmNet weight 125 kg 235 kg
MMA power sourcesGenerating setsThe all-terrain arc welding sets. Efficient, rugged and easy to use. SAFEX sets gather performance and reliability. Since more of 20 years, they have proven in worldwide on-site applications their unequal ruggedness.
1
M 200 TIG add-on unitVery easy to use, the M 200 unitcontrols gas flow and provides anHF striking for all applications withDC current. Cat. no. 0375-0016
To order• Power source only, bivoltage:
Cat. no. 0310-0032• Power source only, multivoltage:
Cat. no. 0310-0046
To order• Power source only:
Cat. no. 0320-0500
1529
-020
2
SAFEX M 450Very easy to maintain, simply to use2 decisive advantages: • rectifier sets
with mechanical adjustment,• manœuvrable on all terrains thanks
to the shafts, big wheels and slinging rings.
SAFEX C 2Excellent for use on worksites for the more difficult working conditions4 decisive advantages:• rectifier set with electric adjustment,• powerful,• coated electrodes Ø 1.6 to 6.3 mm, • remote control possible.
Remote controlFor SAFEX M 450 Cat. no. 0381-0015 + 0320-0020
For SAFEX C 2 Cat. no. 0320-0011
Ammeter/voltmeterFor SAFEX M 450 Cat. no. 0320-2019
M 200 TIG add-on unitFor SAFEX M 450 and SAFEX C 2Cat. no. 0375-0016
Options:
0947
-013
0704
-059
0947
-047
Cha
pte
r 1
13
Technical specifications:3-BUFFALO 350 i CC/CV 4-BUFFALO 500 DC 5-BUFFALO 650 DC
Power supply 400 V 50-60 Hz 220-230/380-400/415-440 V 50-60 Hzthree phase Primary consumptionI max. 28.5 A 94/54/49 A 130/73/68 A
No-load voltage 93 V 68 V 75 VWelding current 5 A - 350 A 20 A - 500 A 30 A - 630 A
Duty cycle 100% - 350 A 370 A10 min. cycle 60% 300 A 450 A 470 A(at 40 °C) 35% 350 A (at 30%) 500 A (at 45%) 630 AElectrode welding 1.6 to 6.3 mmdiameter gouging - up to 10 mm up to 13 mmDimensions ( L x W x H) 525 x 300 x 390 mm 820 x 510 x 570 mmNet weight 29 kg 180 kg 190 kg
Inverter and thyristor rectifier sets - Direct current and gougingBUFFALO reliability and ruggedness that defy and face the most severe conditions. Gouging and also TIG or MIG welding with additionnal unit (only for BUFFALO DC). Whateveryour application is you will find in the BUFFALO range the right partner for an efficient welding.
Remote controlFor BUFFALO 350i Cat. no. 0387-4044
Accessories kit 500 AFor BUFFALO 350i Cat. no. 0058-0159
Ammeter/voltmeterCat. no. 0320-2088
10 m remote control Cat. no. 0387-4044
No-load voltage reducerCat. no. 0320-2085
Wheels kitCat. no. 0320-2087
Trolley for worksiteCat. no. 0320-2089
BUFFALO TIG add-on unit Cat. no. 0389-0034
Separate MIG add-on unitConsult us
DEVIDARC wire-feederCat. no. 9160-0486
Options:
4 5
To order• BUFFALO 500 DC only:
Cat. no. 0320-2079• BUFFALO 650 DC only:
Cat. no. 0320-2082
BUFFALO 500 DC and 650 DCEspecially designed for the welding in the most difficult conditions6 decisive advantages: • the BUFFALO range offers an
exceptionnal multi-use, • they originally have
a characteristic's selector CC or CV - MMA/gouging/TIG and MIG,
• TIG welding is optimized with the HF striking BUFFALOTIG,
• in MIG mode (CV) BUFFALO DCsets will provide optimum resultswith the DEVIDARC add-on unit,
• the power unit is oversized allowingan large reserve of power,
• even with long lengths of weldingcables BUFFALO DC sets willremain efficient for all applications.
2000
-363
BUFFALO TIG add-onCan be used with the BUFFALO 500 DC and 650 DC. TIG cycle with H.F. 2-stage/4-stagemode with adjustable slope downand original post-gas, water safetyunit. Built-in rotameter.Cat. no. 0389-0034
2223
-030
K 2000 TORCH Cat. no. 0410-0360Current 400 AØ electrode 4 to 6.3 mm
Gouging and bevelling
K 4000 TORCH Cat. no. 0410-0350Current 1000 AØ electrode 4 to 13 mm
SAFAIR CARBON ELECTRODES Version Ø (mm) L (mm) Cat. no.
4 305 1079-10005 305 1079-1001
SAFAIR 6 305 1079-1002CARBONE 8 305 1079-1003
10 305 1079-10048 355 1079-1020
SAFAIR 10 432 1079-1021CARBONE 13 432 1079-1022connectable 16 432 1079-1023
19 432 1079-1024
1266
-60
3
To order• Power source only:
Cat. no. 0320-2065
BUFFALO 35Oi CC/CVThanks to the inverter technology, this multi-purposemachine is very compact 4 decisive advantages:• compact installation,• very compact (28 kg) power set,• offers high range power and
availability, all types of electrodes up to diameter 6.3 mm (exceptedcellulosic up to 4 mm),
• coupling two installations is possible.
2001
-369
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packagingmm mm weight Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no.
1.6 300 7.1 220 1 320 1080-0021
2.0 350 11.3 355 1 065 1080-0014
2.5 350 16.8 250 750 1080-0015
3.15 350 26.9 155 465 1080-0016
4.0 350 43.0 100 300 1080-0017
5.0 450 87.4 65 195 1080-0018
6.3 450 144.3 30 90 1080-0013
3.15 450 35.0 155 465 1080-0019
4.0 450 55.4 100 300 1080-0020
14
Coated electrodes
SAFER G 48 NStandards:• EN 499
E 380 RC 11• AWS A-5.1
E 6013• GOST 9467-75
E50-E51-2
Rutile or cellulosic coated electrodes for non alloyed steel welding
Main applications:• A general purpose electrode for industry
and the metalworking trades.• Welding of poorly prepared pieces, tubes, etc.• Metal joinery, light to medium weight framework,
sheet metalwork, maintenance, etc.
Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at 0 °C (J ) CVN at – 10 °C (J )
Typical values 440 520 26 80 50
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P
Typical values 0.07 0.45 0.6 0.012 0.019
Approvals:S.N.C.F. - B.V. - A.B.S. - CONTROLAS - D.N.V.
Specific characteristics:• Easy striking and restriking.• Easy to use even for fillet weld
in vertical down position (touch).• Flat or slightly convex beads.• Slag easy to remove.
DC
ACOCV ≥45 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packagingmm mm weight Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no.
2.5 350 20.0 W 000 132 890
3.25 350 32.4 W 000 132 891
3.25 450 42.0 W 000 132 892
4.0 350 47.4 W 000 132 893
4.0 450 62.1 W 000 132 894
5.0 450 92.9 W 000 132 895
SAFER G 46Standards:• EN 499
E 380 RC 11• AWS A-5.1
E 6013• GOST 9467-75
E50-E51-2
Main applications:• A general purpose electrode for carbon steels
welding in shipbuilding, metal working industryand maintenance.SAFER G 46 is sultable on bad prepared jointand dirty sheets, with good penetration in groove.
Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at 0 °C (J )
Typical values 410 510 24 > 47
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P
Typical values 0.04-0.09 0.20-0.40 0.40-0.70 < 0.03 < 0.03
Specific characteristics:• SAFER G 46 allows welding with a stable arc
and a very low spattering loss.• Weld metal recovery is 116%• Good appearence bead and easy slag removal.
DC
ACUo ≥50 V
15
Cha
pte
r 1
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Metallic boxes packagingmm mm weight Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no.
2.5 350 16.2 555 1 110 W 000 234 633
3.25 350 26.7 355 710 W 000 234 634
4.0 350 40.0 237 474 W 000 234 635
5.0 350 60.0 158 316 W 000 234 636
FLEXAL 60Standards:• EN 499
E 38 3 C 21• AWS A 5.1
E 6010• GOST 9467-75
E46-E43-4
Main applications:• Vertical down method on tubes for steels
with mechanical strength up to 500 MPa.
Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at –30 °C (J )
Typical values 410 480 26 50
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P
Typical values 0.12 0.2 0.6 0.012 0.020
Approvals:L.R.S.
Specific characteristics:• Cellulosic coated electrode, grade E 6010.
Particularly recommended for root pass and hot pass on pipe lines.
DCor
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Metallic boxes packagingmm mm weight Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no.
2.5 350 16.2 555 1 110 W 000 234 637
3.25 350 26.7 355 710 W 000 234 638
4.0 350 40.0 237 474 W 000 234 639
5.0 350 60.0 158 316 W 000 234 640
FLEXAL 70Standards:• EN 499
E 42 2 C 21• AWS A 5.5
E 7010 P1• GOST 9467-75
E50-E51-4
Main applications:• Vertical down method on tubes for steels
with mechanical strength up to 600 MPa.
Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at –30 °C (J )
Typical values 450 560 25 50
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Mo
Typical values 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.012 0.020 0.4
Approvals:L.R.S.
Specific characteristics:• Cellulosic coated electrode, grade E 7010.
Particularly recommended for root pass and hot pass on tubes.
DCor
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Metallic boxes packagingmm mm weight Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no.
2.5 350 - - - W 000 234 641
3.25 350 - - - W 000 234 642
4.0 350 39.9 238 476 W 000 234 643
5.0 350 60.9 158 312 W 000 234 644
FLEXAL 80Standards:• EN 499
E 46 2 1Ni C 21• AWS A 5.1
E 8010 P1• GOST 9467-75
E55-E51-4
Main applications:• Vertical down method on tubes for steels
with mechanical strength up to 650 MPa.
Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at –30 °C (J )
Typical values 450 560 25 50
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Ni Mo
Typical values 0.13 0.2 0.8 0.010 0.008 0.7 0.3
Approvals:L.R.S.
Specific characteristics:• Cellulosic coated electrode, grade E 8010.
Particularly recommended for root pass and hot pass on tubes.
DCor
16
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Metallic boxes packagingmm mm weight Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no.
2.5 350 - - - W 000 234 646
3.25 350 - - - W 000 234 647
4.0 350 39.9 238 476 W 000 234 648
5.0 350 60.9 158 312 W 000 234 649
FLEXAL 90Standards:• EN 499
E 50 2 1Ni C 21• AWS A 5.5
E 9010 G• GOST 9467-75
E60-E51-4
Main applications:• Vertical down method on tubes for steels
with mechanical strength up to 700 MPa.
Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at –30 °C (J )
Typical values 570 660 20 45
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Ni Mo
Typical values 0.14 0.2 0.8 0.010 0.018 0.6 0.25
Approvals:L.R.S.
Specific characteristics:• Cellulosic coated electrode, grade E 9010.
Particularly recommended for root pass and hot pass on tubes.
DCor
Coated electrodes
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packagingmm mm weight Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no.
3.2 450 63.7 85 255 1080-0339
4.0 450 89.6 55 165 1080-0330
5.0 450 137.2 40 120 1080-0331
SAFER GF 130 SStandards:• EN 499
E 420 RR 54• AWS A 5.1
E 7024• GOST 9467-75
E50-E51-2
Rutile coated electrodes with high recovery for the welding of non alloyed steels
Main applications:• All downhand welding work when high welding
speed is sought: fillet welds or lap joints.• This electrode is particularly recommended
for multi-run technique.• Metal framework, naval and railroad construction,
boilermaking, mechanized welding, etc.
Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at 0 °C (J )
Typical values 490 560 26 50
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P
Typical values 0.06 0.4 0.8 0.012 0.020
Approvals:B.V. - A.B.S. - L.R.S. - D.N.V.
Specific characteristics:• Metal recovery approximately 130%.• Easy striking. Self-releasing slag.
Good appearance beads. Electrode can beused with "touch" technique.
• Very wide or very long beads in one run.
DC
ACUo ≥60 V
Rutile or cellulosic coated electrodes for non alloyed steel welding
Cha
pte
r 1
17
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packagingmm mm weight Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no.
3.2 450 72.1 70 210 1080-0303
4.0 450 107.8 45 135 1080-0300
5.0 450 147.5 35 105 1080-0301
SAFER GF 160Standards:• EN 499
E 420 RR 74• AWS A 5.1
E 7024• GOST 9467-75
E50-E51-2
Main applications:• All downhand welding work when high productivity
is desired.• This electrode is particularly recommended
for multi-run technique.• Metal framework, naval and railroad construction,
boilermaking, mechanized welding, etc.
Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at 0 °C (J )
Typical values 470 540 27 70
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P
Typical values 0.06 0.4 1.0 0.012 0.018
Approvals:CONTROLAS - D.N.V. - FORCE INSTITUTE
Specific characteristics:• Metal recovery approximately 165%.• Easy striking and restriking.• Self-releasing slag.• Good appearance beads.• Electrode can be used with "touch" technique.• Very wide or very long beads in one run.
DC
ACUo ≥60 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packagingmm mm weight Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no.
3.2 450 70.2 80 240 1080-0326
4.0 450 113.3 45 135 1080-0327
5.0 450 159.0 30 90 1080-0328
6.3 450 - contact us
SAFER GF 180Standards:• EN 499
E 420 RR 74• AWS A 5.1
E 7024• GOST 9467-75
E50-E51-2
Main applications:• All downhand welding work when high productivity
is desired.• This electrode is particularly recommended
for multi-run technique.• Metal framework, naval and railroad construction,
boilermaking, mechanized welding, etc.
Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at 0 °C (J )
Typical values 480 540 26 60
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P
Typical values 0.06 0.4 0.9 0.012 0.018
Approvals:CONTROLAS - D.N.V.
Specific characteristics:• Metal recovery approximately 180%.• Easy striking and restriking.• Self-releasing slag.• Good appearance beads.• Electrode can be used with "touch" technique.• Very wide or very long beads in one run.
DC
ACUo ≥60 V
18
Rutile coated electrodes with high recovery for the welding of non alloyed steels
Coated electrodes
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number (to be ordered in kg)
Diameter Length Standard packagingmm mm Quantity
per box Cat. no.
4.0 600 7.1 kg 1080-0344
4.6 600 6.9 kg 1080-0346
5.0 700 8.4 kg 1080-0345
5.5 450 5.2 kg 1080-0341
5.5 600 7.1 kg 1080-0342
5.5 700 consult us 1080-0343
6.0 700 8.0 kg 1080-0347
SAFER GF 200Standards:• EN 499
E 422 RR 74• AWS A 5.1
E 7024• GOST 9467-75
E50-E51-3
Main applications:• All downhand welding work when high productivity
is desired.• This electrode is particularly recommended
for multi-run technique.• Metal framework, naval and railroad construction,
boilermaking, mechanized welding, etc.
Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at – 20 °C (J )
Typical values 510 580 27 60
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P
Typical values 0.07 0.6 1.10 0.012 0.020
Approvals:D.N.V. - B.V. - L.R.S.
Specific characteristics:• Metal recovery approximately 200%.• Easy striking and restriking.• Self-releasing slag.• Good appearance beads.• Electrode can be used with "touch" technique.• Very wide or very long beads in one run.
DC
ACUo ≥60 V
Low hydrogen coated electrodes for non or low alloyed steels
SAFER PRESTIGESAFDRY PRESTIGEStandards:• EN 499
E 424 B 12 H 5• AWS A 5.1
E 7016.1
Main applications:• Particularly well-suited for welding thick assemblies
(steel grades E26 to E355), which are difficult to get at and thus require a very good penetrationrun, good X-ray properties and reliable impactstrengths at low temperature (-50°C) (offshore work,piping, etc.).
Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at – 30 °C (J ) CVN at – 50 °C (J )
Typical values 470 570 30 150 120
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P
Typical values 0.06 0.6 1.10 0.010 0.015
Approvals:L.R.S. - D.N.V. - B.V. - A.B.S. - CONTROLAS - FORCE INSTITUTE - MOD
Specific characteristics:• Ease of handling, especially for positional
welding and penetration runs.• Impact strength at -50°C.• Low striking voltage in AC use.• Very low diffusible hydrogen content of weld metal
(≤ 5 ml/100g - ISO 3690), after drying under optimal conditions: 1.5 hours at 300°C - 350°C.
- With the SAFDRY version (vacuum-packed electrodes), electrodes may be used without drying.Preheating may be reduced or even eliminated.
DC
ACUo ≥65 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packaging Vacuum packagingmm mm weight Quantity Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no. per sachet per carton Cat. no.
2.0 300 11.8 355 1080-0281 - - -
2.5 350 19.0 205 1080-0282 28 448 1080-0350
3.2 350 31.1 140 1080-0283 22 308 1080-0353
3.2 450 40.6 140 1080-0284 - - -
4.0 350 45.5 95 1080-0285 18 216 1080-0354
4.0 450 59.6 90 1080-0286 18 216 1080-0352
5.0 450 91.0 60 1080-0287 26 156 1080-0357
On opening After exposure to air: vacuum pack RH 80%, 27 °C air speed 0.5 m/sec.
Diffusible H2 4 hours 8 hours(ml/100 g deposited metal) 3.0
4.5 5.2ISO 3690
19
Cha
pte
r 1
SAFER NF 510SAFDRY 510Standards:• EN 499
E 423 B 32 H5• AWS A 5.1
E 7018• GOST 9467-75
E50A-E51-6
Main applications:• General purpose electrode for all
highly reliable work on steels withan ultimate tensile strength of lessthan 550 MPa.
• Recommended for welding verythick or tightly clamped assembliesundergoing hot working or for hotenamelling. The short SAFER NF510 electrode is recommended for pipe welding.
Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at – 40 °C (J ) CVN at – 50 °C (J )
Typical values 470 550 29 140 90
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P
Typical values 0.06 0.5 1.1 0.010 0.018
Approvals:B.V. - A.B.S. - L.R.S. - D.N.V. - FORCE INSTITUTE - MOD
Specific characteristics:• Metal recovery approximately 120%.• Very good welding and melting properties.
High resistance to hot cracking. Low moisture content of the coating and low diffusible hydrogen content of weld metal: ≤ 5 ml/100 g (ISO 3690), after drying under optimal conditions: 2 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.
- With the SAFDRY version (vacuum-packed electrode), electrodes may be used without drying.Preheating may be reduced or even eliminated.
DC
ACUo ≥75 V
On opening After exposure to air: vacuum pack RH 80%, 27 °C air speed 0.5 m/sec.
Diffusible H2 4 hours 8 hours(ml/100 g deposited metal) 2.8
3.8 4.8ISO 3690
SAFER NF 58SAFDRY 58Standards:• EN 499
E 425 B 32 H5• AWS A 5.1
E 7018-1• GOST 9467-75:
E50A-E51-6
Main applications:• General purpose electrode for all
highly reliable work on steels withan ultimate tensile strength of lessthan 600 MPa. Recommended for welding very thick or tightlyclamped assemblies and wherehigh impact strength is required for weld metal at temperaturesdown to – 40 °C.
• Welded structures for offshoredrilling: platforms, derricks and flare-stocks. Boilerwork. High altitude forced conduit sealing.Construction and repair of pressurized equipment.
Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at – 40 °C (J ) CVN at – 50 °C (J )
Typical values 510 590 29 160 90
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P
Typical values 0.07 0.4 1.30 0.008 0.015
Approvals:L.R.S. - D.N.V. - B.V. - A.B.S. - CONTROLAS - G.D.F. - T.Ü.V - D.B. - FORCE INSTITUTE - MARINE NATIONALE - MOD
Specific characteristics:• Metal recovery approximately 115%. Very good welding
and melting properties in both current modes. Easy striking (graphitized tips). High resistance to hot cracking. Excellent impact strength at low temperatures: average CVN at – 50 °C = 90 J.Low moisture content of the coating and low diffusible hydrogencontent of deposited metal: ≤ 5 ml/100 g (ISO 3690), after drying under optimal conditions: 2 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C. Contact our technical department for results of COD test.
- With SAFDRY version (vacuum-packed electrodes), electrodes may beused without drying. Preheating may be reduced or even eliminated.
DC
ACOCV ≥
70 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packaging Vacuum packagingmm mm weight Quantity Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no. per sachet per carton Cat. no.
2.5 350 19.9 200 600 1080-0676 30 480 1080-6694
3.2 350 35.4 115 345 1080-0687 22 308 1080-6692
3.2 450 46.0 115 345 1080-0677 22 308 1080-6695
4.0 350 50.7 85 255 1080-0688 18 216 1080-6693
4.0 450 65.0 85 255 1080-0678 18 216 1080-6696
5.0 450 102.0 55 165 1080-0679 8 144 1080-6689
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packaging Vacuum packagingmm mm weight Quantity Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no. per sachet per carton Cat. no.
2.5 350 21.1 185 555 1080-0432 28 448 1080-0457
3.2 350 34.9 115 345 1080-0437 22 308 1080-0465
3.2 450 44.4 115 345 1080-0433 22 308 1080-0458
4.0 350 51.2 80 240 1080-0438 18 216 1080-0466
4.0 450 66.5 80 240 1080-0434 18 216 1080-0459
5.0 450 104.3 55 165 1080-0435 28 144 1080-0463
6.3 450 154.8 40 120 1080-0436 35 105 1080-0464
20
Low hydrogen coated electrodes with high recovery for assemblies of non and low alloyed steels
Coated electrodes
SAFER NF 52SAFDRY 52Standards:• EN 499
E 424 B 54 H 5• AWS A 5.1
E 7028• GOST 9467-75
E50-E51-5
Main applications:• General purpose electrode for all
highly reliable work on thick steelswhen high productivity is desired.
• Particularly recommended for multi-run technique. Heavy framework, heavy boilerwork, naval construction, storage tanks,etc.
Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at – 30 °C (J ) CVN at – 40 °C (J )
Typical values 440 535 30 150 100
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P
Typical values 0.06 0.4 1.10 0.010 0.015
Approvals:B.V. - A.B.S. - L.R.S. - D.N.V. - CONTROLAS - FORCE INSTITUTE - T.Ü.V.
Specific characteristics:• Low hydrogen electrode with 150% metal recovery for
good impact strengths at temperatures down to – 40 °C.Low diffusible hydrogen of weld metal (< 5 ml/100 g - ISO 3690), after drying under optimal conditions: 2 hours at 280 °C / 330 °C.
- With SAFDRY version (vacuum-packed electrodes), electrodes may be used without drying. Preheating may be reduced or even eliminated.
DC
ACUo ≥75 V
On opening After exposure to air: vacuum pack RH 80%, 27 °C air speed 0.5 m/sec.
Diffusible H2 4 hours 8 hours(ml/100 g deposited metal) 2.6
3.0 3.5ISO 3690
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packaging Vacuum packagingmm mm weight Quantity Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no. per sachet per carton Cat. no.
3.2 450 54.5 100 300 1080-0499 - - -
4.0 450 105.6 50 150 1080-0518 7 112 1080-5500
5.0 450 153.3 30 90 1080-0519 6 84 1080-5501
On opening After exposure to air: vacuum pack RH 80%, 27 °C air speed 0.5 m/sec.
Diffusible H2 4 hours 8 hours(ml/100 g deposited metal) 3.1
4.0 5.3ISO 3690
SAFER MD 56SAFDRY MD 56Standards:• EN 757
E 555 1 Ni Mo B 32 H 5(Because of some divergences with the corresponding standard,the classification proposed does not havean absolute character).
• AWS A 5.5E 8018 G
• GOST 9467-75E60-06G2Ni-6
Main applications:• Welding of creep-resistant
manganese and molybdenum steelswith high tensile strength.
• This electrode is recommendedwhen good as-welded impactstrengths at low temperatures are required.
• Welding of steels with a high yieldstrength (Re ≥ 500 MPa).
Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at – 40 °C (J ) CVN at – 46 °C (J )
Typical values 560 640 25 100 80
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Ni Mo
Typical values 0.05 0.4 0.9 0.010 0.015 0.6 0.3
Approvals:B.V. - A.B.S. - D.N.V. - L.R.S. - T.Ü.V. - MARINE NATIONALE.
Specific characteristics:• Metal recovery approximately 120%.
Easy striking (graphitized tips).• High resistance to the critical of the deposited metal.• Low diffusible hydrogen content of weld metal: 5 ml/100 g (ISO 3690)
after drying under optimal conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.- With SAFDRY version (vacuum-packed electrodes), electrodes may be
used without drying. Preheating may be reduced or even eliminated.
DC
ACUo ≥70 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packaging Vacuum packagingmm mm weight Quantity Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no. per sachet per carton Cat. no.
2.5 350 23.1 180 540 1081-6062 consult us
3.15 450 47.5 115 345 1081-6063 consult us
4.0 450 67.4 80 240 1081-6064 consult us
5.0 450 103.0 55 165 1081-6065 consult us
Low hydrogen coated electrodes for welding low alloy steels with a high yield strength
Cha
pte
r 1
21
SAFER MD 70Standards:• EN 757
E 622 Mn Mo B 32 H 5• AWS A 5.5
E 10018 D2• GOST 9467-75
E70-E51-6
Main applications:• Welding of steels with a high yield
strength (YS ≥ 600 MPa) when good impact strengths at low temperatures are required.
Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test type AWS A 5.5 (heat treatment at 620 °C for 1 h).YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at – 50 °C (J )
Typical values 700 770 24 48
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Mo
Typical values 0.09 0.5 1.9 0.010 0.018 0.4
Specific characteristics:• Metal recovery approximately 115%.• Low diffusible hydrogen content of weld metal:
5 ml/100 g (ISO 3690) after drying under optimal conditions: 2 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.
Working conditions:• Preheating between 100 and 150 °C for very thick and strongly-clamped
assemblies. For quality work, the craters at the end of the welds shouldbe ground.
DC
ACUo ≥70 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packagingmm mm weight Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no.
2.5 350 22.9 180 540 1081-6322
3.15 350 36.1 115 345 1081-6323
4.0 350 53.5 80 240 1081-6324
5.0 450 106.1 50 150 1081-6325
On opening After exposure to air: vacuum pack RH 80%, 27 °C air speed 0.5 m/sec.
Diffusible H2 4 hours 8 hours(ml/100 g deposited metal) 3.1
4.1 5.4ISO 3690
SAFER ND 65SAFDRY ND 65Standards:• EN 757
E 555 2 Ni Mo B 32 H 5(Because of some divergences with the corresponding standard,the classification proposed does not havean absolute character).
• AWS A 5.5E 9018 G
• GOST 9467-75E60-06G2Ni-6
Main applications:• Welding of steels with a high yield
strength (Ys ≥ 500 MPa).
Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at – 40 °C (J ) CVN at – 46 °C (J )
Typical values 640 710 23 140 85
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Ni Mo
Typical values 0.05 0.5 1.3 0.013 0.010 1.7 0.3
Specific characteristics:• Metal recovery approximately 120%.
Easy striking (graphitized tips).• Low diffusible hydrogen content of weld metal: 5 ml/100 g (ISO 3690)
after drying under optimal conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.- With SAFDRY version (vacuum-packed electrodes), electrodes may be
used without drying. Preheating may be reduced or even eliminated.
DC
ACUo ≥70 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packaging Vacuum packagingmm mm weight Quantity Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no. per sachet per carton Cat. no.
2.5 350 21.6 185 555 1081-6262 Consult us
3.15 450 47.9 115 345 1081-6263 Consult us
22
On opening After exposure to air: vacuum pack RH 80%, 27 °C air speed 0.5 m/sec.
Diffusible H2 4 hours 8 hours(ml/100 g deposited metal) 3.2
4.1 5.4ISO 3690
SAFER ND 80SAFDRY ND 80Standards:• EN 757
E 694 Mn 2 Ni Cr Mo B 32 H 5(Because of some divergences with the corresponding standard,the classification proposed does not havean absolute character).
• AWS A 5.5E 10018 G
• GOST 9467-75E85-
Main applications:• This electrode is particularly recommended
when good impact strength characteristicsat low temperatures are required (TypicalCharpy V notch value at – 50 °C = 70 J),whether in an as-welded condition, or afterstress relief heat treatment.
• Welding of steels with a high yield strength(0.2% proof stress ≥ 700 MPa).
Working conditions:• Preheating between 100 °C and 150 °C
for very thick and strongly-clampedassemblies.
• For quality work, the first penetration runand the craters at the end of the weldshould be ground.
Mechanical characteristics As-welded on all-metal weld test EN 1597-1. Between runs temperature: 120 °C.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at – 20 °C (J ) CVN at – 50 °C (J )
Typical values 800 860 19 110 70
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Ni Mo Cr
Typical values 0.07 0.5 1.5 0.010 0.015 1.7 0.4 0.3
Approvals:MARINE NATIONALE.
Specific characteristics:• Easy striking (graphitized tips).
Metal recovery approximately 120%.• Low diffusible hydrogen content of weld metal: ≤ 5 ml/100 g (ISO 3690), after drying under optimal conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.
- With SAFDRY version (vacuum-packed electrodes), electrodes may beused without drying. Preheating may be reduced or even eliminated.
DC
ACUo ≥70 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packaging Vacuum packagingmm mm weight Quantity Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no. per sachet per carton Cat. no.
2.5 350 22.3 180 540 1081-6282 28 448 1081-6295
3.15 450 45.5 115 345 1081-6283 22 308 1081-6296
4.0 450 67.6 80 240 1081-6284 18 216 1081-6297
5.0 450 103.5 50 150 1081-6286 consult us
Low hydrogen coated electrodes for welding low alloy steels with a high yield strength
Coated electrodes
On opening After exposure to air: vacuum pack RH 80%, 27 °C air speed 0.5 m/sec.
Diffusible H2 4 hours 8 hours(ml/100 g deposited metal) 3.2
4.1 5.4ISO 3690
SAFER ND 100SAFDRY ND 100Standards:• EN 757
E 894 Mn 2 Ni Cr Mo B 32 H 5(Because of some divergences with the corresponding standard,the classification proposed does not havean absolute character).
• AWS A 5.5E 12018 G
• GOST 9467-75E100
Main applications:• Welding of steels with a high yield
strength YS ≥ 900 MPa.Working conditions:• Preheating between 100 °C
and 150 °C for very thick and strongly-clamped assemblies. For quality work, the craters at theend of the weld should be ground.
Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at – 20 °C (J ) CVN at – 50 °C (J )
Typical values 970 1050 17 70 55
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Ni Cr Mo
Typical values 0.08 0.5 1.8 0.008 0.015 1.9 0.6 0.9
Approvals:MARINE NATIONALE.
Specific characteristics:• Easy striking (graphitized tips).• Low diffusible hydrogen content of weld metal:
5 ml/100 g (ISO 3690), after drying under optimal conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.
- With SAFDRY version (vacuum-packed electrodes), electrodes may beused without drying. Preheating may be reduced or even eliminated.
DC
ACUo ≥70 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packaging Vacuum packagingmm mm weight Quantity Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no. per sachet per carton Cat. no.
3.15 450 45.3 115 345 1081-6278 consult us
4.0 450 68.4 80 240 1081-6279 consult us
Cha
pte
r 1
23
Low hydrogen coated electrodes for welding of non and low alloyed steels (low temperature CVN)
On opening After exposure to air: vacuum pack RH 80%, 27 °C air speed 0.5 m/sec.
Diffusible H2 4 hours 8 hours(ml/100 g deposited metal) 2.8
3.8 4.8ISO 3690
SAFER NF 59 ASAFDRY 59 AStandards:• EN 499
E 426 1 Ni B 32 H 5• AWS A 5.5
E 7018 G• GOST 9467-75
E50A-E51-7
Main applications:• Offshore work.
“Arctic Quality” steels.
Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at – 40 °C (J ) CVN at – 60 °C (J )
Typical values 460 555 30 150 120
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn Ni S P
Typical values 0.06 0.35 1.5 0.7 0.008 0.015
Approvals:L.R.S. - D.N.V. - CONTROLAS.
Specific characteristics:• Low hydrogen electrode with high impact strength
at temperatures down to – 60 °C or down to – 40 °C for root runs using a high welding energy (30 kJ/cm).
• Low diffusible hydrogen in weld metal (≤ 5 ml/100 g - ISO 3690), after drying under optimal conditions: 2 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.
- With the SAFDRY version (vacuum-packed electrodes), electrodes maybe used without drying. Preheating may be reduced or even eliminated.
DC
ACUo ≥70 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packaging Vacuum packagingmm mm weight Quantity Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no. per sachet per carton Cat. no.
2.5 350 20.7 170 510 1080-0710 28 448 1080-0720
3.2 450 47.5 110 330 1080-0711 22 308 1080-0721
4.0 450 68.1 - - - 18 216 1080-0722
On opening After exposure to air: vacuum pack RH 80%, 27 °C air speed 0.5 m/sec.
Diffusible H2 4 hours 8 hours(ml/100 g deposited metal) 2.8
3.8 4.8ISO 3690
SAFDRY 59Standards:• EN 499
E 466 1 NI B 32 H 5• AWS A 5.5
E 8018 G• GOST 9467-75
E50A-E51-7
Main applications:• Offshore work.
“Arctic Quality” steels.
Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at – 40 °C (J ) CVN at – 60 °C (J )
Typical values 570 650 28 150 120
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn Ni S P
Typical values 0.06 0.35 1.5 0.7 0.008 0.015
Approvals:G.D.F.
Specific characteristics:• Low hydrogen electrode with high impact strength
at temperatures down to – 60 °C or down to – 40 °C for root runs using a high welding energy (30 kJ/cm).
• Low diffusible hydrogen in weld metal (≤ 5 ml/100 g - ISO 3690), after drying under optimal conditions: 2 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.
- With the SAFDRY version (vacuum-packed electrodes), electrodes maybe used without drying. Preheating may be reduced or even eliminated.
DC
ACOCV ≥
70 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Vacuum packagingmm mm weight Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per sachet per carton Cat. no.
2.5 350 23.9 26 416 1080-6731
3.2 350 35.5 22 308 1080-6735
3.2 450 45.8 22 308 1080-6732
4.0 350 52.0 18 216 1080-6736
4.0 450 68.0 18 216 1080-6733
24
Coated electrodesLow hydrogen coated electrodes for welding of non and low alloyed steels (low temperature CVN)
On opening After exposure to air: vacuum pack RH 80%, 27 °C air speed 0.5 m/sec.
Diffusible H2 4 hours 8 hours(ml/100 g deposited metal) 3.0
3.9 4.7ISO 3690
SAFER NI 55SAFDRY NI 55Standards:• AWS A 5.5
E 8018 C1• GOST 9467-75
E55-E51-7
Main applications:• Welding of 0.5% to 2% nickel steels
for use at low temperatures: typicalCharpy V notch value at – 60 °C = 120 J.
• Very good mechanical characteristics of weld metal, whether in as-welded condition or after stress relief heat treatment (see characteristics below).
Working conditions:• Select a low welding energy
(weld without weaving).• Preheating between 100 °C
and 150 °C for very thick and strongly-clamped assemblies.
• For quality work, the craters at theend of the welds should be ground.
Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at – 50 °C (J ) CVN at – 60 °C (J ) CVN at – 70 °C (J )
Typical values 540 620 26 160 110 70
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Ni
Typical values 0.05 0.4 1.0 0.008 0.011 2.5
Approvals:B.V. - A.B.S. - CONTROLAS - D.N.V. - L.R.S.
Specific characteristics:• Metal recovery approximately 110%.
Easy striking (graphitized tips).• Low diffusible hydrogen content of deposited metal: ≤ 5 ml/100 g (ISO 3690), after drying under optimal conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.
- With SAFDRY version (vacuum-packed electrodes), electrodes may beused without drying. Preheating may be reduced or even eliminated.Contact our Technical Department for CTOD results.
DC
ACUo ≥70 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packaging Vacuum packagingmm mm weight Quantity Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no. per sachet per carton Cat. no.
2.5 350 20.3 200 600 1081-6302 30 480 1081-6308
3.15 350 32.0 130 390 1081-6301 22 308 1081-6312
4.0 350 46.7 85 255 1081-6307 18 216 1081-6315
5.0 450 99.7 55 165 1081-6305 - - -
FREEZAL E Ni 3Standards:• AWS A 5.5
E 8018 C2(Because of some divergences with the corresponding standard,the classification proposed does not havean absolute character).
Main applications:• Welding of steels with 3.5%
of Ni with good resilience level at – 105 °C
Working conditions:• This electrode operates just as well
with AC or DC current. It generates a very low level of diffusible hydrogen.
Mechanical characteristics After Thermal Processing on mould (EN 1597-1): rising 100 °C/h, stabilisation 1 h. at 620 °C, cooling 50 °C/h, and surrounding air.
YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at – 105 °C (J )Typical values 475 595 26 121
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Ni
Typical values 0.05 0.2 0.7 0.007 0.008 3.7
Specific characteristics:• Optimal drying conditions: 1.5 to 3 hours
at 300 °C / 350 °C.DC
ACUo ≥70 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packagingmm mm weight Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no.
2.5 350 21.8 170 510 1081-6330
3.15 350 35.7 115 345 1081-6331
4.0 450 53.9 70 210 1081-6332
5.0 450 98.1 55 165 1081-6333
25
Cha
pte
r 1
Low hydrogen coated electrodes for welding low alloy steels and creep resistant steels (chrome - molybdenum)
On opening After exposure to air: vacuum pack RH 80%, 27 °C air speed 0.5 m/sec.
Diffusible H2 4 hours 8 hours(ml/100 g deposited metal) 2.5
3.3 4.0ISO 3690
AL CROMOCORD55Standards:• EN 1599
E Cr Mo 0,5 B 12• AWS A 5.5
E 8018 B1• GOST 9467-75
E09-M Kh
Main applications:• Welding of creep resistant steels
of grades 0.5% Cr, 0.5% Mo. This electrode is recommendedwhen heat treatment is possible.When it is not, use SAFINOX BNC75.15 M (see page Arc34).
Working conditions:• Preheating between 250 °C
and 300 °C according to the type of base metal and the size of the workpieces. Temperature stabilized between runs.
• Slow cooling. For quality work, the craters at the end of the weldshould be ground.
Mechanical characteristics After heat treatment on all-metal weld test (EN 1597-16):heating rate of 200 °C/h up to 700 °C + stabilization 1 hour + cooling at a rate of 150 °C/h down to 300 °C, then in still air. Step-cooling results available on request.
YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at 0 °C (J ) CVN at – 20 °C (J )Typical values 550 640 24 140 100
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Mo
Typical values 0.05 0.4 0.7 0.008 0.012 0.5 0.5
Specific characteristics:• Easy striking (graphitized tips). Very good resistance
cracking. Very easy to use for welding tubes.• Optimal drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.- With electrodes in vaccum packaging, the electrodes may be used
without drying. Preheating may be reduced.
DC
ACUo ≥70 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number: contact us
On opening After exposure to air: vacuum pack RH 80%, 27 °C air speed 0.5 m/sec.
Diffusible H2 4 hours 8 hours(ml/100 g deposited metal) 2.5
3.3 4.0ISO 3690
AL CROMOCORD KbStandards:• EN 1599
E Cr Mo 1 B 42• AWS A 5.5
E 8018 B2• GOST 9467-75
E09-Kh 1M
Main applications:• Welding of creep resistant steels
of grades 1.25% Cr, 0.5% Mo.• This electrode is recommended
when heat treatment is possible.• When it is not, use SAFINOX BNC
75.15 M (see page Arc 34).Working conditions:• Preheating between 250 °C and
300 °C according to the type ofbase metal and the size of theworkpieces.
• Temperature stabilized betweenruns. Slow cooling.
• For quality work, the craters at theend of the weld should be ground.
Mechanical characteristics After heat treatment on all-metal weld test (EN 1597-1): heating at rate of 200 °C/h up to 700 °C + stabilization 1 hour + cooling at a rate of 150 °C/h down to 300 °C, then in still air. Step-cooling results available on request.
YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at 0 °C (J ) CVN at – 20 °C (J )Typical values 540 630 23 180 150
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Mo
Typical values 0.05 0.4 0.7 0.008 0.013 1.2 0.5
Specific characteristics:• Easy striking (graphitized tips).• Very good resistance to cracking.• Very easy to use for welding tubes.• Optimal drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.- With electrodes in vaccum packaging, the electrodes may be used
without drying. Preheating may be reduced.
DC
ACUo ≥70 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number: contact us
26
Coated electrodesLow hydrogen coated electrodes for welding low alloy steels and creep resistant steels (chrome - molybdenum)
On opening After exposure to air: vacuum pack RH 80%, 27 °C air speed 0.5 m/sec.
Diffusible H2 4 hours 8 hours(ml/100 g deposited metal) 2.5
3.3 4.0ISO 3690
AL CROMO E 225Standards:• EN 1599
E Cr Mo 2 B 20• AWS A 5.5
E 9015 B3• GOST 9467-75
E09-Kh 2 M1
Main applications:• Welding of creep resistant steels
of grades 2.25% Cr, 1% Mo.• This electrode is recommended
when heat treatment is possible.• When it is not, use SAFINOX BNC
75.15 M (see page ??).• For step cooling application
we recommand the use of ALCROMO E 225 vaccum packaging.
Working conditions:• Preheating between 270 °C
and 350 °C according to the type of base metal and the size of theworkpieces.
• Temperature stabilized betweenruns. Slow cooling.
• For quality work, the craters at theend of the weld should be ground.
Mechanical characteristics After heat treatment on all-metal weld test (EN 1597-1): heating at rate of 200 °C/h up to 700 °C + stabilization 1 hour + cooling at a rate of 150 °C/h down to 300 °C, then in still air. Step-cooling results available on request.
YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at 0 °C (J ) CVN at – 20 °C (J )Typical values 540 650 22 160 110
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Mo
Typical values 0.05 0.3 0.7 0.008 0.013 2.3 1.0
Approvals:B.V. - A.B.S. - D.N.V.
Specific characteristics:• Easy striking (graphitized tips).
Very good resistance to cracking.• Very easy to use for welding tubes.• Optimal drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.- With electrodes in vaccum packaging, the electrodes may be used
without drying. Preheating may be reduced.
DC
ACOCV ≥
70 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number: contact us
AL CROMOCORD 5Standards:• EN 1599
E Cr Mo 5 B 22• AWS A 5.5
E 818 B6• GOST 9467-75
E10-Kh 5 MF
Main applications:• Welding of creep resistant steels of grades
4 to 6% Cr, 0.5% Mo.• This electrode is recommended
when heat treatment is possible.• When it is not, use SAFINOX BNC 75.15 M.Working conditions:• Preheating between 300 °C and 350 °C
according to the type of base metal and the size of the workpieces. Temperaturestabilized between runs. Slow cooling.
• For quality work, the craters at the end of the weld should be ground.
Mechanical characteristics After heat treatment on all-metal weld test (EN 1597-1): heating at rate of 200° C/h + stabilization 1 hour up to 750°C + cooling at a rate of 55 ° C/h down to 600 °C, then in still air.
YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at 0 °C (J ) CVN at – 20 °C (J )Typical values 520 620 19 110 80
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Mo
Typical values 0.06 0.4 0.7 0.008 0.013 5.1 0.5
Specific characteristics:• Easy striking (graphitized tips).• Very good resistance to cracking.• Very easy to use for welding tubes.• Optimal drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.
DC
ACUo ≥70 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number: contact us
Cha
pte
r 1
27
Low hydrogen coated electrodes for welding weathering steel (type E 36)
On opening After exposure to air: vacuum pack RH 80%, 27 °C air speed 0.5 m/sec.
Diffusible H2 4 hours 8 hours(ml/100 g deposited metal) 3.2
3.9 5.4ISO 3690
SAFER CU 56SAFDRY CU 56Standards:• EN 499
E 464 ZB 32 H 5• AWS A 5.5
E 8018 G
Main applications:• Welding of steels with improved
resistance to atmospheric corrosion(color identical to base metal afteroxidation in air). Welding of steelswith a high yield strength UTS ≥ 470 MPa.
Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) Strict. Z CVN at – 20 °C (J )
Typical values 510 600 27 72 110
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn Cu P S Ni Cr
Typical values 0.05 0.4 0.9 0.35 0.017 0.010 0.55 0.4
Approvals:B.V.
Specific characteristics:• Easy striking (graphitized tips).• Metal recovery approximately 110%.• Low diffusible hydrogen content of weld metal: 5ml/100g (ISO 3690)
after drying under optimal conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.- With SAFDRY version (vacuum-packed electrodes), electrodes may be
used without drying. Preheating may be reduced or even eliminated.
DC
ACUo ≥70 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packaging Vacuum packagingmm mm weight Quantity Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no. per sachet per carton Cat. no.
2.5 350 21.2 170 510 1081-6152 28 448 1081-6157
3.15 350 37.7 - - - 22 308 1081-6156
3.15 450 47.4 115 345 1081-6153 - - -
4.0 450 69.6 80 240 1081-6154 - - -
AL CROMOCORD 9MStandards:• EN 1599
E Cr Mo 9 B 42 H 5(Because of some divergences with the corresponding standard,the classification proposed does not havean absolute character).
• AWS A 5.59018 B 9(Because of some divergences with the corresponding standard,the classification proposed does not havean absolute character). Mechanical characteristics After heat treatment on all-metal weld test (EN 1597-1):
heating at rate of 150 °C/h + stabilization 1 hour up to 755 °C + cooling at a rate of 55 °C/h down to 600 °C, then in still air.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at 0 °C (J ) CVN at – 20 °C (J )
Typical values 480 660 22 80 65
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.FREZA CVD
Typical values x 71 95 sc
Specific characteristics:• Easy striking (graphitized tips).• Very good resistance to cracking.• Very easy to use for welding tubes.• Optimal drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.
DC
ACUo ≥70 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number: contact us
Main applications:• Welding of creep resistant steels of grades 8 to
11% of Cr, 2% Mo with or without the additionof Vanadium for petrochemical application.
• This electrode is recommended when heat treatment after welding is possible.
• When it is not, use SAFINOX BNC 75.15 M(see page Arc 34).
Working conditions:• Preheating at 350 °C.• Temperature stabilized between runs.• Slow cooling.• For quality work, the craters at the end
of the weld should be ground.
28
Coated electrodes
SAFINOX R 308 LSAFDRY R 308 LStandards:• EN 1600
E 19 9 LR 12• AWS A 5.4
E 308 L-17• GOST 10052-75
E02 Kh 21 N 10 G2
Main applications:• Welding of stainless steels gratued
18 to 20% of chromium, 8 to 10%of nickel at a very low carboncontent.
• This electrode can also be used for the welding of stainless steels of the same type whether stabilisedor not for service temperatures inferior to 450 °C.
• This electrode is advised when afine aspect of deposits is required.
Mechanical characteristics As-welded On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at + 20 °C (J ) CVN at – 196 °C (J )
Typical values 400 560 42 80 25
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni
Typical values 0.018 0.85 0.8 0.015 0.020 19 10.5
Approvals:T.Ü.V. - A.B.S. - B.V. - D.N.V. - CONTROLAS - D.B.
Ferrite WRC 92: ± 6 %
Specific characteristics:• Electrode with very smooth fusion without spatter
and giving a finely rippled smooth weld bead of verygood appearance. Slag very easy to remove.
• Easy striking (metallized tip).• Low moisture absorption rate.• Optimum drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.- In SAFDRY (vacuum packaged electrodes), the electrodes can be used
without oven drying.
DC
ACUo ≥50 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packaging Vacuum packagingmm mm weight Quantity Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no. per sachet per carton Cat. no.
2.0 300 11.0 310 930 1081-1431 - - -
2.5 300 17.4 195 585 1081-1432 28 448 1081-1812
3.2 350 35.8 110 330 1081-1436 22 308 1081-1813
4.0 350 52.9 70 210 1081-1434 18 216 1081-1814
5.0 450 107.1 45 135 1081-1437 17 153 1081-1815
SAFINOX R 316 LSAFDRY R 316 LStandards:• EN 1600
E 19 12 3 LR 12• AWS A 5.4
E 316 L-17• GOST 10052-75
E02 K h 20 N 14 G2 M2(nearest)
Main applications:• Welding of stainless steel grades with 18
to 20% chromium, 8 to 12% nickel, 2 to 3%molybdenum, with a very low carbon content.
• This grade can be used to weld stainless steelsof the same type, whether stabilized or not, for working temperatures of less than 450 °C.
• This electrode is recommended when a veryhigh quality weld finish is required.
Mechanical characteristics As-welded On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at + 20 °C (J ) CVN at – 101 °C (J )
Typical values 400 590 39 75 40
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni Mo
Typical values 0.018 0.85 0.8 0.015 0.020 18.5 11.5 2.8
Approvals:A.B.S. - B.V. - S.N.C.F. - CONTROLAS - T.Ü.V. - D.N.V. - L.R.S. - D.B.
Ferrite WRC 92: ± 6 %
Specific characteristics:• Electrode with very smooth fusion without
spatter, a finely rippled smooth weld bead of very good appearance and easy-to-remove slag.
• Easy striking (metallized tip).• Low moisture absorption rate. Optimum drying conditions:
1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.- With the SAFDRY version (vacuum-packed electrodes),
electrodes may be used without drying.
DC
ACOCV ≥50 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packaging Vacuum packagingmm mm weight Quantity Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no. per sachet per carton Cat. no.
1.6 300 8.5 170 1 020 1081-1449 - - -
2.0 300 11.3 320 960 1081-1441 - - -
2.5 300 18.0 180 540 1081-1442 28 448 1081-1837
3.2 350 35.8 115 345 1081-1446 22 308 1081-1838
4.0 350 53.4 75 225 1081-1444 18 216 1081-1839
4.0 450 69.4 75 225 1081-1448 - - -
5.0 450 108.3 45 135 1081-1447 - - -
Electrodes for welding high alloyed stainless steels - Smooth fusion
29
Cha
pte
r 1
SAFINOX R 347Standards:• EN 1600
E 19 9 Nb R 12• AWS A 5.4
E 347.16• GOST 10052-75
E02 Kh 19N9B
Main applications:• Welding of titanium or niobium-stabilized
austenitic stainless steels with grades 18 to 20% chromium, 10 to 14% nickel.
• This electrode can also be used to weld non-stabilized steel grades of the same type(0.06 to 0.12% carbon).
Mechanical characteristics As-welded On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at + 20 °C (J )
Typical values 490 650 33 60
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni Nb
Typical values 0.02 0.9 0.85 0.015 0.020 19 10.5 0.5
Approvals:T.Ü.V.
Ferrite WRC 92: ± 11 %
Specific characteristics:• The electrode gives a smooth fusion
and a smooth weld bead with a very good quality finish and easy-to-remove slag.
• Optimum drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.
DC
ACUo ≥50 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packagingmm mm weight Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no.
2.5 300 17.9 195 585 1081-2002
3.2 350 36.6 115 345 1081-2003
4.0 350 52.5 80 240 1081-2004
SAFINOX R 318Standards:• EN 1600
E 19 12 3 Nb R 12• AWS A 5.4
E 318.16• GOST 10052-75
E08 Kh 19N10 G2 M2 B
Main applications:• Welding of titanium or niobium-stabilized
austenitic stainless steels with grades 18 to 20% chromium, 10 to 14% nickel, 2 to 3%molybdenum.
• This electrode can also be used to weld non-stabilized steel grades of the same type(0.06 to 0.12% carbon).
Mechanical characteristics As-welded On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at + 20 °C (J )
Typical values 450 620 35 60
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni Nb Mo
Typical values 0.02 0.9 0.85 0.015 0.025 18 11.5 0.5 2.7
Approvals:T.Ü.V.
Ferrite WRC 92: ± 7 %
Specific characteristics:• An electrode with smooth fusion giving
a smooth bead with a very good appearance and easy-to-remove slag.
• Optimum drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.
DC
ACUo ≥50 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packagingmm mm weight Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no.
2.5 300 18.6 195 585 1081-2012
3.2 350 36.6 115 345 1081-2013
4.0 350 52.3 80 240 1081-2014
30
Coated electrodes
SAFINOX R 309 LSAFDRY R 309 LStandards:• EN 1600
E 23 12 LR 12• AWS A 5.4
E 309 L-17• GOST 10052-75
E04 Kh 25 Ni 12 G2
Main applications:• Welding of austenitic steels
of grades 24% chromium, 12% nickel, with a very low carboncontent.
• This electrode can be used to welddissimilar materials: non-alloyed orlow alloy steels with stainless steelsof grades AISI 308, 316, 347, 318(see Schaeffler diagram). Underlayerfor stainless steel coating.
Mechanical characteristics As-welded On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at + 20 °C (J )
Typical values 440 550 35 65
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni
Typical values 0.015 0.85 0.8 0.008 0.020 23 12.5
Approvals:T.Ü.V. - CONTROLAS - L.R.S. - D.B. - B.V. - D.N.V.
Ferrite WRC 92: ± 9 %
Specific characteristics:• An electrode giving a very smooth fusion without
spatter, a finely rippled smooth weld bead with a very good quality finish and easy-to-remove slag.
• Easy striking.• Low moisture absorption rate.• Electrode has to be kept dry in sealed packet.• Optimum drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.- With the SAFDRY version (vacuum-packed electrodes),
electrodes may be used without drying.
DC
ACUo ≥50 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packaging Vacuum packagingmm mm weight Quantity Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no. per sachet per carton Cat. no.
2.0 300 11.5 320 960 1081-0294 36 648 1081-1824
2.5 300 19.3 190 570 1081-0286 28 448 1081-1825
3.2 350 37.0 110 330 1081-0289 22 308 1081-1826
4.0 350 54.0 80 240 1081-0288 18 216 1081-1827
5.0 450 108.8 45 135 1081-0293 7 112 1081-1828
Electrodes for welding high alloyed stainless steels - Smooth fusion
SAFINOX R 309 MoSAFDRY R 309 MoStandards:• EN 1600
E 23 12 2 LR 12• AWS A 5.4
E 309 Mo-17
Main applications:• Assembly and surfacing of similar austenitic
steels.• Assembly of dissimilar steels resistant to
corrosion, and non-alloyed or low alloy steels.• Corrosion resistant underlayer, surfacing and
coating for non-alloyed and low alloy steels.• The high alloy content of the weld metal
provides resistance to corrosion right from the first layer.
Mechanical characteristics As-welded On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at + 20 °C (J )
Typical values 620 750 28 60
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni Mo
Typical values 0.016 0.85 0.80 0.010 0.020 22.5 12.5 2.5
Approvals:D.N.V.
Ferrite WRC 92: ± 25 %
Specific characteristics:• Electrode with a smooth fusion,
a smooth weld bead with a very good quality finish and easy-to-remove slag.
• Optimum drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.
- With the SAFDRY version (vacuum-packed electrodes), may be used without drying.
DC
ACUo ≥50 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packaging Vacuum packagingmm mm weight Quantity Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no. per sachet per carton Cat. no.
2.5 300 18.9 90 540 1081-2022 28 448 1081-1820
3.2 350 37.1 50 300 1081-2023 22 308 1081-1821
Cha
pte
r 1
31
SAFINOX R 312Standards:• EN 1600
E 29 9 R 12(Because of some divergences with the corresponding standard,the classification proposed does not havean absolute character).
• AWS A 5.4E 312-17
• GOST 10052-75E10 Kh 25 Ni 13 G2
Main applications:• Welding of steels which are difficult to weld: alloy
steels, armor-plating steels.• This electrode can also be used to weld
dissimilar materials: non-alloyed steels or low alloysteels with stainless steel of grades AISI 308, 316,347, 318, 309, 310, etc.
• Electrode particularly suitable for use in repair work.
Mechanical characteristics As-welded On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at + 20 °C (J )
Typical values 600 720 30 30
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni
Typical values 0.08 1.3 1.3 0.008 0.027 27.5 12.2
Ferrite WRC 92: ± 20 %
Specific characteristics:• Electrode with a smooth fusion.• Very good quality finish.• Optimum drying conditions, where necessary:
1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.
DC
ACOCV ≥50 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packaging Mini packagingmm mm weight Quantity Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no. per box Cat. no.
2.5 300 18.7 90 540 1081-0318 28 1082-0001
3.2 350 37.1 50 300 1081-0321 15 1082-0002
4.0 350 54.1 35 210 1081-0320 - -
SAFINOX R 307Standards:• EN 1600
E 18 8 Mn R 12• AWS A 5.4
E 307-16(Because of some divergences with the corresponding standard,the classification proposed does not havean absolute character).
• GOST 10052-75E10 Kh 20 N9 G 6S
Main applications:• Buttering and assembly of steels which are difficult to weld,
steels with a high yield strength, a high carbon content (0.25%), armor-plating steels or wear parts.
• Assembly of dissimilar steels: C-Mn steels and stainless steels.• Surfacing of all grades of steel, even with a high manganese
content (Hadfield type-14% Mn).• Elastic underlayers for surfacing, for example, high-carbon
manganese steels prior to hardfacing. (with “SAFCOBALT” or “SAFDUR 800 E”, for example). Valve seat surfacing.
Mechanical characteristics As-welded On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at + 20 °C (J )
Typical values 370 620 43 50
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni
Typical values 0.07 0.85 0.6 0.010 0.020 18 8
Austenitic strucuture
Specific characteristics:• An electrode giving smooth
fusion and a smooth weld bead with a good quality finish and easy-to-remove slag.
• Optimum drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.
• Weld deposit is cold-workable, ductile,rustproof and very resistant to cracking.
DC
ACUo ≥55 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packagingmm mm weight Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no.
2.5 300 18.4 205 615 1081-2032
3.2 350 36.8 115 345 1081-2033
4.0 350 52.5 80 240 1081-2034
32
Coated electrodes
SAFINOX R 18.8 SSAFDRY R 18.8 SStandards:• EN 1600
E 19 9 LR 12• AWS A 5.4
E 308 L-16• GOST 10052-75
E04 Kh 20 N9
Main applications:• Welding of austenic stainless steels
grated 18 to 20% of chromium, 8 to 12% of nickel with a very lowcarbon content.
• This electrode can also be used for the welding of stainless steels of the same type whether stabilisedor not for service temperatures inferior to 450 °C.
Mechanical characteristics As-welded On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at + 20 °C (J ) CVN at – 100 °C (J )
Typical values 390 550 42 85 45
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni
Typical values 0.025 0.6 1.3 0.015 0.020 10.2 19.2
Approvals:B.V. - A.B.S. - D.N.V. - T.Ü.V.
Ferrite WRC 92: ± 6 %
Specific characteristics:• A good compromise between appearance
and ease of use (especially in position including pipes) and mechanical characteristics.
• Drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 250 °C to 300 °C.• Deposit metal highly resistant to cracking.- With the SAFDRY version (vacuum packaged electrodes),
the electrodes can be used without drying.
DC
ACUo ≥60 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packaging Vacuum packagingmm mm weight Quantity Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no. per sachet per carton Cat. no.
2.0 300 10.9 320 960 1081-0201 - - -
2.5 300 16.3 215 645 1081-0202 30 480 1081-1931
3.2 350 31.7 135 405 1081-0206 22 308 1081-1932
4.0 350 52.9 70 210 1081-0204 18 216 1081-1933
5.0 450 107.1 45 135 1081-0207 - - -
Electrodes for welding high alloyed stainless steels - Rutile basic
SAFINOX R 18.8.3 SSAFDRY R 18.8.3 SStandards:• EN 1600
E 19 12 3 LR 12• AWS A 5.4
E 316 L-16
Main applications:• Welding of pipes made of austenitic stainless
steel grades with 18 to 20% chromium, 10 to 14% nickel, 2 to 2.5% molybdenum,with a very low carbon content.
• This grade can be used to weld stainlesssteels of the same type, whether stabilized or not, for working temperatures of less than450 °C.
Mechanical characteristics As-welded On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at + 20 °C (J ) CVN at – 101 °C (J )
Typical values 430 570 38 70 40
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni Mo
Typical values 0.022 0.6 1.3 0.015 0.020 19.2 12.0 2.8
Approvals:B.V. - A.B.S. - D.N.V. - T.Ü.V. - D.B.
Ferrite WRC 92: ± 7 %
Specific characteristics:• A good compromise between appearance,
ease of use (particularly on pipes) and mechanical characteristics.
• Weld metal highly resistant to cracking.• Optimum drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 250 °C - 300°C.
With the SAFDRY version (vacuum-packed electrodes), electrodes may be used without drying.
DC
ACOCV ≥
60 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packaging Vacuum packagingmm mm weight Quantity Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no. per sachet per carton Cat. no.
2.0 300 10.1 40 320 1081-0211 36 648 1081-1936
2.5 300 16.3 60 215 1081-0212 30 480 1081-1937
3.2 350 33.0 95 135 1081-0217 24 336 1081-1938
4.0 350 53.4 120 75 1081-0214 18 162 1081-1939
5.0 450 108.3 185 45 1081-0218 - - -
Cha
pte
r 1
33
SAFINOX R CN 18.8 NbStandards:• EN 1600
E 19 9 Nb R 12• AWS A 5.4
E 347 16• GOST 10052-75
E08 Kh 20 N 10 G 2B
Main applications:• Welding pipes made of titanium
or niobium-stabilized austenitic stainless steels with grades 18 to 20% chromium, 10 to 14% nickel.
• This electrode can also be used to weld non-stabilized steel grades of the same type (0.06 to 0.12% carbon).
Mechanical characteristics As-welded On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at + 20 °C (J )
Typical values 490 650 33 75
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni Nb
Typical values 0.025 0.6 1.4 0.008 0.020 20 10.3 0.7
Approvals:T.Ü.V.
Ferrite WRC 92: ± 10 %
Specific characteristics:• Good compromise between finish,
ease of use and mechanical properties.• Optimum drying conditions:
1.5 hours at 250 °C / 300 °C.
DC
ACUo ≥60 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packagingmm mm weight Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no.
2.5 300 16.6 215 645 1081-0102
3.2 350 32.0 135 405 1081-0106
4.0 350 52.5 80 240 1081-0104
SAFINOX R CND 18.8.3 NbStandards:• EN 1600
E 19 12 3 Nb R 12• AWS A 5.4
E 318-16• GOST 10052-75
E08 Kh 19 N 10 G2 M2 B
Main applications:• Welding of pipes made of titanium
or niobium-stabilized austenitic stainlesssteels with grades 18 to 20% chromium, 10 to 14% nickel, 2 to 3% molybdenum.
• This electrode can also be used to weld non-stabilized steel grades of the same type(0.06 to 0.12% carbon).
Mechanical characteristics As-welded On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at + 20 °C (J )
Typical values 450 620 35 65
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni Nb Mo
Typical values 0.03 0.6 1.5 0.008 0.020 19.2 12.2 0.7 2.3
Ferrite WRC 92: ± 8 %
Specific characteristics:• A good compromise between appearance,
ease of use in positional welding and mechanicalcharacteristics.
• Optimum drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 250 °C / 300 °C.
DC
ACUo ≥60 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packagingmm mm weight Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no.
2.5 300 16.3 215 645 1081-0113
3.2 350 31.8 135 405 1081-0117
34
Coated electrodes
SAFINOX R 24.12 SSAFDRY R 24.12 SStandards:• EN 1600
E 23 12 LR 12• AWS A 5.4
E 309 L 16• GOST 10052-75
E04 Kh 25 12 G 2
Main applications:• Welding of austenitic steels of
grades 24% chromium, 12% nickel,with a very low carbon content.
• This electrode can be used to welddissimilar materials: non-alloyed orlow alloy steels with stainless steelsof grades AISI 308, 316, 347, 318(see Schaeffler diagram). Underlayer for stainless steel coating.
Mechanical characteristics As-welded On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at + 20 °C (J )
Typical values 460 580 35 55
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni
Typical values 0.025 0.5 1.4 0.008 0.020 23.5 13
Approvals:B.V.
Ferrite WRC 92: ± 9 %
Specific characteristics:• Good compromise between finish, ease of use
and mechanical properties.• Electrodes has to be kept dry in sealed packet.• Optimum drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 250 °C - 300 °C.• With the SAFDRY version (vacuum-packed electrodes),
electrodes may be used without drying.
DC
ACUo ≥60 V
Electrodes for welding high alloyed stainless steels - Rutile basic
SAFINOX R 25.20Standards:• EN 1600
E 25 20 R 12• AWS A 5.4
E 310-16
Main applications:• Welding of refractory austenitic steels
of grades 25% chromium, 20% nickel.• If there is a substantial risk of hot cracking,
use the above SAFINOX RCN 24.12.
Mechanical characteristics As-welded On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at + 20 °C (J )
Typical values 410 580 30 65
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni
Typical values 0.10 0.75 1.7 0.008 0.025 27 21
Austenitic structure
Specific characteristics:• Good compromise between finish,
weldability and mechanical properties.• Electrodes has to be kept dry in a sealed packet.• Optimum drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 250 °C / 300 °C.
DC
ACUo ≥60 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packagingmm mm weight Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no.
2.0 300 10.9 355 1 065 1081-0322
2.5 300 18.3 185 555 1081-0323
3.2 350 36.1 115 345 1081-0327
4.0 350 47.2 100 300 1081-0325
5.0 350 72.7 65 195 1081-0326
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packaging Vacuum packagingmm mm weight Quantity Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no. per sachet per carton Cat. no.
2.5 350 14.5 200 1081-0282 30 480 1081-1881
3.2 350 34.1 140 1081-0281 24 336 1081-1882
4.0 350 48.1 100 1081-0284 20 280 1081-1883
35
Cha
pte
r 1
SAFINOX R CND 25.20Standards:• EN 1600
E 25 20 Mo R 12• AWS A 5.4
E 310 Mo-16
Main applications:• Welding of refractory austenitic
steels of grades 25% chromium,20% nickel with or without molybdenum.
• This electrode is not recommendedfor multi-run welding when a highlyductile weld deposit is required.
Mechanical characteristics As-welded On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%)
Typical values 540 680 10
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni Mo
Typical values 0.10 0.7 1.7 0.008 0.025 27 21 2.7
Austenitic structure
Specific characteristics:• Higher resistance to hot cracking than
SAFINOX R 25.20.• If there is a substantial risk of hot cracking,
use SAFINOX R CN 24.12 (see previous page).• Electrodes has to be kept dry in a sealed packet.• Optimum drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 250 °C / 300 °C.
DC
ACUo ≥60 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packagingmm mm weight Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no.
2.0 300 11.0 355 1 065 1081-0081
2.5 300 17.0 230 690 1081-0082
3.2 350 33.1 140 420 1081-0086
4.0 350 47.7 100 300 1081-0084
SAFINOX R CN 29.10Standards:• EN 1600
E 29 9 R 12• AWS A 5.4
E 312-16• GOST 10052-75
E10 Kh 25 N 13 G2(Because of some divergences with the corresponding standard,the classification proposed does not havean absolute character).
Main applications:• Welding of steels which are difficult to weld:
alloy steels, armor-plating steels.• This electrode can also be used to weld dissimilar
materials: non-alloyed steels or low alloy steels withstainless steel of grades AISI 308, 316, 347, 318,309, 310, etc. (see Schaeffler diagram).
• Electrode particularly suitable for use in repair work.
Mechanical characteristics As-welded On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) Hardness HB
Typical values 610 750 24 230
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni
Typical values 0.11 0.7 1.8 0.008 0.025 29.7 12.1
Ferrite WRC 92: ± 20 %
Specific characteristics:• Good compromise between finish,
ease of use in positional welding and mechanical characteristics.
• Very high resistance to cracking of weld metal.• Electrodes has to be kept dry in sealed packet.• Optimum drying conditions:
1.5 hours at 250 °C / 300 °C.
DC
ACUo ≥60 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packagingmm mm weight Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no.
2.5 300 17.0 100 600 1081-0312
3.2 350 33.3 60 360 1081-0316
4.0 350 47.0 45 270 1081-0314
5.0 350 81.7 20 120 1081-0315
36
Coated electrodes
SAFINOX B 010Standards:• EN 1600
E 25 20 H B 22• AWS A 5.4
E 310 H-15(Because of some divergences with the corresponding standard,the classification proposed does not havean absolute character).
Main applications:• Welding of refractory austenitic
steels of grades 25% chromium,20% nickel with a high carboncontent (0.3% to 0.5%).
Mechanical characteristics As-welded On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%)
Typical values 550 740 15
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni
Typical values 0.4 1.2 1.3 0.008 0.020 26 20
Austenitic structure
Specific characteristics:• Good resistance to cracking of weld metal.• Optimum drying conditions:
1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.• Electrodes has to be kept dry in a sealed packet.
DC
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packagingmm mm weight Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no.
3.2 350 33.2 135 405 1081-1495
4.0 350 44.9 100 600 1081-1494
Electrodes for welding high alloyed and refractory steels - Basic
Electrodes for welding high alloyed stainless steels with high corrosion resistance
SAFINOX R CNDU 20.25.5.SStandards:• EN 1600
E 20 25 5 Cu NL R 53
Main applications:• Welding of chromium-nickel-molybdenum
stainless steels, with or without copper and with a very low carbon content, used in hot sulphuric and cold hydrochloricatmospheres.
Mechanical characteristics As-welded On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at + 20 °C (J )
Typical values 370 550 35 70
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni Cu Mo
Typical values 0.020 0.4 1.3 0.009 0.020 20 25 1.7 4.0
Austenitic structure
Specific characteristics:• Electrodes has to be kept dry
in a sealed packet.• Optimum drying conditions:
1.5 hours at 250 °C / 300 °C.• Metal recovery 150%.• High resistance to corrosion in hot sulphuric
and cold hydrochloric atmospheres.• Good resistance to intergranular corrosion.
DC
ACUo ≥60 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packagingmm mm weight Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no.
2.5 300 16.5 210 630 1081-0504
3.2 350 32.6 130 390 1081-0507
4.0 350 49.6 85 255 1081-0506
37
Cha
pte
r 1
Electrodes for welding high alloyed steels (Duplex)
LEXALE 22.9.3 NLEXALE 22.9.3 N SVStandards:• EN 1600
E 22 9 3 NL R 12• AWS A 5.4
E 22 09-16
Main applications:• Welding of duplex steels.
This electrode can also be usedfor the heterogeneous welding of duplex steels on non-alloyedsteels.
Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at + 20 °C (J ) CVN at – 40 °C (J )
Typical values 700 810 22 55 38
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Ni Cr N Mo
Typical values 0.016 1.0 1.6 0.010 0.020 9.0 22.8 0.15 3.3
Approvals:D.N.V. - L.R.S. - B.V. - G.L. - ABS.
Ferrite WRC 92: ± 39 %
Specific characteristics:• A good compromise between appearance and handling
especially on pipes and mechanical characteristics. The electrode is in a homogenous core (Duplex steel), allowing the taking into account of the technical aspects of the product. The deposited metal was subject to a features characteristics corrosion testG 48 A by the ASTM.
• Electrodes has to be kept dry in a sealed packet.• Optimum drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 250 °C / 300 °C.- With SV version (vacuum-packed), electrodes may be used without drying.
DC
ACUo ≥50 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packaging Vacuum packagingmm mm weight Quantity Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no. per Sachet per carton Cat. no.
2.5 300 17.3 210 630 1081-1600 30 480 1081-1610
3.2 350 32.9 140 420 1081-1601 24 336 1081-1611
4.0 350 50.8 80 240 1081-1602 18 216 1081-1612
LEXAL E 22.9.3 N HR SVStandards:• EN 1600
EZ 22 9 3 NL R 53• AWS A 5.4
E 22 09-26
Main applications:• Welding of duplex steels.
This electrode can also be usedfor the heterogeneous welding of duplex steels on non-alloyedsteels.
Mechanical characteristics On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at – 40 °C (J )
Typical values 700 810 22 35
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Ni Cr N Mo
Typical values 0.016 1.0 1.6 0.010 0.020 9.0 22.8 0.15 3.3
Approvals:D.N.V. - L.R.S. - B.V. - G.L. - ABS.
Ferrite WRC 92: ± 39 %
Specific characteristics:• A high metal recovery rutile electrode (140%).
A duplex steel core allows taking the technical aspects of the product into account. The deposited metal was subject to a characterisation at the G 48 A corrosion test of the ASTM.
• It comes vacuum-packed its use does not necessitate any prior drying.
• However, after prolonged exposure to the surrounding air,a drying may be necessary (optimal conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C).
DC
ACUo ≥50 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packagingmm mm weight Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per sachet per carton Cat. no.
4.0 450 91.0 8 128 1081-1606
38
Coated electrodes
SAFINOX B NC 75.15 MStandards:• AWS A 5.11
E Ni Cr Fe 2• GOST 10052-75
E10 Kh 20 N70 G 2 M2 B2
Main applications:• Welding of nickel austenitic steels with 5% to 9%
nickel. Welding of chromium and molybdenum steels to each other, without the need for heat treatment. This electrode can be used to weld dissimilar materials,especially when a high resistance to creep at high temperatures is required. It can also be used in all cryogenic applications.
Mechanical characteristics As-welded On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at + 20 °C (J ) CVN at – 196 °C (J )
Typical values 360 640 40 85 75
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni Mo Nb+Ta Fe
Typical values 0.04 0.2 2.0 0.005 0.015 16 69 1.4 1.8 8.5
Approvals:B.V. - A.B.S. - CONTROLAS - D.N.V.
Austenitic structure
Specific characteristics:• Very high resistance to hot cracking
of weld metal. Excellent impact strength properties at low temperature.Electrodes has to be kept dry in a sealed packet.
• Optimum drying conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.
Working conditions:• Keep the arc short. For quality work, the craters
at the ends of the welds should be ground.
DC
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packaging Mini packagingmm mm weight Quantity Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no. per box Cat. no.
2.5 300 17.3 100 600 1081-0392 25 1082-0006
3.2 350 33.9 140 420 1081-0396 10 1082-0007
4.0 350 48.6 100 300 1081-0394 - -
SAFINOX B 011Standards:• AWS A 5.11
E Ni Cr Fe 3
Main applications:• Welding of nickel austenitic steels.• Welding of chromium and molybdenum steels without
the need for heat treatment.• This electrode can be used to weld dissimilar materials,
especially when a high resistance to creep at high temperatures is required. It can also be used in all cryogenic applications.
Mechanical characteristics As-welded On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at + 20 °C (J ) CVN at – 196 °C (J )
Typical values 400 680 40 85 70
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni Nb+Ta Fe
Typical values 0.04 0.5 8.5 0.012 0.010 14 67 1.7 7.5
Specific characteristics:• Optimum drying conditions:
1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.• Electrodes has to be kept dry in a sealed packet.• Very high resistance to hot cracking of weld metal.• Excellent impact strength properties
at low temperatures.
Working conditions:• Keep the arc short.• For quality work, the first penetration runs and the
craters at the ends of the welds should be ground.
DC
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packagingmm mm weight Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no.
2.5 300 19.3 95 570 1081-1326
3.2 300 31.6 125 375 1081-1329
4.0 350 54.0 85 255 1081-1328
Electrodes for welding high alloyed and nickel steels - Inconel - Monel
39
Cha
pte
r 1
SAFINEL 625 SVStandards:• AWS A 5.11
E Ni Cr Mo 3
Main applications:• Welding and surfacing of: corrosion resistant alloys,
either of the same or similar types; non-alloyed and low alloy steels.
• Welding of chromium and molybdenum steels to eachother without the need for heat treatment. This electrode can be used to weld dissimilar materials,especially when a high resistance to creep at high temperatures is required.
• It can also be used in all cryogenic applications.
Mechanical characteristics As-welded On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at + 20 °C (J ) CVN at – 196 °C (J )
Typical values 500 800 40 70 65
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe
Typical values 0.03 0.3 0.8 0.005 0.010 22 63 9.0 3.5 1.2
Approvals:B.V. - A.B.S. - D.N.V. - CONTROLAS - MN.
Specific characteristics:• Very high resistance to hot weld metal.• Homogeneous core.• Excellent impact strength properties
at low temperatures.• Electrodes has to be kept dry in a sealed packet.• It comes vacuum-packed, its use does not require
any prior drying.• However, after prolonged exposure to the
surrounding air, a redrying may be necessary(optimal conditions: 1.5 hours at 300 °C/ 350 °C).
DC
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packagingmm mm weight Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per sachet per carton Cat. no.
2.5 300 17.1 32 512 1081-1360
3.2 350 29.0 24 336 1081-1361
4.0 350 50.0 20 280 1081-1362
5.0 350 77.1 8 144 1081-1363
FREEZAL E Ni 9Standards:• AWS A 5.11
E Ni Cr Mo 6
Main applications:• Welding of steels with 5 and 9%
Ni with AC or DC current.• The yield strength is high
and the toughness at low temperatures is good.
Mechanical characteristics As-welded On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%) CVN at – 196 °C (J )
Typical values 450 710 38 75
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cr Ni Mo Nb Fe
Typical values 0.06 0.2 3.5 0.005 0.017 13.5 64 6.0 1.3 9.6
Austenitic structure
Specific characteristics:• Metal recovery 115%.• Optimum drying conditions:
1.5 hours at 300 °C/ 350 °C.• Electrodes has to be kept dry in a sealed packet.• Very high resistance to hot cracking of weld metal.• Excellent impact strength properties at low temperature.
Working conditions:• Keep the arc short.• For quality work the craters at the ends of the welds should be ground.
DC
ACUo ≥70 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Vaccum packagingmm mm weight Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per sachet per carton Cat. no.
2.5 350 28.4 26 416 W 000 202 179
3.15 350 49.4 18 216 W 000 202 180
4.0 350 71.2 16 160 W 000 202 181
5.0 450 144 6 84 W 000 235 271
40
Coated electrodes
SAFINEL B N CU 7Standards:• AWS A 5.11
E Ni Cu 7
Main applications:• Welding MONEL type nickel-copper alloys
and cupro-nickel alloys. This electrode can be used for heterogeneous welding of the type: MONEL/copper, MONEL/nickel and MONEL/steels.
Mechanical characteristics As-welded On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%)
Typical values 320 520 38
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cu Ni Ti Fe
Typical values 0.07 0.7 3.5 0.005 0.010 remainder 65 0.4 2.0
Specific characteristics:• Optimum drying conditions:
1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.• Electrodes has to be kept dry in a sealed packet.• Resistant to corrosion and to oxidation at high
temperatures.
DC
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packagingmm mm weight Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no.
2.5 300 16.4 220 660 on request
3.2 350 32.7 140 420 1081-1381
SAFINEL B CU NiStandards:• AWS A 5.6
E Cu Ni
Main applications:• Welding of cupro-nickels and surfacing on MONEL
underlayer.• Recommended in seawater desalination installations.
Mechanical characteristics As-welded On all-metal weld test EN 1597-1.YS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%)
Typical values 220 370 35
Chemical analysis On deposited metal ISO 6847.C Si Mn S P Cu Ni Ti Fe
Typical values 0.03 0.4 1.9 0.005 0.010 remainder 31 0.2 0.6
Specific characteristics:• Optimum drying conditions:
1.5 hours at 300 °C / 350 °C.• Electrodes has to be kept dry in a sealed packet.• Resistant to corrosion by seawater and saline
solutions.
DC
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packagingmm mm weight Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no.
2.5 350 21.7 190 570 on request
Electrodes for welding high alloyed and nickel steels - Inconel - Monel
Cha
pte
r 1
41
SAFONTE DOUCEStandards:• AWS A 5.15
E Ni Fe-Ci(Because of some divergences with the corresponding standard,the classification proposed does not havean absolute character).
Main applications:• Welding and surfacing of new cast iron parts:
- alloyed cast irons,- cast irons with high mechanical strengths,- cast irons with spheroidal graphite,- gray cast irons,- cast irons with steel.
Mechanical characteristicsHardness: 150 - 170 H.B.Deposit can be worked with a file or a tool.
Chemical analysis (Deposited metal)Alloy with an high nickel content (nickel: 52%).
Specific characteristics:• SAFONTE DOUCE’s ease of use, together
with the characteristics of the weld metal, solve almost all problems involved in welding cast iron, particularly when sealing and machineability are required.
• Very careful preparation is important: clean surfaces, bevel,square-off joint lines, etc.
• Keep local heating down by:- using a small diameter electrode,- using the lowest possible current and a medium arc length,- using a short, narrow and carefully spaced runs.
• Avoid sudden cooling. Preheating (50 to 300 °C) is sometimes necessary.
• In some cases, peening may be advisable immediately afterapplication of each weld bead.
• Keep electrodes away from moisture.• Where necessary, dry at 80 °C for 30 minutes to 1 hour.
DCor
ACUo ≥45 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packaging Mini packagingmm mm weight Quantity Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no. per box Cat. no.
2.5 350 19.1 110 660 1081-0332 26 1082-0011
3.2 350 31.1 70 420 1081-0336 12 1082-0012
4.0 350 46.8 45 270 1081-0334 - -
Special electrodes for welding cast iron and non ferrous metals
SAFONTE NiStandards:• AWS A 5.15
E Ni Ci
Main applications:• Welding and surfacing of new and used cast
iron parts:- malleable and ductile cast irons,- alloyed cast irons,- gray cast irons,- cast irons with copper or steel,- repairs to cast iron parts subjected to ther-
mal shocks,- welding of used cast irons, cast irons which
have been “burned”, impregnated with oil or chemicals.
Mechanical characteristicsHardness: 150 - 170 H.B.Deposit can be worked with a file or a tool.
Chemical analysis (Deposited metal)Alloy with a very high nickel content (nickel > 93%).
Specific characteristics:• SAFONTE Ni associates the metallurgical
characteristics of the deposited metal and remarkable general use properties in all positions.
• However, the very high nickel weld metal makes for:- improved bonding to used cast irons;- higher machineability under difficult conditions.
• Keep electrodes away from moisture. Where necessary, dry at 80 °C for 30 minutes to 1 hour.
DC
ACUo ≥45 V
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packaging Mini packagingmm mm weight Quantity Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no. per box Cat. no.
2.5 350 18.1 135 810 1081-0572 26 1082-0016
3.2 350 32.1 80 480 1081-0575 11 1082-0017
4.0 350 47.0 50 300 1081-0574 - -
42
Coated electrodes
SAFBRONZALUStandards:• AWS A 5.6
E Cu Mn Ni Al(Because of some divergences with the corresponding standard,the classification proposed does not havean absolute character).
Main applications:• Welding and surfacing of cupro-aluminum and copper
alloys. Assembly of copper, ferrous and cast iron parts to each other.
• Surfacing of various metals when a high resistance to saline corrosion is required.
• High resistance to wear caused by rolling and sliding.
Mechanical characteristicsTypical values Average values
Hardness HB 80 to 100 88
Chemical analysisSi Mn Ni Fe Al Cu
Typical values 0.6 13.0 2.5 3.0 7.1 remainder
Specific characteristics:• Optimum drying conditions:
1 to 1.5 hours at 100 °C / 120 °C.• Electrodes has to be kept dry in a sealed packet.
Working conditions:• Preheating between 200 °C and 350 °C,
depending on the nature of the parent metal and the size of the workpieces.
• Keep the arc short.• For quality work, the first penetration runs and the
craters at the ends of the weld should be ground.
DC
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Approx. Standard packagingmm mm weight Quantity
per 1000 (kg) per box per carton Cat. no.
3.15 450 32.9 170 510 1081-0144
4.0 450 51.4 110 330 1081-0145
SAFALU 5 SiStandards:• AWS A 5.3
E 40 43
Main applications:• Mainly used for welding aluminium cast alloys
with up to 6% silicon. This electrode can be usedfor AS 12 and, depending on the working conditions, for welding pure aluminum or AG.
Mechanical characteristicsYS (MPa) UTS (MPa) Elongation I = 5d (%)
Typical values 60 135 12
Chemical analysisAl Si
Typical values 95 5.0
DC
Special electrodes for welding cast iron and non ferrous metals
To order - Packaging - Catalogue Number
Diameter Length Standard packaging Mini packagingmm mm Quantity Quantity
per box Cat. no. per box Cat. no.
2.5 350 2 kg 1084-2510 40 elect. 1082-0040
3.2 350 2 kg 1084-2511 25 elect. 1082-0041
Hard surfacing
SAFER ND 100 Main applications:• Rails, galets, frettes de laminoir, arbres, glissières
barbotins, reconstitution de dents d’engrenage divers,rechargement des aciers au Cr-Mo.
Key features:• Better for reshaping than rutile electrodes.
Performance:
Average hardness a) as welded Number of layers Diam / length (mm) Cat. no. kg / pack Pack cont. kg / 1000b) treated
a) 270-310 HV no limit 3.15 / 450 1081-6278 - 115 45.3b) 230-260 HV 4 / 450 1081-6279 80 68.4T oil 850-875 °C - Ann. at 550 °C
Coated electrodes for hard surfacing
1 impact
2 abrasion
3 high temperature
4 corrosion
good1234
very good excellent
To order
SAFER R 400 Main applications:• Non alloyed steel, agricultural tools, earth moving
equipment, SAFER R600 underlayer.
Key features:• Very easy to use, resistant to metal/metal friction.
Performance:
Average hardness a) as welded Number of layers Diam / length (mm) Cat. no. kg / pack Pack cont. kg / 1000b) treated
a) 240-290 HV 3 max. 3.15 / 450 1081-0191 - 160 38.3b) 350-400 HV 4 / 450 1081-0192 115 56.8T water 900-950 °C 5 / 450 1081-0193 80 86.3
good1234
very good excellent
To order
SUPERSAFINOX 13 Main applications:• Turbine blades, valves and valve sheets, earth moving
equipment and mill component underlayers, dredges and harbour equipment.
Key features:• Resistant to oxidation and corrosion.
Performance:
Average hardness a) as welded Number of layers Diam / length (mm) Cat. no. kg / pack Pack cont. kg / 1000b) treated
a) 370-420 HV no limit 2.5 / 350 1081-0271 - 125 32.73.15 / 450 1081-0272 75 70.6
4 / 450 1081-0273 45 107.5
good1234
very good excellent
To order
SAFMANGA Main applications:• Renovation of all parts in 13 % Mn, steel track
equipment, grinding mill, armouring and wear plates, etc.
Key features:• Work hardens on impact at ambient temperature.
Performance:
Average hardness a) as welded Number of layers Diam / length (mm) Cat. no. kg / pack Pack cont. kg / 1000b) treated
a) 200 HV no limit 3.15 / 450 1081-0683 - 140 48.4b) 500 HV 4 / 450 1081-0684 90 70.3(after work hrden.) 4 / 450 1081-0687 (1) 20 67.7
good1234
very good excellent
To order
SAFCOBALTGRADE 6
Main applications:• Iron and steel industry: tips of ingot grippers.
Chemicals industry. Wood industry.
Key features:• Resistant to corrosion oxidation, thermal shock
and mechanical impact, even at red heat.
Performance:
Average hardness a) as welded Number of layers Diam / length (mm) Cat. no. kg / pack Pack cont. kg / 1000b) treated
a) 360 HV 3 max. 3.2 / 350 1084-3433 1.8 - -b) 400 HV 4 / 350 1084-3434 2.0 - -Ann. at 900 °C/1 h 5 / 350 1084-3435 2.0 - -
good1234
very good excellent
To order
(1) Vacuum-packed
43
Cha
pte
r 1
44
SAFER R 600 Main applications:• Parts where abrasion and impact are dominant
all agricultural and earth moving equipment tools.
Key features:• Very easy to use. Resistant to abrasion
(cannot be machined).
Performance:
Average hardness a) as welded Number of layers Diam / length (mm) Cat. no. kg / pack Pack cont. kg / 1000b) treated
a) 550-650 HV no limit 3.15 / 450 1080-0201 - 135 40.74 / 450 1080-0202 - 90 61.65 / 450 1080-0203 - 60 97.5
Coated electrodes for hard surfacing
1 impact
2 abrasion
3 high temperature
4 corrosion
good1234
very good excellent
To order
SUPERSAFOR 60 Main applications:• Earth moving and harbour equipment, mining,
drilling cement works - iron and steel industry, mills, etc. temperature ≤ 450 °C.
Key features:• Less scaling than SAFDUR 800E deposit.
Performance:
Average hardness a) as welded Number of layers Diam / length (mm) Cat. no. kg / pack Pack cont. kg / 1000b) treated
a) 700 HV 2 or 3 max. 3.15 / 450 1081-0673 - 75 65.04 / 450 1081-0674 - 45 109.9
good1234
very good excellent
To order
CRINITARC 650 C Main applications:• Excellent performance for working soil and rock.
General purpose for earth-moving agriculture, brickmaking, etc., temperature ≤ 500 °C.
Key features:• Very easy to use, better impact resistance
than SUPERSAFOR 60 deposit
Performance:
Average hardness a) as welded Number of layers Diam / length (mm) Cat. no. kg / pack Pack cont. kg / 1000b) treated
a) 700 HV 2 or 3 max. 3.2 / 450 1084-2523 3.4 kg - -b) 700 HV 4 / 350 1084-2524 3.4 kg - -Ann. at 900 °C/1 h
good1234
very good excellent
To order
SAFDUR 800 E Main applications:• Cement works, iron and steel, milling of hot ores,
foundries, etc. temperature ≤ 700 °C.
Key features:• High recovery and easy handling, keeps high hardness
at high temperature.
Performance:
Average hardness a) as welded Number of layers Diam / length (mm) Cat. no. kg / pack Pack cont. kg / 1000b) treated
a) 750 HV 2 or 3 max. 3.15 / 450 1081-0743 - 85 50.94 / 450 1081-0744 - 55 98.9
good1234
very good excellent
To order
SAFER 345 B Main applications:• Repair tread of rail.
Key features:• Very good handling and excellent resistance to impact.
Performance:
Average hardness a) as welded Number of layers Diam / length (mm) Cat. no. kg / pack Pack cont. kg / 1000b) treated
a) 320 HV no limit 4 / 450 1081-0689 - 80 69.21081-0691 (1) - 18 69.2
good1234
very good excellent
To order
(1) Vacuum-packed
Hard surfacing
45
Cha
pte
r 1
To order:Designation Description Electrodes Cat. no.
ØScrew type
1-VESTALETTE Power* 250 AMaxi section cable 35 mm 2 4.0 mm W 000 010 035Weight 320 g
2-STUBBY Power* 400 AMaxi section cable 70 mm 2 6.3 mm W 000 010 036Weight 450 g
3-MASTER Power* 500 AMaxi section cable 95 mm 2 8.0 mm W 000 010 037Weight 530 g
4-VESTALE Power* 500 AMaxi section cable 95 mm 2 8.0 mm W 000 010 038Weight 480 gClamp type
5-COBRA Power* 300 AMaxi section cable 50 mm 2 6.3 mm W 000 010 039Weight 405 g
6-TONG GRIP Power* 400 AMaxi section cable 70 mm 2 6.3 mm W 000 010 040Weight 500 g
7-TECHNIGRIP Power* 500 AMaxi section cable 95 mm 2 6.3 mm 0058-0020Weight 540 g
* According to duty cycle at 35%
Toorder:
0042-02040042-0201
0042-0202
0042-0203
Ovens for electrodes
Cables and earth clamps see chapter 6
Electrode holders
Ovens, electrode holders
EN 60974-11
1
2
3
3
4
5
6
7
2
1
Designation Description Supply voltage Power Capacity Temperature Dimensions: H x W x L (mm) Net outside inside weight
Portable oven1 - EP 102 N for storing 24 V single phase 220 W 1 standard pack* preset 120 °C 330 x 212 x 280 330 x 212 x 280 5.5 kg
electrodes 220 V single phase 220 W 1 standard pack* preset 120 °C 330 x 212 x 280 330 x 212 x 280 5.5 kg
2 - EP 300 PNPortable oven for storing electrodes 220 V single phase 300 W 3 standard pack* preset 120 °C 575 x 260 x 250 Ø 135 x 480 12 kgProgrammable
3 - EP 350PN tri cabinet for storing 220 - 380 V 2 400 W 16 standard pack* from 50 °Cand baking three phase to 360 °C 1 145 x 775 x 535 450 x 490 x 300 100 kgelectrodes
*1 standard pack is equivalent to a transverse cross-section of 43 cm 2 (NF 85620)
1794
-021
0947
-045
0947
-045
0947
-068
1198
-058
1415
-054
0947
-065
0947
-064
0947
-067
0823
-029
2063
-002
47
Chapter 2TIG welding
48
TIG welding
Power Nature of current PAC HF Welding current Simple Complete Pulse Weight Productsupply alternating direct striking striking (amperes) cycle cycle mode kg name
AC ~ DC =100 200 300 400
single-phase - ✔ - ✔ ✔ - no 10 SAXOTIG 1600 single-phase - ✔ ✔ ✔ - ✔ option 10 SAXOTECH 1700single-phase - ✔ - - - ✔ yes 19 SAXOTECH 2200single-phase - ✔ ✔ ✔ - ✔ option 28 PRESTOTIG 250three-phase - ✔ - ✔ ✔ - no 104 AVISO 250 DCthree-phase - ✔ - ✔ ✔ - no 159 AVISO 350 DCthree-phase - ✔ ✔ ✔ - ✔ yes 99 ADMIRAL 350 DCsingle-phase ✔ ✔ ✔ - ✔ - no 18 SAXOTIG 1600 AC/DCsingle-phase ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ - ✔ yes 23.5 PRESTOTIG 220 AC/DC (W)three-phase ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ - ✔ option 31 PRESTOTIG 320 AC/DC (W)single-phase ✔ ✔ - ✔ - ✔ option 182 AVISO 300 AC/DC synchrothree-phase ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ - ✔ yes 149 ADMIRAL 500 AC/DC
Legend:
�
��
�
��
��
��
�
�I mini I at 60% I maxi� �
The transferral of metal
Remotecontrol
Torch
Tungsten electrode (nonconsumable)
Fillermetal
rodNozzle
Arc
Moltenpool
Inertatmosphere
Inert welding gas
Pressure regulator/flowmeter
Power source
Filler metal rod
TIG welding generalities and quick choice criteria
Welding direction
Choice criteria
Scheme of a manual installation for TIG welding
3551
-046
0255
-029
2000
-173
Pre-gasTorch and harness is purged beforestriking.
Initial welding time and currentAllows to pre-heat a piece and to position it correctly on the joint to be welded.
Up slopeAllows a progressive rising of the welding current.
Arc slope downPrevents a crater at the end of the welding cycle and prevents the risks of crackingparticularly light alloys.
Final current and timeUseful in positional welding for continuing the welding cyclewithout extinguishing the arc completely.
Post-gasProtection of the work piece and the electrode after weldingcompleted.
Balance Accentuates, during AC welding the penetration or the cleaning phase.
Pulsed weldingMakes position welding and welding of thin sheet plateeasier, and prevents the collapse of the molten pool.Allows a regular deposit of filler metal and improves the penetration.
TackingAllows a quick tacking of the joint before welding.
49
Cha
pte
r 2
The TIG welding sets of SAF with HF striking are equipped with:• connection with trigger control: 5-pin plug with automatic
recognisation of the torch (water/air),• "gas power" central connection type DINSE.
For the connection of an older type torch on a new welding set, and reverse, use the intermediates made for this action.Cat.no. 0377-3433 old torch on new welding sets.Cat.no. 0377-3432 new torch on old welding sets.
Welding(permanentduty cycle)
Legend for TIG welding
New connection for TIG torches and welding sets
TIG welding cycles
PAC SYSTEM striking device
Contact
Pre-gas
Welding
Etablish-ment of the arc
Slopedownandpost-gas
HFstriking device
WeldingPre-gas
HFstrikingdevice
Slopedown andpost-gas
SIMPLE COMPLETE
Pre
-gas
Up
slop
e
Welding(permanentduty cycle)
Slo
pe d
own
Pre
-gas
Initi
al c
urre
nt le
vell
Up
slop
e
Vani
shin
g of
the
arc
Slo
pe d
own P
ost-
gas
2nd weldinglevel
(in case of torch with a double trigger)
Pos
t-ga
s
50
1 - SAXOTIG 1600 2 - SAXOTECH 1700 3 - SAXOTECH 2200 4 - PRESTOTIG 250
Power supply 230 V 50-60 Hz 230 V 50-60 Hz 230 V 50-60 Hz 400 V ± 10% 50-60 Hzsingle-phase single-phase single-phase single-phase
Primaryconsumption 19 A (TIG) 22 A (TIG) 16 A (PFC) 11 AI max 29 A (MMA) 34 A (MMA)
No-loadvoltage 80 V 66 V 80 V 108 V
Weldingcurrent 5 A - 150 A 5 A - 160 A 5 A - 220 A 3 A - 250 A
Dutycycle
100% 100 A 110 A 180 A
10 min. 60% 120 A 140 A 200 Acycle
35% 150 A 160 A 220 A 250 A(at 40 °C)
Electrodediameter 4 mm 4 mm 5 mm 5 mm
Dimensions( l x w x h ) 420 x 175 x 300 mm 430 x 190 x 320 mm 430 x 220 x 450 mm 620 x 245 x 410 mm
Net weight 10 kg 10 kg 19 kg 28 kg
SAXOTIG and PRESTOTIGSingle-phase portable inverters for MMA and TIG DC high quality works on non-alloyed or stainless steels.
TIG welding
1SAXOTIG 16004 decisive advantages:• HF striking,• simple welding cycle 2S/4S,• pre-gas, slope-down
and post-gas adjustableon the front panel,
• using MMA: arc dynamics and striking dynamics.
3SAXOTECH 22003 decisive advantages:• complete welding cycle,• pulsed current,• choice of two current levels.
To order• Standard equipment:- Cat no. W 000 056 006• Add-ons:PROTIG 20 RLS 5 m torchCat. no. 0420-6213PROTIG 30 RL 5 m torchCat. no. 0420-8243• Options:Maintenance box : for PROTIG 20 Cat. no. 0429-9002for PROTIG 30 Cat. no. 0429-9003
4PRESTOTIG 2504 decisive advantages:• multi-purpose installation:
TIG DC/pulsed TIG/coated electrode
• complete welding cycle with display of the parameters
• digital display of the parameters(I and U)
• memorization of 100 programs
To order• Standard equipment:- 1 PRESTOTIG 250 single-phase
50-60 Hz,- 1 primary cable L = 5 m- 1 gas hose L = 2 m
with a gas connector- 1 earth cable equipped with a DINSE
connector and an earth socketCat. no. 0389-0480
• Add-ons: PROTIG 30 RL C5B 5 m torchCat. no. 0420-8243PROTIG 10W RL C5B 5 m torchCat. no. 0423-0243
• Options:Maintenance box PROTIG 30/30WCat. no. 0429-9003Maintenance box PROTIG 10/10WCat. no. 0429-9001Trolley RUNNYTIG Cat. no. 0387-1110Cooling unit REFRISAFCat. no. 9157-0414Accessory kit MMA PRO ARC 300Cat. no. 0042-0300Remote control BB-BOX (MMA-TIG)Cat. no. 9160-1071Remote control for pulsed currentCat. no. 0389-0328Autotransformer POWER BOXCat. no. 9160-1056
2SAXOTECH 17004 decisive advantages:• pulsed TIG,• complete welding cycle,• digital display
of the parameters,• potentiometer torch.
To order• Standard equipment:- 1 SAXOTIG 1600 single-phase
50-60 Hz,- 1 primary cable L = 3 m
with SHOKO plug- 1 earth cable L = 3 m with
earth clamp and DINSE connector- 1 equipped gas hose L = 3 mCat. no. 0389-0430 • Add-ons: PROTIG 10 RLS torchCat. no. 0420-2213PROTIG 20 RLS 5 m torchCat. no. 0420-6213Accessory kit MMA PRO ARC 300Cat. no. 0042-0300• Options:Maintenance box :for PROTIG 20 Cat. no. 0429-9002for PROTIG 10 Cat. no. 0429-9001
To order• Standard equipment:- 1 SAXOTECH 1700
single-phase 50-60 Hz,- 1 primary cable L = 2 m- 1 equipped gas hose L = 3 m Cat. no. 0389-0425• Add-ons:PROTIG 10 RLS 5 m torchCat. no. 0420-2213PROTIG 20 RLS 5 m torchCat. no. 0420-6213Accessory kit MMA PRO ARC 300Cat. no. 0042-0300• Options:Maintenance box : for PROTIG 20 Cat. no. 0429-9002for PROTIG 10 Cat. no. 0429-9001 Pulsed
TIG
NNeeww2nd Quarter
2005
2001
-142
2003
-451
2719
-030
2063
-008
51
Cha
pte
r 2
ADMIRALPowerful, compact welding installation with inverter technology.Multi-purpose installation,recommended for workshop, for non-alloyed and stainless steel welding.
To order• Standard equipment:- 1 ADMIRAL 350 DC,- 1 primary cable- 1 earth cable,- 1 quick action coupling - a cooling unit- 1 LIQUISAF can
Cat. no. 0389-0460• Add-ons: PROTIG 30 RL C5B 8 m torchCat. no. 0420-8244PROTIG 10W RL C5B 8 m torchCat. no. 0423-0244• Options: Maintenance box PROTIG 30/30W torch Cat. no. 0429-9003
AVISOYour welding partner in workshops or on-site.Powerful, rugged and easy to use installations.HF striking and excellent stability.
4 - AVISO 250 DC 5 - AVISO 350 DC 6 - ADMIRAL 350 DC
Power supply 230/400 V 50-60 Hz 230/400 V 50-60 Hz 400 V ± 10% 50-60 Hzthree-phase three-phase three-phase
Primary 35 A ( 230 V ) 61 A ( 230 V ) 21.7 A ( TIG )consumption - I max 21 A ( 400 V ) 35 A ( 400 V ) 28.6 A ( MMA)No-loadvoltage 97 V 103 V 99 V
Weldingcurrent 5 A - 250 A 7 A - 350 A 4 A - 350 A
Duty cycle 100% 140 A (at 25 °C) 230 A 220 A10 min. cycle 60% 180 A (at 25 °C) 295 A 260 A(at 40 °C) 35% 250 A (at 25%) 350 A (at 30%) 350 AElectrodediameter 5.0 mm 6.3 mm 6.3 mm
Dimensions( l x w x h ) 650 x 460 x 720 mm 990 x 660 x 990 mm 1 090 x 610 x 97 mm
Net weight 104 kg 159 kg 99 kg
To order• Standard equipment: - 1 AVISO 250 DC,- 1 primary cable L = 5 m,- 1 earth cable
equipped of a screw clamp,- 1 quick gas coupling,
Cat. no. 0389-0440• Add-ons: PROTIG 30 RLS 8 m torchCat. no. 0420-8214• Options: Maintenance box PROTIG 30/30Wtorch Cat. no. 0429-9003Remote control boxCat. no. 0389-0310Pedal Cat. no. 0389-0311
To order• Standard equipment:- 1 AVISO 350 DC- 1 primary cable L = 5 m,- 1 earth cable equipped
of a screw clamp,- 1 quick gas coupling,
Cat. no. 0389-0450 (air version).Cat. no. 0389-0456 (water version).
• Add-ons: PROTIG 40 RLS 8 m torchCat. no. 0421-2214PROTIG 10W RLS 8 m torchCat. no. 0423-0214• Options: Maintenance box PROTIG 40 torch Cat. no. 0429-9004Maintenance box PROTIG 10/10W torch Cat. no. 0429-9001Remote control boxCat. no. 0389-0310Pedal Cat. no. 0389-0311
4AVISO 250 DC
5AVISO 350 DC
6ADMIRAL 350 DC4 decisive advantages:• pulsed TIG,• complete TIG welding cycle,• built-in cooling unit,• numerical control of the process.
2002
-454
2002
-573
2002
-229
2570
-004
3551
-046
52
TIG AC/DC range
TIG welding
PRESTOTIG 320 AC/DCThe three-phase transportable multi-processwelding installation.4 decisive advantages:• complete TIG welding cycle,
HF or PAC system striking,• using AC: adjustment
of the balance cleaning time / penetration,
• pulsed welding as standard,• welding of basic electrodes
up Ø 4 mm,• automatic Hot start, • arc dynamism adjustable.
To order• Standard equipment:- 1 PRESTOTIG 320 AC/DC- 3 m primary cable with European
plug,- 3 m earth cable with earth clamp,- 3 m gas hose + intermediate connector,
Cat. no. 0387-1250• Add-ons:PROTIG 30W EB C5B 5 m torchCat. no. 0423-2345PROTIG 40 RL C5B 8 m torchCat. no. 0421-2246Built-in potentiometer torch: consult us• Options:Maintenance box PROTIG 30/30Wtorch Cat. no. 0429-9003Cooling unit Cat. no. 9157-0416Trolley RUNNYTIG Cat. no. 0387-5027Remote control boxCat. no. 0389-0315Remote control box (pedal)Cat. no. 0389-0312
PRESTOTIG 220 AC/DCThe single-phase portable multi-process welding installation.6 decisive advantages:• low primary consumption
(only 16 A ),• complete TIG welding cycle,
HF or PAC system striking,• using AC: adjustment
of the balance cleaning time / penetration, pulsed welding as standard,
• welding of basic electrodes up Ø 4 mm,
• automatic Hot start, • arc dynamism adjustable.
To order• Standard equipment:- 1 PRESTOTIG 220 AC/DC,- 3 m primary cable with European
plug,- 3 m earth cable with earth clamp,- 3 m gas hose + intermediate connector,
Cat. no. 0387-1240• Add-ons:PROTIG 10W RL C5B 5 m torchCat. no. 0423-0243Built-in potentiometer torch: consult us• Options:Maintenance box PROTIG 10/10Wtorch Cat. no. 0429-9001Cooling unit REFRISAF 220Cat. no. 9157-0414Trolley RUNNYTIG Cat. no. 0387-1110Remote control box B-BOXCat. no. 0320-2710
1 2 3SAXOTIG 1600 AC/DCThe TIG AC/DC and MMA portable welding installationfor all your maintenance operations.4 decisive advantages:• robustness,• pulsed TIG,• potentiometer torch,• excellent ratio quality/price.
To order• Standard equipment::- 1 SAXOTIG 1600 AC/DC
single phase 50-60 Hz,- 1 primary cable L = 3 m- 1 equipped gas hose L = 2 mCat no. 0387-1170• Add-ons:PROTIG 10 RLS 5 m torchCat. no. 0420-2213PROTIG 20 RLS 5 m torchCat. no. 0420-6213• Options:Accessory kit MMA PRO ARC 300Cat. no. 0042-0300Maintenance box PROTIG 10/10Wtorch Cat. no. 0429-9001Maintenance box PROTIG 20 torch Cat. no. 0429-9002
2003
-457
2002
-545
2002
-549
2003
-554
2003
-557
0882
-031
53
Cha
pte
r 2
1 - SAXOTIG 1600 AC/DC 2 - PRESTOTIG 220 AC/DC 3 - PRESTOTIG 320 AC/DC 4 - AVISO 300 AC/DC synchro 5 - ADMIRAL 500 AC/DC
Power supply 230 V 50-60 Hz 230 V 50-60 Hz 230/380 V 50-60 Hz 230 /380/415 V 50-60 Hz 230/400 V 50-60 Hzsingle-phase single-phase three-phase single-phase three-phase
Primary25 A (220 V )
112 A (220 V ) 38 A (230 V)consomption 16 A 16 A 15 A (380 V) 65 A (380 V ) 27 A (400 V)I max 58 A (415 V ) No-load voltage 82 V 95 V 100 V 82 V 100 V
Welding current 5 - 220 A (DC) 4 - 500 A (TIG)5 - 150 A 10 - 220 A (AC) 4 - 300 A 10 - 310 A 70 - 350 A (MMA)
Duty cycle 100% 100 A 140 A 300 A 160 A 400 A10 min. cycle 60% 125 A 160 A - 205 A 450 A(at 40 °C) 35% 150 A (at 30%) 220 A - 310 A (at 30%) 500 AElectrode diameter 2.4 mm 4 mm 4 mm 6.3 mm 6.3 mmDimensions( L x W x H ) 430 x 220 x 450 mm 540 x 215 x 395 mm 685 x 385 x 330 mm 760 x 515 x 875 mm 960 x 590 x 1 170 mm
Net weight 21 kg 23.5 kg 40 kg 182 kg 149 kg
To order• Standard equipment:- 1 ADMIRAL 500 AC/DC,- 3.5 m primary cable,- 3 m earth cable equipped with clamp,- 3.5 m gas hose,- 1 built-in cooling unit,- 1 can of 5 liters liquid cooling.
Cat. no. 0387-1200• Add-ons:PROTIG 30 W RL CC5B 5mtorch Cat. no. 0423-2263PROTIG 30 W RL CC5B 8mtorch Cat. no. 0423-2264PROTIG 35 W RL CC5B 5mtorch Cat. no. 0423-3265PROTIG 35 W RL CC5B 8m torch Cat. no. 0423-3266PROTIG 40 W RL CC5B 8m torch Cat. no. 0423-4265PROTIG 40 W RL CC5B 8m torch Cat. no. 0423-4266• Options:Remote control: Current - Arc force -Hot-Start Cat. no. 0387-1115Remote control: Current – Frequency -Balance Cat. no. 0387-1116Remote control: Pulsed current – Basic current – Frequency – Cycle ratioCat. no. 0387-1117Remote control: Spot welding currentSpot welding time Cat. no. 0387-1118Remote control pedalCat. no. 0387-1119
AVISO 300 AC/DC synchroThe single-phase multi-voltage welding installation for TIG AC/DC and MMA welding.4 decisive advantages:• complete TIG welding cycle,• pulsed mode welding
with a remote controller,• HF striking with adjustable
striking dynamics,• excellent arc stability thanks
to the arc stabilizer.
To order• Standard equipment:- 1 AVISO 300 AC/DC- 1 primary cable- 1 earth cable- 1 torch connector
Cat. no. 0387-1220• Add-ons:PROTIG 40 RLS 8 m torchCat. no. 0421-2214PROTIG 10W RLS 8 m torchCat. no. 0423-0214• Options:Maintenance box PROTIG 40 torchCat. no. 0429-9004Maintenance box PROTIG 10/10Wtorch Cat. no. 0429-9001Trolley Cat. no. 0387-1059Remote control boxCat. no. 0387-4044Remote control box for pulsed currentCat. no. 0387-1123
4 5ADMIRAL 500 AC/DCThe high power AC/DC TIG installation. Inverter technology.4 decisive advantages:• complete TIG welding cycle,• built-in cooling unit,• welding coated electrodes up
to Ø 6.3 mm,• memorization of 15 programs.
2002
-083
0255
-025
2002
-061
54
MICROPLASMA and TIG process: manual and automatic welding applicationsFor the manual or automatic assembly of precious metals with a small thickness, 0.05 to 1 mm. (stainless steels, Inconel, titanium, silver and gold alloys). Electric components industries, electronics, small containers, metallic filters and tool repair.Medical sector, watchmakers, goldsmiths.
TIG welding
Primary power supply:• power supply ( V ) 230-400-440 V - 50-60 Hz. Three-phase • cos ϕ 0.91• max. primary power (phased) 6 A (under 400 V)
Secondary: • PLASMA always smooth and pulsed mini 80 m A - maxi 50 A at 100%• TIG smooth and pulsed mini 0.8 A - maxi 50 A at 60%• No load voltage 106 V• pulse frequency 1 Hz to 10 kHz
Other characteristics:• front programming by keys and code• display by LCD bill sticker• cooling by cooling unit outside power source• HF source built-in• main and annular gas circuit built-in - integrable• back shielding gas circuit option• protection class IP 23• weight 95 kg• dimensions (L x w x h) 650 x 360 x 750 mm
1 - NERTAMATIC 51
OPTIONS• Trolley
Cat. No. 9258-0329, to receive the following equipment:- NERTAMATIC 51,- REFRISAF 51,- 2 gas cylinders.
• Double footpedal remote control (replaces the torch's trigger) Cat. no. 9258-0268
• Trigger and current adjustment pedalCat. no. 9258-0354.
• Back weld gas protection device Cat. no. 9258-0731 (add a EUROSAF pressure regulator).
• P.C. software under Windows 3.1, 95 and 98 for NERTAMATIC 51 Cat. no. 9258-0353
Assures the cooling by liquid in a closed circuit of the SP 45 torch and the power source NERTMATIC 51:
• power supply 230 V/ 50-60 Hz• capacity 6 l• power consomption 2 200 W at 20 °C• weight 36 kg• dimensions ( L x W x H) 720 x 360 x 340 mm
2 - REFRISAF 51 Cooling unit.
1
2
Installationon trolley
• User friendly front panel.• Multilingual display.• Totally programmable welding
cycles.• Memory of 100 programs.• Configuration which is adapted
to the user’s needs.• Printing of programs.• Also for TIG welding.• Equipped of RS 232
for coupling a P.C. or printer• Cat. no. 9258-0326Characteristics: • Cooling by a liquid• Tungsten electrodes:
Ø 1 or 1.6 m, 75 or 150 mmlong,
• 4 m harness. An SP 20 manual or automatictorch can be supplied on request.This weighs considerably less and has a maximum current rating of 20 A at 100%.
• Cooling unit. Cat. no. 9258-0321.
3638
-049
3638
-038
2264
-006
NERTAMATIC 51:
REFRISAF 51:
55
Cha
pte
r 2
To order
2264
-008
Welding lathes
9258-0111 Ø 1.0 mm 9258-0115Ø 1.6 mm 0371-0258Ø 0.6 mm 9258-0182Ø 0.8 mm 9258-0167Ø 1.0 mm 9258-0168Ø 1.2 mm 9258-0169Ø 1.5 mm 9258-0170Ø 1.8 mm 9258-0171Ø 7.0 mm 9258-0176Ø 9.0 mm 9258-0177Ø 11 mm 9258-0178
Power supply 230 V - 50 Hz*Rotation speed 0.1 - 11 tr/minConcentricity of tail stock ± 0.02 mmTail stock force 1 950 NcmCentral axis 166 mmMaximum distance between point 500 mmMaximum admissible diameter 320 mmDrilling of plug Ø 48 mm• with axis 3 bits Ø 20/32/42 mm• with fastening holders Ø 16 mmWeight 150 kg
* For version 60 Hz and for other dimensions consult us.
Maintenance kit
Cat. no. 9258-0113, contains: • 2 constricting nozzles Ø 0.8 mm,• 2 constricting nozzles Ø 1.0 mm,• 2 constricting nozzles Ø 1.2 mm,• 2 constricting nozzles Ø 1.5 mm,• 2 constricting nozzles Ø 1.8 mm, • 2 electrode holders Ø 1.0 mm,• 2 electrode holders Ø 1.6 mm,• 1 alumina nozzle Ø 7 mm,• 1 alumina nozzle Ø 9 mm,• 1 alumina nozzle Ø11 mm,• 2 electrode centering cases Ø 1.0 mm,• 2 electrode centering cases Ø 1.6 mm,• 2 electrode centers Ø 1.0 mm,• 2 electrode centers Ø 1.6 mm,• 2 nozzle joints,• 2 cap joints,• 1 electrode positioning template,• 5 electrodes Ø 1.0 mm,• 5 electrodes Ø 1.6 mm.
Thoriated tungsten electrode (2%)
Torch SP 45 manual
Torchesand wear parts
Constrictingnozzles
Aluminanozzles
2264
-007
1794
-009
0608
-032
0608
-029
0950
-022
To order
9258-0112 Ø 1.0 mm 9258-0115Ø 1.6 mm 0371-0258Ø 0.6 mm 9258-0182Ø 0.8 mm 9258-0167Ø 1.0 mm 9258-0168Ø 1.2 mm 9258-0169Ø 1.5 mm 9258-0170Ø 1.8 mm 9258-0171Ø 7.0 mm 9258-0176Ø 9.0 mm 9258-0177Ø 11 mm 9258-0178
Thoriated tungsten electrode (2%)
Torch SP 45 automatic
Constrictingnozzles
Aluminanozzles
0704
-066
3534
-005
1794
-010
3534
-003
TIG welding
Air-cooled torches EN 50078 Water-cooled torches
0254
-014
PROTIG standard torches for “worksite” applications.Torches flexible and easy to handle. Easy maintenance. Woven sheath. Flexible harness. High mechanical strength.
PROTIG 30 WDuty cycle 100%: 350 AFitted as standard:• back cap long• nozzle Ø 15 mm• electrode Ø 4.0 mm
PROTIG 35 WDuty cycle 100%: 350 AFitted as standard:• back cap long• nozzle Ø 15 mm• electrode Ø 4.8 mm
PROTIG 40 WDuty cycle 100%: 450 AFitted as standard:• back cap long• nozzle Ø 14 mm• electrode Ø 4.8 mm
PROTIG 10 and PROTIG 10 VDuty cycle 35%: 125 AFitted as standard:• back cap medium• nozzle Ø 10 mm• electrode Ø 1.6 mm
PROTIG 20Duty cycle 35%: 150 AFitted as standard:• back cap long• nozzle Ø 10 mm• electrode Ø 2.0 mm
0254
-018
PROTIG 30 and PROTIG 30 VDuty cycle 35%: 200 AFitted as standard:• back cap long• nozzle Ø 12 mm• electrode Ø 2.4 mm
PROTIG 40Duty cycle 35%: 250 AFitted as standard:• back cap long• nozzle Ø 12 mm• electrode Ø 2.4 mm
0254
-012
0254
-015
0254
-017
2000
-365
Recommended
for aluminium
welding
An extensive and a full range for worksite or workshopapplications in which it is possible to choose the productaccording to the application and wishes of the user. The PROTIG torches are delivered instantly ready for use. The choice is based on the type of handle, a round handle or an ergonomic handle and on the type of connection.
Torch PROTIG 10 with handle RL option
Torch PROTIG 20 with handle RB option
Torch PROTIG 30 with handle RBB option
Torch PROTIG 40 with handle RL option
PROTIG 10 W100%: 250 AFitted as standard:• back cap long• nozzle Ø 12 mm• electrode Ø 3.2 mm
Torch PROTIG 10 W with handle EBB
Torch PROTIG 30 W with handle RB option
Torch PROTIG 35 W with handle EEB
Torch PROTIG 40 W with handle RBB option
0254
-007
0254
-011
56
Choose your torch handle
0254
-04
0254
-12
0254
-16
0254
-18
R
RL
RB
RBB
Round handle for torch with valve (V)
Round handlewith lever
Round handlewith button.
Ergonomichandle with doublebutton
To order
Cha
pte
r 2
57
Chose your connection
Air-cooled PROTIG 10 PROTIG 20 PROTIG 30 PROTIG 40torches PROTIG 10 V PROTIG 30 V
Handle Connection 5 m 8 m 5 m 8 m 5 m 8 m 5 m 8 mRL S 0420-2213 0420-2214 0420-6213 0420-6214 0420-8213 0420-8214 0421-2213 0421-2214RB S 0420-2113 0420-2114 0420-6113 0420-6114 0420-8113 0420-8114 - -RL C5B - - 0420-6243 0420-6244 0420-8243 0420-8244 - -RL CC5B 0420-2263 0420-2264 0420-6263 0420-6264 0420-8263 0420-8264 0421-2263 0421-2264RBB CC5B - - - - 0420-8565 0420-8566 0421-2565 0421-2566R V 0420-4011 0420-4012 - - 0421-0011 0421-0012 - -
To order
Water-cooled PROTIG 10 W PROTIG 30 W PROTIG 35 W PROTIG 40 Wtorches
Handle Connection 5 m 8 m 5 m 8 m 5 m 8 m 5 m 8 mRL S 0423-0213 0423-0214 0423-2213 0423-2214 0423-3213 0423-8214 - -RB S 0423-0113S 0423-0114 0423-2113 0423-2114 - - - -RL C5B 0423-0243 0423-0244 - - - - - -RL CC5B 0423-0263 0423-0264 0423-2263 0423-2264 0423-3265 0423-3266 0423-4265 0423-4266RBB CC5B - - 0423-2565 0423-2566 - - - -
S C5B
CC5B
V
Simple connectors for sets with yellow front and old SAF logo and SAXOTIG/SAXOTECHrange.
0254-28
Compact hollow 5-pinconnectors for sets with white front and new logosother ranges
0254-25
0254-30
Simple torchwith valve (V)connectors for arc weldingpower supplies, old or newpresentation.
0254-027
Separate gas pipe and 5 pin - connectors for sets with white front - new range.
0608
-051
TIG welding
Air-cooled torches EN 50078 Water-cooled torches
0254
-014
0254
-011
PROTIG Plus torches for “workshop” applications.Neoprene sheath. Excellent resistance to spatter. Comfortable grip, multipositions. Ergonomic handle with one or two buttons.
PROTIG 10 WDuty cycle 100%: 250 AFitted as standard:• back cap long• nozzle Ø 12 mm• electrode Ø 3.2 mm
PROTIG 30 WDuty cycle 100%: 350 AFitted as standard:• back cap long• nozzle Ø 15 mm• electrode Ø 4.0 mm
PROTIG 40 WDuty cycle 100%: 450 AFitted as standard:• back cap long• nozzle Ø 14 mm• electrode Ø 4.8 mm
PROTIG 10Duty cycle 35%: 125 AFitted as standard:• back cap medium• nozzle Ø 10 mm• electrode Ø 1.6 mm
PROTIG 30Duty cycle 35%: 200 AFitted as standard:• back cap long• nozzle Ø 12 mm• electrode Ø 2.4 mm
PROTIG 40Duty cycle 35%: 250 AFitted as standard:• back cap long• nozzle Ø 12 mm• electrode Ø 2.4 mm
0254
-017
0254
-007
0254
-017
0254
-007
0254
-015
0254
-011
0254
-012
0254
-007
0254
-018
0254
-007
0254
-007
Torch PROTIG 10 with handle EBB option Torch PROTIG 10 W with handle EBB option
Torch PROTIG 20 with handle EB option Torch PROTIG 30 W with handle EBB option
Torch PROTIG 30 with handle EBB option Torch PROTIG 40 W with handle EB option
Torch PROTIG 40 with handle EB option
PROTIG 20Duty cycle 35%: 150 AFitted as standard:• back cap long• nozzle Ø 10 mm• electrode Ø 2.0 mm
58
Cha
pte
r 2
Choose your torch handle
0254
-10
0254
-08
EB
EBB
Ergonomichandlewith button
Ergonomicdouble buttonhandle.
To order
Choose your connection
Air-cooled PROTIG 10 PROTIG 20 PROTIG 30 PROTIG 40torches
Handle Connection 5 m 8 m 5 m 8 m 5 m 8 m 5 m 8 mEB C 0420-2325 0420-2326 0420-6325 0420-6326 0420-8325 0420-8326 0421-2325 0421-2326EB C5B 0420-2345 0420-2346 0420-6345 0420-6346 0420-8345 0420-8346 0421-2345 0421-2346EBB CC5B 0420-2445 0420-2446 0420-6445 0420-6446 0420-8445 0420-8446 0421-2445 0421-2446EB CC5B 0420-2365 0420-2366 0420-2365 0420-2366 0420-8365 0420-8366 0421-2365 0421-2366EBB CC5B 0420-2465 0420-2466 0420-2465 0420-2466 0420-8465 0420-8466 - -
To order
Water-cooled PROTIG 10 W PROTIG 30 W PROTIG 40 Wtorches
Handle Connection 5 m 8 m 5 m 8 m 5 m 8 mEB C 0423-0325 0423-0326 0423-2325 0423-2326 0423-4325 0423-4326EB C5B 0423-0345S 0423-0346 0423-2345 0423-2346 0423-4345 0423-4346EBB CC5B 0423-0445 0423-0446 0423-2445 0423-2446 0423-4445 0423-4446EB CC5B 0423-0365 0423-0366 0423-2365 0423-2366 0423-4365 0423-4366EBB CC5B 0423-0465 0423-0466 0423-2465 0423-2466 0423-4465 0423-4466
C
C5B
CC5B
Separate gas pipes and 5-pin connectorsfor sets with white front new range
Compact hollow 5-pinconnectors for sets with white front and new logos.
0254-30
Simpleconnectors for sets with yellow front and old SAFlogo.
0254-29
0254-27
The double button handle is used on inverter sets.Stepping the weld current down at the end of the welding cycle closes the crater cleanly.
Cat. no.in bold = on request
3551
-046
59
To order
PROTIG PROTIG PROTIG PROTIG PROTIG PROTIG PROTIGØ mm 5 10/10V/10W 20 30 /30V/30W 35 W 40 40 W
Back cap short - 0429-9525 0429-9528 0429-9528 0429-9531 0429-9533
medium - 0429-9526 - - - -
long - 0429-9527 0429-9530 0429-9530 0429-9532 429-9534
Back cap O-ring - 0429-9535 0429-9536 0429-9536 0429-9537 0429-9538
Sealing ring 0429-9510 0429-9511 0429-9512 0429-9512 0429-9513 -
Electrode collet - - standard straight standard straight - -
Ø 1.0 0429-9540 0429-9545 0429-9550 - 0429-9555 - 0429-9561 -
Ø 1.6 0429-9541 0429-9546 0429-9551 0429-9630 0429-9556 0429-9634 0429-9562 -
Ø 2.0 - 0429-9547 0429-9552 0429-9631 0429-9557 0429-9635 0429-9563 -
Ø 2.4 0429-9543 0429-9548 0429-9553 0429-9632 0429-9558 0429-9636 0429-9564 0429-9571
Ø 2.5 - 0429-9568 0429-9569 - 0429-9570 - - -
Ø 3.2 - 0429-9549 0429-9554 0429-9633 0429-9559 0429-9637 0429-9565 0429-9572
Ø 4.0 - - - - 0429-9560 - 0429-9566 0429-9573
Ø 4.8 - - - - - - 0429-9567 0429-9574
Collet body all diameter - 0429-9503 0429-9504 0429-9505 0371-1244** 0429-9506 0377-1301
Ø 1.0 0429-9500 - - - - -
Ø 1.6 0429-9501 - - - - -
Ø 2.4 0429-9502 - - - - -
Nozzle Ø 6 0429-9580 0429-9584 0429-9589 0429-9594 0429-9594 -
Ø 8 0429-9581 0429-9585 0429-9590 0429-9595 0429-9595 -
Ø 10 0429-9582 0429-9586 0429-9591 0429-9596 0429-9596 -
Ø 12 - 0429-9587 0429-9592 0429-9597 0429-9597 0429-9599 (Ø11)
Ø 15 - - - 0429-9598 0429-9598 0429-9600 (Ø14)
DIRISAF sealing ring - 0429-9511 0429-9519 0429-9519 0429-9520 -
DIRISAF collet body - 0429-9515 0429-9517* 0429-9517 0429-9518 -
DIRISAF filter 0429-9521 0429-9522 0429-9522 0429-9522 0429-9522
DIRISAF Ø 8 - 0429-9610 0429-9618* 0429-9618 0429-9618 -nozzle
Ø 10 - 0429-9611 0429-9619* 0429-9619 0429-9619 -
Ø 12 - 0429-9612 0429-9620* 0429-9620 0429-9620 -
Ø 15 - - 0429-9621* 0429-9621 0429-9621 -60
TIG welding
11 6
10 9 8 7
5 3 4 2 1
8 9
7
7
9
Version with DIRISAF for welding whereaccess is difficult.
2565
-037
6PROTIG 40 WA - insulating nut
Cat. no. 0377-1310B - O-ring
Cat. no. 0377-1307C - water distributor
Cat. no. 0377-1308
A C BB
2565
-036
2565
-038
• The "DIRISAF collet body"part is supplied with a filterand a DIRISAF ring
• The ring or the DIRISAF filter are supplied on their own.
* Use the electrode collet (sign 4) of the PROTIG 30 standard head.** possible to use also the PROTIG 40 collet body.
1
234
5
6
78910
choice of nozzleand6 10Welding current (A) 70 70 120 200 350
Diameter (mm) 6 8 10 12 15
Accessories and wear parts for PROTIG torches
To order
Ø mm Current (A) Lanthanum Thorium CeriumDC welding tungsten tungsten tungsten
1.0 10-80 W 000 010 373 W 000 010 002 W 000 010 022
1.6 60-150 W 000 010 016 - -50-120 - W 000 010 003 W 000 010 023
2.0 100-200 W 000 010 017 - -90-190 - W 000 010 004 W 000 010 024
2.4 150-250 W 000 010 018 - -100-230 - W 000 010 005 W 000 010 025
3.0 210-310 W 000 010 019170-300 - W 000 010 006 W 000 010 026
3.2 220-330 W 000 010 020 - -170-300 - W 000 010 007 W 000 010 027
4.0 350-480 W 000 010 021 - -260-450 - W 000 010 008 W 000 010 028
Electrode type Arc Arc Lasting Thermalstability striking resistance
Tungstène pur ✹✹ ✹ ✹ ✹Tungstène thorié ✹ ✹✹✹ ✹✹ ✹✹Tungstène cérium ✹✹ ✹ ✹✹ ✹✹Tungstène lanthane ✹✹ ✹✹✹ ✹✹✹ ✹✹✹
Sharpening machine TIG-SHARP tungsten electrodeLongitudinal sharpening, precise and symmetrical angle.Individual case including:• sharpening machine,• an equerre for blocking in fixed position on established,• a standard blue head for electrode Ø 1.6 / 2.0 / 2.4 / 3.2,• a aspiration nozzle connecting on aspiration
system for extracting tungsten dust,• electrode holder, assembling/disassembling of tools.
Cat. no. 0371-4000Technical characteristics:• Supply voltage 220-230 V• Frequency 50-60 Hz• Power 400 W• Amperage 1.8 A• Rotating speed 30 000 tr/min• Weight 1.85 kg• Conform to CE standard
Options • Red head for electrodes
Ø 1.0 - 4.0 - 4.8 - 6.0Cat. no. 0371-4002
• Diamond disc of replacementCat. no. 0371-4001
To order
PROTIG 10 VRon power source with 50 mm2
socket.
0254
-30-
3302
54-2
7-31
0254
-32
2002
-002
2004
-218
Cat. no. 0377-3432
Cat. no. 0377-3433
Cat. no. 0377-3503
Tungsten electrodes 11 Accessories
Pure tungsten (for light alloys)
Tungsten with oxide additives: lanthanum, thorium and cerium (for steels and stainless steels)
Comparison of electrodes properties*
* Color code is in accordance to the DIN/EN 26848 requirements and printed on the electrode end.
✹✹✹ Excellent ✹✹ Good ✹ Average
Torch with central gas to power supply with separate gas.
Torch with separate gas to power supply with central gas.
Maintenance box
A comprehensive kit for all your applications. The box includes for each torch complete sets of electrode col-lets, nozzles, back caps and a collet body.
PROTIG 5/5W 0429-9000*PROTIG 10/10V/10W 0429-9001PROTIG 20 0429-9002PROTIG 30/30V/30W 0429-9003PROTIG 40/35W 0429-9004PROTIG 40W 0429-9005
* 3 collet bodies and 1 key.
Extension assembliesThe extension harnesses are 15 m long and fitted with quick-fitconnectors and "banana" and "5-pin" type trigger plugs.The connectors are protected by a leather cover with "velcro" fasteners.For torches with separate gas pipe:• air-cooled version 0429-9080• water-cooled version 0429-9081
For torches with central gas pipe:• air-cooled version 0429-9082• water-cooled version 0429-9083
Ø mm Current (A) Pure AC welding tungsten
1.0 10-50 W 000 010 009
1.6 40-80 W 000 010 010
2.0 60-110 W 000 010 011
2.4 70-120 W 000 010 012
3.0 90-180 W 000 010 013
3.2 90-180 W 000 010 014
4.0 160-240 W 000 010 015 0254
-034
2565
-035
Adapters
61
Cha
pte
r 2
TIG welding
DVT: TIG wire feed system with regulating device.Principle of the processAt the front of a TIG torch, one feeds out, at a constant speed, a cold wire which, at the same time, effects a “back and forth”movement. Paying out the filler metal is ensuredby a payout plate which has 2 or 4 rollers. The wire feed speed acts on the size of the dropsof metal which are deposited, whereas the “backand forth” rythm determines the number of drops deposited.
Tungsten electrode
(non consumable)
Filler metal
Welding direction
Filler wire device ( attached to thetorch)
Nozzle
ArcMolten pool
Inert atmosphere
Advantages
• Increased productivityIn all cases, one sees a clear improvement in performance, whatever gas is used. This improvement of performance is obtainedthanks to various gases of AL range. The welding speeds become comparable with that of MIG manual welding.
• Ease of usePROTIG DVT torches are extremely flexible and the position of the wire lead-in (over the pool) is highly appreciated by welders.TIG DVT welding is easily carried out in “all positions”.
• Increased comfortWorking with DVT is less tiring, for the welder.He keeps one hand completely free and can focus his attention entirely on the arc,this makes his work more precise and thus of better quality. If one compares it to MIG welding, the operation is less noisyand does not generate spatter.
Welding speed in cm/min.(stainless steel, thickness 2 mm)
Gas
ARCAL 121ARCAL 31
ARCAL 32
ARCAL 11ARCAL 10
TIG DVT
TIG
MIG
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
62
Diagram of installation:
Package with DUOBOX: see their contents in standard offer
TIG SAF power source
Adapter
230 V/ACsingle-phase
or400 V/AC
three-phase
DUOBOX
StandardTIG torch
TIG DVT torchWire feed
24 V/AC
230 V/AC single-phase Transformer
Part to weld
DVT 15or 23
TIG SAF power source
Adapter
230 V/ACsingle-phase
or400 V/AC
three-phase
TIG DVT torch
Wire feed
24 V/AC
230 V/ACsingle-phase
Part to weld
Transformer
DVT 15or 23
Simple installation: 1 DVT torch Double installation: 1 standard torch + 1 DVT torch
63
Cha
pte
r 2
Options:
AdapterAdapter to connect a DVT to a TIGpower source with central gas connection.Cat. no. 0377-3433
0254
-031
DUOBOXFor connection to a single TIG powersource of a DVT and a standard TIGtorch. 24 V / AC power supply included.Cat. no. 0389-0112
1919
-002
1 - Wire feeder DVT 15 2 - Wire feeder DVT 23 Power supply via transformeror DUOBOX 24 V AC 24 V AC
Power 100 VA 100 VA Duty cycle 250 A at 60% 450 A at 60%Feet-out plate 2 rollers, single-motor 4 rollers, twin-motorAdjustment single-button synergetic independent (speed + rythm)Diameter of spool 200 mm: as standard 200 mm: possible
300 mm: option 300 mm: as standardDimensions ( L x W x H) 474 x 250 x 365 mm 755 x 420 x 490 mmNet weight 16 kg 20 kg
DVT wire-feed units
1
DVT 15Single-motor with 2 rollers. Spool Ø 200 mm.
2 decisive advantages:• Easy to use and can be used
by all welders.• adjustment on wire-feed unit
or on the torch in synergy:- wire-feed speed and rhythm (until 550 drops/min).
2
DVT 23Twin-motor with 4 rollersSpool Ø 200 or 300 mm.
2 decisive advantages:• for high adjustment precision:
independent adjustment:- of the synergetic wire-feed speed,- of the rhythm,
• complete control over the size and number of drops (330 drops/min. max)).
To order:• Wire-feed unit only
Cat. No. 0389-0110• Package including:- 1 wire-feed unit DVT 15, - 1 torch with potentiometer
PROTIG 10WP 3.5 m, - 1 box of accessories MAL 10W DVT,- 1 hollow DINSE adapter, - 1 set of cerium electrodes Ø 2.4 mm, - 1 wire lead-in sheath, - 1 power supply box,
Cat. no. 0389-0120.• Principal options:- torch PROTIG DVT air: possible, - torch PROTIG DVT water: possible,- PROTIG torch DVT
with potentiometer: possible,- carriage type DVT with spool
support, Ø 300 mm and spool cover,Cat. no. 0389-0118
- Adapter Cat. no. 0377-3433,- Transformer 230/24 V
Cat. no. 0389-0131,- DUOBOX. Cat. no. 0389-0130 • Standard offer: UI 01-100
To order:• Wire-feed unit only
Cat. no. 0389-0111• Package including: - 1 wire-feed unit DVT 23, - 1 torch with lever PROTIG 10W 3.5 m, - 1 box of accessories MAL 10W DVT,- 1 hollow DINSE adapter, - 1 set of cerium electrodes Ø 2.4 mm, - 1 wire lead-in sheath,- 1 power supply box,
Cat. no. 0389-0121.• Principal options:- torch PROTIG DVT air: possible, - torch PROTIG DVT water: possible,- carriage type DVA with spool
support Ø 300 mm,Cat. no. 9162-0089
- Spool cover Cat. no. 9161-0084,
- Adapter Cat. no. 0377-3433,
- Transformer 230/24 VCat. no. 0389-0131,
- DUOBOX Cat. no. 0389-0130• Standard offer: UI 02-100
2001
-394
2001
-353
2001
-347
Torch with potentiometer
Precision work Universel applicationswith DIRISAF on unalloyed steel on unalloyed steel,and stainless steel stainless steel and aluminiumPiping/ Sheet metalsheet metal work
Cases MAL 10W MAL 20/30W MAL 10W MAL 20/30WDVT D DVT D DVT DVT0429-9660 0429-9661 0429-9662 0429-9663
Type of torch PROTIG 10 W PROTIG 20 PROTIG 30 W PROTIG 10 W PROTIG 20 PROTIG 30 WDC cerium Ø 2.4 mm Ø 2.4 mm Ø 3.2 mm Ø 2.4 mm Ø 2.4 mm Ø 3.2 mmelectrodes 0371-0534 0371-0534 0371-0537 0371-0534 0371-0534 0371-0537AC tungsten Ø 2.4 mm Ø 2.4 mm Ø 3.2 mmelectrodes - - 0371-0506 0371-0506 0371-0507Recommendedwire diameter 0.6 to 0.8 mm 0.6 to 1.0 mm 0.6 to 1.2 mm 0.6 to 0.8 mm 0.6 to 1.0 mm 0.6 to 1.2 mm
To order:
TIG welding
64
Essential equipment, depending on the applications
Harness, Maximum Type of With With Coolingsheath and amperage DVT poten- levertorch body tiometer
10W DVT P 250 A at 100% 15 yes - water 0429-9650
20 DVT P 150 A at 35% 15 yes - air 0429-9652
30W DVT P 350 A at 100% 15 yes - water 0429-9651
10W DVT 250 A at 100% 15 or 23 - yes water 0429-9653
20 DVT 150 A at 35% 15 or 23 - yes air 0429-9655
30W DVT 350 A at 100% 15 or 23 - yes water 0429-9654
Depending on the application, the PROTIG DVT will be equipped with the following parts from the case (do not forget to order the non-consumable electrodes).
Cases
For aluminium welding, you need to add: • aluminium rollers, Ø 1.0-1.2 mm
Cat. no. 9162-0188 (plan on 1 roller for the DVT 15 and 2 rollers for the DVT 23).
• aluminium pipes Cat. no. 0429-9402.
PROTIG DVT torchesThis torches, specificallydeveloped, are extra-flexibleand allow “all positions” welding.We propose two types oftorches with length of 3.5 m,air or water-cooled:• with “P” potentiometerwhich is used on the DVT 15:synergetic adjustment,• without potentiometer which is used on the DVT 15 and DVT 23: adjustments on the front panel.To have a torch which isready to use, it is necessaryto add the constituent itemsof a case.
2000
-363
2001
-362
2001
-361
2000
-365
0882
-031
Torch with lever. Front-part items.
Harness, wire lead-in sheath, torch body.
65
Cha
pte
r 2
To order
Ø ( mm) Cat. no.
1.2 1076-0171
1.6 1076-0172
2.0 1076-0178
2.4 1076-0174
3.2 1076-0181
TIG filler metal
NERTAL 60Standards:• AWS A 5.18
ER 70 S4(A 5-18: Specificationfor MIG wires used for TIG wires where nospecific specificationexists).
• EN 1668W3 Si 1
Welding of structural steels
Main applications:• Highly reliable assemblies on structural steels of grade A 42 and similar.• Excellent technological properties, especially with TIG welding on thin sheetmetal.• Recommended for root passes when controlled penetration is required.• Some applications:
- Automobile manufacturing,- Aeronautical industry,- Thin sheetmetal structures and special boilermaking work.
Packaging:• Straightened, cut, copper coated rods,
length: 1.000 mm in 5 kg cardboard box.
Typical chemical analysis on wire:C Mn Si P S Cr Ni Cu
0.08 1.35 0.75 0.015 0.010 0.05 0.05 0.05*
Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at CVN at (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d)% + 20 °C (J) + 40 °C (J)
540 440 30 230 200
(1) On weld metal with TIG.
* Excluding coating
To order
Ø ( mm) Cat. no.
1.6 1076-0145
2.0 1076-0146
2.4 1076-0147
Packaging:• Straightened, cut rods, length: 1.000 mm in 1 kg boxes.
C Mn Si Cr Mo0.11 1.0 0.55 1.10 0.50
Typical chemical analysis on wire:
Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d)% + 20 °C (J)
620 510 22 70
(1) On weld metal after heat treatment: 0.5 hours at 720 °C.
NERTAL CD 60Standards:• AWS A 5.18
E 80S-B2• EN 12070
W Cr Mo 1 Si
Welding of creep resistant chromium-molybdenum steels
Main applications:• Assembly of heat treatable and blister steels.• Welding of creep-resistant steels of grades 1.25% Cr, 0.5% Mo.• Boilers and tanks with working temperatures up to 550 °C.
Characteristics:• Preheating between 250 and 300 °C, depending
on the nature of base metal and the thickness of the workpieces. Maintain temperature between runs.
• Cool slowly.
To order
Ø ( mm) Cat. no.
1.6 1076-0149
2.0 1076-0150
2.4 1076-0151
Packaging:• Straightened, cut rods, length: 1.000 mm in 1 kg boxes.
C Mn Si Cr Mo0.08 1.1 0.6 2.5 1.0
Typical chemical analysis on wire:
Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d)% + 20 °C (J)
630 450 20 50
(1) On weld metal after heat treatment: 0.5 hours at 760 °C.
NERTAL CD 65Standards:• AWS A 5.18
ER 90S-B3• EN 12070
W Cr Mo 2 Si
Main applications:• Welding of creep-resistant steels of grades 2.25% Cr, 1% Mo.• Boilers, tanks and cracker pipes with working temperatures
up to 600 °C.• Assembly of heat treatable and blister steels.
Characteristics:• Preheating between 250 and 300 °C, depending
on the nature of base metal and the thickness of the workpieces. Maintain temperature between runs.
• Cool slowly.
66
TIG filler metal
Welding of creep resistant chromium-molybdenum steels
To order
Ø ( mm) Cat. no.
1.6 1076-0153
2.0 1076-0155
2.4 1076-0156
Packaging:• Straightened, cut rods, length: 1.000 mm in 1 kg boxes.
C Mn Si Cr Mo0.06 0.50 0.40 6.0 0.6
Typical chemical analysis on wire:
Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d)% + 20 °C (J)
580 450 18 40
(1) On weld metal after heat treatment: 0.5 hours at 720 °C.
NERTAL CD 75Standards:• AWS A 5.19
ER 502• EN 12070
W Cr Mo 5 Si
Main applications:• Assembly of heat treatable and blister steels.• Welding of creep-resistant steels of grades 4 to 6% Cr, 0.5% Mo.
Resistance to hydrogen under pressure.• Boilers, tanks and cracker pipes with working temperatures
up to 600 °C.
Characteristics:• Preheating between 300 and 350 °C, depending
on the nature of base metal and the thickness of the workpieces. Maintain temperature between runs.
• Cool slowly.
Welding of chromium-nickel stainless steels
To order
Ø ( mm) Cat. no.
1.2 1076-0201
1.6 1076-0202
2.0 1076-0203
2.4 1076-0204
3.2 1076-0205
4.0 1076-0206
Packaging:• Straightened and cut rods, length: 1.000 mm
in cardboard box, contents: 5 kg.
C Mn Si Cr Ni S P0.015 1.7 0.4 20 9.5 0.010 0.020
Typical chemical analysis on wire:
Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d)% + 20 °C (J)
590 450 40 120
(1) On weld metal after heat treatment: 0.5 hours at 720 °C.
NERTALCN 18.10Standards:• AWS A 5.9
ER 308 L• EN 12072
W 199L
Main applications:• Welding and surfacing with inert gas shielding (TIG process)
of stainless steels type 18.10 and similar grades.- NF: Z2 to Z6 CN 18.10.- AISI: 304 (L).- DIN: X2 Cr, Ni 18.9.
• Recommended for use as a first pass in all cases where evenpenetration and high density are required (TIG process).
• Some recommended applications:- nuclear engineering,- chemical engineering,- cryogenic applications,- oil and petrochemical industries,- equipment for food processing industry, etc.
Welding of high yield strength steels
To order
Ø ( mm) Cat. no.
1.2 1076-0175
1.6 1076-0176
Packaging:• Straightened, cut rods, length: 1.000 mm
in 5 kg cardboard boxs.
C Mn Cr Mo S P Va0.11 1.0 1.40 0.9 0.020 0.020 0.25
Typical chemical analysis on wire:
UTS YS 0.2 Elongation(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d)%
1.050 710 10
Typical mecanical characteristics (1):
(1) On weld metal after heat treatment.
NERTAL CDV 100Standards:• AWS A 5.18
ER 80S-B6• EN 12070
2 W Cr Mo V1
Main applications ans characteristics:• Recommended heat treat:
- preheating between 100 °C and 400 °C, depending on weight and restrainment of workpieces.
- generally the pieces are oil-quenched at 975 °C and tempered at 625 °C.
• Argon-shielded TIG welding of chromium-molybdenum-vanadiumhigh yield strength steels of types 15 CDV 6 (VASCOJET 90-KMCV) and similar grades.
• Welding and surfacing of steels of Ni/Cr/Mo hardeningsteels with breaking load ±1.050 MPa.
• Recommended for root passes on high quality work:- aeronautical industry,- high strength mechanical components.
Approvals:T.Ü.V.
67
Cha
pte
r 2
Welding of stabilized chromium-nickel stainless steels
To order
Ø ( mm) Cat. no.
1.2 1076-0221
2.0 1076-0223
2.4 1076-0224
Packaging:• Straightened and cut rods, length: 1.000 mm
in cardboard box, contents: 5 kg.
C Mn Si Cr Ni Nb S P0.04 1.4 0.85 20 9.5 0.7 0.010 0.015
Typical chemical analysis on wire:
Typical mecanical characteristics:UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d)% + 20 °C (J)
660 460 42 65
NERTALCN 18.10 NbStandards:• AWS A 5.9
ER 347 Si• EN 12072
W 19 9 Nb Si
Main applications:• Welding and surfacing with inert gas shielding
(TIG process) of niobium-stabilized stainless steelstype 18.10 and similar grades.- NF: Z6 to Z10 CNT 18.11 and Z6 CNNb 18.11.- AISI: 321 and 347.- DIN: X5 Cr Ni Nb 19-9.
• Recommended for use as a first pass in all cases where evenpenetration and high density are required.
• Some recommended applications:- chemical industries,- oil industry,- industrial boilermaking,- sanitary fixtures,- cryogenic applications.
Approvals:T.Ü.V.
Welding of chromium-nickel molybdenum stainless steels
To order
Ø ( mm) Cat. no.
1.2 1076-0211
2.0 1076-0213
2.4 1076-0214
3.2 1076-0215
Packaging:• Straightened and cut rods, length: 1.000 mm
in cardboard box, contents: 5 kg.
C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo S P0.015 1.7 0.4 18.5 11.5 2.6 0.010 0.015
Typical chemical analysis on wire:
Typical mecanical characteristics:UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d)% + 20 °C (J)
600 450 33 130
NERTAL CND 20.10.3Standards:• AWS A 5.9
ER 316 L• EN 12072
W 19 13 3 L
Main applications:• Welding and surfacing with inert gas shielding
(TIG process) of stainless steels type 20.10.3 similar grades.
- NF: Z2 to Z6 CN 18.10.- AISI: 316 (L).- DIN: X2 Cr, Ni 18.10.
• Recommended for use as a first pass in all cases where evenpenetration and high density are required.
• Some recommended applications:- nuclear engineering,- oil and petrochemical industries,- equipment for food processing industry,- cryogenic applications,- chemical engineering, etc.
• In 316 L NUC version, products are manufactured and inspected according to Quality Assurance rulesand for use in nuclear work.
Approvals:T.Ü.V.
Welding of stabilized chromium-nickel stainless steels
To order
Ø ( mm) Cat. no.
1.6 1076-0232
2.0 1076-0233
2.4 1076-0234
Packaging:• Straightened and cut rods, length: 1.000 mm
in cardboard box, contents: 5 kg.
C Mn Si Cr Ni Nb S P Mo0.04 1.4 0.85 19.0 11.0 0.7 0.010 0.015 2.7
Typical chemical analysis on wire:
Typical mecanical characteristics:UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d)% + 20 °C (J)
650 450 32 65
NERTAL CND 20.10.3 NbStandards:• AWS A 5.9
ER 318 Si• EN 12072
W 19 12 3 Nb Si
Main applications:• Welding and surfacing with inert gas shielding
(TIG process) of niobium-stabilized stainless steels type 20.10.3and similar grades.- AFNOR: Z6 to Z8, CNDT 17.13 and Z6 CNNb 17.13.- DIN: X 5 Cr Ni Mo Nb 19-10.
• Recommended for use as a first pass in all cases where evenpenetration and high density are required.
• Some recommended applications:- chemical industries,- cryogenic applications,- oil industry,- industrial boilermaking,- sanitary fixtures.
Approvals:T.Ü.V.
68
TIG filler metal
Heterogeneous welding of high alloy austenitic steels with non alloyed steels
To order
Ø ( mm) Cat. no.
1.6 1076-0237
2.0 1076-0238
2.4 1076-0239
Packaging:• Straightened and cut rods, length: 1.000 mm
in cardboard box, contents: 5 kg.C Mn Si Cr Ni S Al0.015 1.7 0.4 24 13 ≤ 0.030 ≤ 0.030
Typical chemical analysis on wire:
NERTAL CN 24.13Standards:• AWS A 5.9
ER 309 L• EN 12072
W 23 12 L
Main applications:• Welding of high alloy austenitic steels to non-alloy and low alloy steels.• Welding of 24% Cr, 12% Ni steels.
Welding chromium-nickel refractory steels of type 25.20
To order
Ø ( mm) Cat. no.
2.0 1076-0081
Packaging:• Straightened and cut rods, length: 1.000 mm
in cardboard box, contents: 5 kg.
C Mn Si Cr Ni S P0.09 2.0 0.45 27 21 0.010 0.015
Typical chemical analysis on wire:
Typical mecanical characteristics:UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d)% + 20 °C (J)
580 410 30 65
NERTAL CN 25.20Standards:• AWS A 5.9
ER 310• EN 12072
W 25 20
Main applications:• Welding and surfacing of chromium-nickel refractory steels type
25.20 and similar grades.- AFNOR: Z5 to Z10, CN 25.20.- AISI: 310 and 310 S.- DIN: X 12 Cr Ni 25-20.
• Recommended for use as a first pass in all cases where evenpenetration and high density are required.
• Some recommended applications:- nuclear engineering,- chemical engineering,- oil and petrochemical industries,- special boilermaking work.
Approvals:T.Ü.V.
Welding of duplex stainless steels
To order
Ø ( mm) Cat. no.
1.6 1076-5195
2.0 1076-5200
2.4 1076-5206
Packaging:• Straightened and cut rods, length: 1.000 mm
in cardboard box, contents: 5 kg.C Mn Si Cr S P Ni Mo N
≤ 0.015 1.6 0.5 22.8 0.010 0.010 8.5 3.0 0.20
Typical chemical analysis on wire:
LEXALW 22.9.3.NStandards:
• AWS A 5.9ER 2209
Main applications:• Welding of duplex austenitic-ferrous steels resistant
to corrosion (URANUS 45N type).• Tubing assemblies in the field of offshore extraction of gas
and petrol and chemical industries.The deposit metal meets corrosion test G48A of the ASTM.
Characteristics:• Austenitic-ferrous weld metal Cr Ni Mo with a low C
content resistant to crack corrosion up to 300 °C.
69
Cha
pte
r 2
Welding of high alloy steels and austenitic nickel steels
To order
Ø ( mm) Cat. no.
1.6 1076-0296
2.0 1076-0297
2.4 1076-0298
Packaging:• Straightened and cut rods, length: 1.000 mm
in plastic box, contents: 1 kg.
C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo Fe Nb0.03 0.3 0.2 22 remaider 9 < 1 3.5
Typical chemical analysis on wire:
UTS YS 0.2 Elongation(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d)%
800 500 40
Typical mecanical characteristics:
NERTAL 625Standards:
• AWS A 5.14ER Ni Cr Mo 3
Main applications:• Homogeneous and heterogeneous welding.• Anti-corrosion surfacing.• Sectors of activity: petrochemicals - cryogenics.• Assembly of alloys of the type: INCONEL - MONEL - ALLOY 800
- 800 M... and high Cr and Ni content refractory steels.
Characteristics:• Deposited metal is a totally austenitic Ni, Cr, Mo alloy.• Resistant to corrosion and oxidation at high
temperature.• Suitable for low temperature applications (–196 °C).
Welding of nickel alloyed steels
To order
Ø ( mm) Cat. no.
1.6 1076-5180
2.0 1076-5181
2.4 1076-5182
Packaging:• Straightened and cut rods, length: 1.000 mm
in plastic box, contents: 1 kg.C Mn Si Cr Ni Fe Nb
0.03 3 0.15 20 remaider < 3.0 2.5
Typical chemical analysis on wire:
NERTAL 210Standards:
• AWS A 5.14ER Ni Cr 3
Main applications:• Welding of nickel alloys of the types alloy 600 and 800,
of stainless steels to carbon steels, of 9% Ni low temperaturesteels, and of quench-sensitive steels or cast irons.
• Resurfacing in cases of severe corrosion (high temperature corrosion and corrosion under strain).
70
TIG filler metal
Welding of aluminium alloys
To order
Ø ( mm) Cat. no.
1.6 1077-0330
2.0 1077-0331
3.2 1077-0333
4.0 1077-0334
Packaging:• Straightened and cut rods, length: 1.000 mm
in cardboard box, contents: 2 kg.
Si Fe Cu Mn Mg Zn Ti Al≤ 0.30 ≤ 0.40 ≤ 0.05 ≤ 0.05 ≤ 0.05 ≤ 0.07 ≤ 0.05 ≤ 99.5
Typical chemical analysis on wire:
Typical mecanical characteristics:• Mechanical characteristics vary mainly with the technical
conditions of use: assembly thickness, welding methods, procedural sequences, heat treatment, etc.
NERTAL A5Standards:
• AWS A 5.10ER 1100
Main applications:• Welding and surfacing of aluminum and alloys of similar grades.• Some recommended applications:
- chemical industry,- nuclear engineering,
- shipbuilding,- refrigeration industries,- lght boilerwork,- aeronautical industry.
To order
Ø ( mm) Cat. no.
1.6 1077-0310
2.0 1077-0311
3.2 1077-0313
4.0 1077-0314
Packaging:• Straightened and cut rods, length: 1.000 mm
in cardboard box, contents: 2 kg.
Si Fe Cu Mn Mg Zn Ti Al Cr0.10 ≤ 0.3 ≤ 0.05 0.35 3.4 ≤ 0.20 0.10 remaider 0.2
Typical chemical analysis on wire:
Typical mecanical characteristics:• Mechanical characteristics vary mainly with the technical
conditions of use: assembly thickness, welding methods, procedural sequences, etc.
NERTAL AG3Standards:
• AWS A 5.10ER 5654
Main applications:• Welding and surfacing of aluminum alloys with 3% magnesium
and alloys of similar grades.• Some recommended applications:
- chemical industry,
- nuclear engineering,- shipbuilding,- refrigeration industries,- light boilerwork,- aeronautical industry.
To order
Ø ( mm) Cat. no.
1.6 1077-0320
2.0 1077-0321
3.2 1077-0323
4.0 1077-0324
Packaging:• Straightened and cut rods, length: 1.000 mm
in cardboard box, contents: 2 kg.
Si Fe Mg Cr Mn Cu Zn Al0.2 ≤ 0.50 5 0.15 0.15 ≤ 0.05 ≤ 0.20 remaider
Typical chemical analysis on wire:
Typical mecanical characteristics:• Mechanical characteristics vary mainly with the technical
conditions of use: assembly thickness, welding methods, procedural sequences, etc.
NERTAL AG5Standards:
• AWS A 5.10ER 5356
Main applications:• Welding and surfacing of aluminum alloys with 5% magnesium
and alloys of similar grades.
• Some recommended applications:- chemical industries,- shipbuilding,- light boilerwork.
Approvals:T.Ü.V.
71
Cha
pte
r 2
Welding of pure copper
To order
Ø ( mm) Cat. no.
2.0 1077-0001
3.0 1077-0002
Packaging:• Straightened and cut rods, length: 1.000 mm
in cardboard box, contents: 5 kg.
Cu Impurities99.95 ≤ 0.05
Typical chemical analysis on wire:
Typical mecanical characteristics:• Mechanical characteristics vary mainly with the technical
conditions of use: assembly thickness, welding methods, procedural sequences, etc.
SAFCOPStandards:
• AWS A 5.7~ E R Cu
Main applications:• Welding and surfacing of oxygen-free copper.• Some recommended applications:
- installations for the chemical industry,
- equipment for the food processing industry (breweries, canneries, sugar plants, etc),
- heating tubes, boilers,- various boilermaking components, etc.
Welding of copper-nickel alloys
To order
Ø ( mm) Cat. no.
2.0 1077-1242
Packaging:• Straightened and cut rods, length: 1.000 mm
in cardboard box, contents: 5 kg.
Ni Mn Ti Fe Cu10 0.5 0.3 0.9 remaider
Typical chemical analysis on wire:
Typical mecanical characteristics:• Mechanical characteristics vary mainly with the technical
conditions of use: assembly thickness, welding methods, procedural sequences, etc.
CUPRONIC 90.10Standards:
• DIN 1733S Cu Ni 10 Fe
Main applications:• TIG welding and surfacing of copper-nickel alloys
of the 90.10 type and similar grades, as well as brass alloys (Cu-Zn) which are resistant to oxidation by sea water.
• Surfacing of non-alloy steels and gray cast irons which are required to resist marine corrosion.
• Some recommended applications:- equipment for water treatment (off-shore or on-shore
installations): exchangers, condensers, etc,- oil industry installations,- components for pumps and turbines,- various boilermaking components made of grades
Cu/Ni 90-10.
2063
-003
73
Chapter 3MIG/MAG welding
74
MIG/MAG welding
2000
-489
MIG/MAG welding generalities and quick choice criteria
SYNERGIC SETSetting by single button
Sequence of setting:1 - Pre-display:
• wire type• gas• wire diameter• with or without pulse
2 - Wire speed setting (approximate welding currentis being displayed)
3 - Fine adjustment of the arclength (using arc voltage)
CLASSICAL SETSetting by stepped increments
Sequence of setting:1 - Approximate determination
of arc V voltage2 - Approximate setting of V arc3 - Fine setting of V arc4 - Wire speed setting5 - I and V meters while welding
(in option with certain sets)6 - V arc correction7 - Wire speed control correction8 - Selection of the inductance
a - Welder’s protectionb - Gasc - Pressure regulator/flowmeterd - Primary power supplye - On/off switchf - Harness and sheath
g - Earth cable + clamph - Wire feederi - Torch cablej - Torchk - Display of parametersl - Wire reel
MIG: metal inert gasArc welding procedure with a consumable wire.This wire is transferred in the arc and the metalwhich is in a molten condition deposes itself in themolten pool. All this is protected by an inert gas.
MAG: metal active gasSame description as MIG but the protection gas is an active one. (CO2 or argon + CO2 mixture).
MIG pulseThe current varies during welding, the power source is imposing it a very precised “shape wave”. The pulse is above all used for stainless steel wiresand light alloys.
Synergic MIGThe welding parameters are programmed in thepower source set for a common evolution according to a predefined law. One single setting isneeded which facilitates the use of those machinesand improves the welding quality.
2 times modeThe welding occurs by pulling the torch's trigger. It stops by loosening the trigger.
Classical 4 times mode The pre-gas occurs by pushing the trigger, after-wards the welding starts by loosening it then withthe next push on the trigger the welding stops andthe post-gas stays active until releasing the trigger.
Spot mode The power source starts to weld when the trigger ispushed, but the welding stops automatically after apre-set delay.
Intermittance mode This is a point mode which is repeatable. If thepush on the trigger is maintained, the welding willbe retaken after an other delay which is as well tobe regulated.
Speed regulation The welding wire spool is electronicaly regulatedwhich imposes a constant speed of the spool.
Burn backTo solve the problem of wire stiching in the moltenpool on completion of the weld cycle.
Soft startFirstly the wire advances slowly just till the short-circuit point and the arc start; the chosenwelding speed is then set up.
OPTI’systemWelding parameters optimization following needs of the welder (available only on OPTIMAG andOPTIPULS installations).
A.N.D. (Arc Non Disruption)Device avoiding arc disruptions (available only onOPTIMAG installations).
Arc Progressive extinctionor crater filler Allows correct finishing of the weld with the suppression of the crater at the end of the weldthanks to a progressive extinction of the arc (on SAFMIG TRi) or by levels (on OPTIMAG).
Protection against Ball-effectAt the end of the weld cycle in short circuit regime,this device avoids the formation of a ball at the end of the wire. This contribute greatly to the arc-restriking (on TRi installations or OPTIMAG).
Legend for MIG-MAG welding:
The transferral of metal
Torch
NozzleContact tipGaseous protection
Weld bead
Electrode wire(final part)
Molten metal
Legend:
2000
-500
2000
-024
2002
-001
75
Cha
pte
r 3
Power Setting mode Complementary processes Welding current Wire feed Weight Productsupply switch continuous electrode pulsed cycle number built-in separate name
MIG of100 200 300 400 500 600 rollers
Single-phase ✔ – – – 2 yes no 27 kg SAXOMIG 1700Single-phase ✔ – – – 2 yes no 67 kg JUNIOR 201Three-phase ✔ – – – 2 yes no 53 kg JUNIOR 203Three-phase ✔ – – – 4 yes no 96 kg FILCORD 303 CThree-phase ✔ – – – 4 yes no 116 kg FILCORD 353 CThree-phase ✔ – – – 4 no yes 70 kg JUNIOR 283 SThree-phase ✔ – – – 4 no yes 100 kg FILCORD 353 SThree-phase ✔ – – – 4 no yes 135 kg FILCORD 453 SThree-phase ✔ – – – 4 no yes 270 kg SAFMIG 600 SThree-phase – ✔ ✔ – 4 no yes 143 kg OPTIMAG 400 S
ThyristorsThree-phase – ✔ ✔ – 4 no yes 200 kg OPTIMAG 500 SThree-phase – ✔ ✔ ✔ 4 no yes 82 kg OPTIPULS 280iThree-phase – ✔ ✔ ✔ 4 no yes 91 kg OPTIPULS 350iThree-phase – ✔ ✔ ✔ 4 no yes 96 kg OPTIPULS 380i W
Transistors
Three-phase – ✔ ✔ ✔ 4 no yes 107 kg OPTIPULS 500i W
I at 60%I at 45%
Choice criteria
I mini I maxi� �MIG/MAG welding process.Transfers resulting in high productivity.
Arc voltage (volts)
Arc current intensity (amp)
Rotatingliquid vein (2)
Area ofspraytransfer(SPRAYARC)
Pulsedarea
Globulararea
Short circuitarea(SHORT-ARC)
50
40
30
20
0 150 300 450 650
SHORT-ARC dynamic(1)SHORT-ARC +Globular
SPRAY ARC
Rotating vein (2
)
SPRAY +
(1) available only on SAFMIG TRi installations,
(2) only in automatic applications.
SHORT-ARC soft
76
SAXOMIG and JUNIOR rangeThe SAXOMIG 1700 is a portable MIG/MAG installation for the welding of solid wires and flux-cored wires. The JUNIOR range is equipped with two rollers twin plate, 2S/4S and spotwelding selector, spot time adjustment, motor slope-up time adjustment, burn-back time
MIG/MAG welding
1SAXOMIG 1700The “portable”4 decisive advantages:• polarity reversal,• “on site” concept,• suitable for welding with self
shielded flux-cored wires (without gas),
• delivered ready to use.
32
To order• Installation ready to use including:- power source,- PROMIG 141 3 m torch,- earth cable with clamp,- primary cable,- spool adapter,
Cat. no. 9160-0821.• Add-ons:- NERTALIC 70 S spool 5 kg,
Ø 0.6 mm Cat. no. 1090-4507,Ø 0.8 mm Cat. no. 1090-4509,
- SAFUNI 310 Ø 1,0 mm spool 4 kg, Cat. no. 1090-5386,
- SAFDUAL ZN (for galvanised steel)Ø 1.0 mm spool 5 kg, Cat. no. 1090-5104.
JUNIOR 201The “professional single-phase compact 180 A”4 decisive advantages:• two drive rolls,• complete welding cycle,• polarity reversal for self shielded
flux cored-wires (without gas).
To order• Installation ready to use including:- power source with wheels,- cylinder holder,- 3 m primary cable without plug,- 3 m earth cable with earth clamp,- 2 m gas hose- spool adapter,
Cat. no. 9160-0276.• Add-ons:- PROMIG 181 air cooled torch 3 m
Cat. no. 9149-2500,- PROMIG 181 air cooled torch 4 m
Cat. no. 9149-2501.
JUNIOR 203The “professional three-phase compact 200 A”4 decisive advantages:• two drive rolls,• complete welding cycle,• polarity reversal for self shielded
flux cored-wires (without gas).
To order• Installation ready to use including:- power source with wheels,- cylinder holder,- 3 m primary cable without plug,- 3 m earth cable with earth clamp,- 2 m gas hose- adapter for metallic spool,
Cat. no. 9160-0274.• Add-ons:- PROMIG 181 air cooled torch 3 m
Cat. no. 9149-2500,- PROMIG 181 air cooled torch 4 m
Cat. no. 9149-2501.
2003
-460
2000
-489
2002
-263
2002
-418
FILCORD 303 CThe “professional three-phase compact 300 A”4 decisive advantages:• Four drive rolls,• 300 A at 35% DC• fine voltage adjustment
(2 x 14 plugs),• two reactance plugs.
To order• Installation ready to use including:- power source with wheels,- cylinder holder,- 3 m supply cable,- 3 m earth cable,- 2 m gas hose,- plate accessories Ø 1.0 - 1.2 mm,
Cat. no. W 000 055 221.• Add-ons:- WMT 25 A air cooled torch 3 m
Cat. no. W 000 010 602,- WMT 25 A air cooled torch 4 m
Cat. no. W 000 010 603.
FILCORD 353 CThe “professional three-phase compact 350 A”4 decisive advantages:• Four drive rolls,• 350 A at 35% DC• fine voltage adjustment
(2 x 21 plugs),• three reactance plugs.
To order• Installation ready to use including:- power source with wheels,- cylinder holder,- 3 m supply cable,- 3 m earth cable,- 2 m gas hose,- plate accessories Ø 1.0 - 1.2 mm,
Cat. no. W 000 055 224.• Add-ons:- WMT 36 A air cooled torch 3 m
Cat. no. W 000 010 605,- WMT 36 A air cooled torch 4 m
Cat. no. W 000 010 606.
77
Cha
pte
r 3
1 - SAXOMIG 1700 2 - JUNIOR 201 3 - JUNIOR 203 4 - FILCORD 303 C 5 - FILCORD 353 C
Power supply 230 V 50-60 Hz 230 V 50-60 Hz 230 / 400 V 50-60 Hz 230 / 400 V 50-60 Hz 230 / 400 V 50-60 Hzsingle-phase single-phase three-phase three-phase three-phase
Primary 14.8 A (230 V) 33 A (230 V) 41.5 A (230 V)consumption - I max 21 A 37 A 8.5 A (400 V) 19 A (400 V) 24 A (400 V)No-loadvoltage 54 V 18 - 35 V 33 V 18 - 45 V 18 - 45 V
Weldingcurrent 30 - 145 A 40 - 200 A 27 - 165 A 35 - 325 A 35 - 350 A
Duty cycle 35% 120 A (at 25%) 180 A (at 25%) 165 A 300 A 350 A10 min. cycle 60% - 130 A 130 A - -(at 40 °C) 100% - 100 A 100 A 230 A 270 ANumber of rollers 2 2 2 4 4Wire diameter 0.6 - 0.8 mm 0.6 - 1.0 mm 0.6 - 1.0 mm 0.6 - 1.2 mm 0.6 - 1.2 mmDimensions( L x W x H) 420 x 175 x 300 mm 800 x 370 x 790 mm 800 x 510 x 690 mm 610 x 890 x 1 030 mm 610 x 890 x 1 030 mm
Net weight 27 kg 67 kg 53 kg 96 kg 116 kg
adjustment, polarity inversion, wire speed self adjustment, pre-gas and post-gas (using torch button), gas test button, over temperature led indicator, EURO torch connection. Both the FILCORD 303C and 353C are equipped with cold wire feed button, two reactanceplugs (303C) and three reactance plugs (353C) and digital instruments.
4 5
2000
-024
2063
-009
2063
-010
NNeeww2nd Quarter
2005
NNeeww2nd Quarter
2005
78
1 - JUNIOR 283 S 2 - FILCORD 353 S 3 - FILCORD 453 S 4 - SAFMIG 600 S
Power supply 230 / 400 V 50-60 Hz 230 / 400 V 50 Hz 230 / 400 V 50 Hz 230 / 380 V 50 Hzthree-phase three-phase three-phase three-phase
Primary 27 A (230 V) 42 A (230 V) 60 A (230 V) 97 A (220 V)consumption - I max 15.5 A (400 V) 24 A (400 A) 34.5 A (400 V) 54 A (380 V)No-load voltage 41 V 18 - 45 V 19 - 54 V 21 - 53.5 VWelding current 50 - 240 A 35 - 360 A 51 - 460 A 85 - 600 A
Duty cycle 35 % 240 A 350 A 450 A 500 A (at 45 %)10 min. cycle 60 % 185 A 270 A 345 A 600 A(at 40 °C) 100 % 145 A - - 500 ANumber of rollers 2 4 4 4Wire diameter 0.8 - 1.2 mm 0.6 - 0.8 mm 0.6 - 1.6 mm 0.6 - 1.2 mmDimensions( L x W x H) 800 x 510 x 690 mm 500 x 870 x 900 mm 610 x 920 x 1 030 mm 980 x 710 x 960 mm
Net weight 70 kg 100 kg 135 kg 270 kg
MIG/MAG welding
1JUNIOR 283 SThe “professional three-phase, separate, 240 A”4 decisive advantages:• Separate wire feeder,• two drive rolls,• 240 A at 35% DC,• fine adjustment
voltage (2 x 14 plugs).
32
To order• Installation ready to use including:- power source with wheels,- 3 m primary cable,- 3 m earth cable with earth clamp,- gas hose,- spool adapter for metallic spool,
Cat. no. 9160-0279.• Add-ons:- PROMIG 241 air cooled torch 4 m
Cat. no. 9149-2507,- wire feeder with 5 m harness
Cat. no. 9160-1438- wire feeder with 10 m harness
Cat. no. 9160-1439.
FILCORD 353 SThe “professional three-phase, separate, 350 A”4 decisive advantages:• Separate wire feeder
with digital display,• four drive rolls,• 350 A at 35% DC,• fine adjustment voltage
(2 x 21 plugs).
To order• Installation ready to use including:- power source with wheels,- cylinder holder,- 3 m supply cable,- 3 m earth cable,
Cat. no. W 000 055 233.• Add-ons:- WMT 36 A air cooled torch 4 m
Cat. no. W 000 010 606,- wire feeder:
5 m Cat. no. W 000 055 245,- 10 m Cat. no. W 000 055 246.
FILCORD 453 SThe “professional three-phase, separate, 450 A”4 decisive advantages:• Separate wire feeder
with digital display,• four drive rolls,• 450 A at 35% DC,• fine adjustment voltage
(2 x 30 plugs).
To order• Installation ready to use including:- power source with wheels,- cylinder holder,- 3 m supply cable,- 3 m earth cable,
Cat. no. W 000 055 236.• Add-ons:- WMT 36 A air cooled torch 3 m
Cat. no. W 000 010 605,- wire feeder:
5 m Cat. no. W 000 055 245,- 10 m Cat. no. W 000 055 246.
JUNIOR 283 S, FILCORD range and SAFMIG 600 SJUNIOR 283 S is dedicated to the welding of thin plates in the workshop. It has a “polarity reversal”function which allows to weld with flux cored wires. The FILCORD range is equipped with two reactance plugs and the wire feeder features are described forward in the accessories list.
2002
-427
2000
-500
NNeeww2nd Quarter
2005
NNeeww2nd Quarter
2005
2063
-011
2063
-012
79
Cha
pte
r 3
1 - OPTIMAG 400 S 2 - OPTIMAG 500 S
Power supply 220 to 240/380/400/415/440 V 220 to 240/380/400/415/440 V 50-60 Hz three-phase 50-60 Hz three-phase
Primary 51 A (230 V) 77 A (230 V)consumption - I max 29 A (400 V) 43 A (415 V)No-load voltage 38.9 - 44 V 61 VWelding current 50 - 400 A 40 - 520 A
Duty cycle 40 % 400 A -10 min. cycle 60 % 350 A 520 A(at 40 °C) 100 % 270 A 370 ANumber of rollers 4 4Wire feed rate 2 to 20 m/min 2 to 20 m/minWire diameter 0.8 - 1.6 mm 0.8 - 2.4 mmDimensions( L x W x H) 1 015 x 530 x 830 mm 1 120 x 712 x 1 330 mm
Net weight 143 kg 200 kg
4SAFMIG 600 SHeavy industrial use 600 ADecisive advantage:• Ideal installation for welding
or surfacing with large diameterwires (up to 3.2 mm).
To order• Installation without accessories:
Cat. no. 9155-0022.• Add-ons:- D 3CC wire-feeder,
Cat. no. 9161-0103,- gouging accessories,
Cat. no. 9155-0020,- harness 15 m long,
Cat. no. 9161-4742,- measuring kit, Cat. no. 9155-0129,- wire feeder trolley,
Cat. no. 9161-3823.
1OPTIMAG 400 SIndustrial continuousadjustment 400 A7 decisive advantages:• Continuous adjustment,• polarity reversal,• wire feed advance without power,• pre and post gas adjustment
from to 0 to 10 sec.,• arc striking setting,• anti-sticking adjustment,• simple to use.
2
To order• Power source including:- 5 m primary cable,- 5 m earth cable with croco
type clamp,- U/I/S wire/thickness- gas hose,
Cat. no. 9160-0356 air-cooled,Cat. no. 9160-0289 water-cooled,
• Wire feeder 10 m,Cat. no. 9160-0436 air cooled,Cat. no. 9160-0432 water cooled,
• PROMIG 341 torch 3 m,Cat. no. 9149-2515 air cooled,Cat. no. 9149-2533 water cooled.
• Add-ons:- Remote control, Cat. no. 9160-1071,- 25 m harness, Cat. no. 9160-0834,- spool cover, Cat. no. 9160-0084,- wire feeder trolley, Cat. no. 9160-0196,- cooling unit with compartment,
and water-cooling kit, Cat. no. 9160-0194,
- pre-setted regulator/ flowmeter,Cat. no. 0961-0930,
- pivoting stand, Cat. no. 9160-1063,- slinging arm, Cat. no. 9160-1059.
To order• Power source including:- 5 m primary cable,- 5 m earth cable
with croco type clamp,- U/I/S wire/thickness- gas hose,- adapter for metallic spool,
Cat. no. 9160-0317• Wire feeder 10 m,
Cat. no. 9160-0436 air cooled,Cat. no. 9160-0432 water cooled,
• PROMIG 441 torch 3 m,Cat. no. 9149-2521 air cooled,Cat. no. 9149-2539 water cooled.
• Add-ons:- Remote control, Cat. no. 9160-1071,- 25 m harness, Cat. no. 9160-0834,- spool cover, Cat. no. 9160-0084,- wire feeder trolley, Cat. no. 9160-0196,- cooling unit with compartment,
and water-cooling kit,Cat. no. 9160-0194,
- pre-setted regulator/ flowmeter, Cat. no. 0961-0930,
- pivoting stand, Cat. no. 9160-1063,- slinging arm, Cat. no. 9160-1059.
OPTIMAG 500 SThe “industrial continuous adjustment500 A”7 decisive advantages:• Continuous adjustment,• reversed polarity,• wire feed advance,• pre and post gas adjustment
from to 0 to 10 sec.,• arc striking setting,• anti-sticking adjustment,• simple to use.
The SAFMIG 600 S is dedicated to applications of very strong intensity.
OPTIMAG 400 S and 500 SWelding MIG/MAG installations continuous adjustment with separated wire feeder for intensive industrial work.
0951
-058
1145
-030
1145
-037
1 - OPTIPULS 280i 2 - OPTIPULS 350i 3 - OPTIPULS 380i W 4 - OPTIPULS 500i W
Power supply 400 V 50-60 Hz 400 V 50-60 Hz 400 V 50-60 Hzthree-phase three-phase three-phase
Primaryconsumption - I max 22 A 28 A 44 A
No-load voltage 77.5 V 96.8 V 57 VWelding current 15 - 270 A 10 - 350 A 10 - 500 A
Duty cycle 45% 270 A - -10 min. cycle 60% 240 A 350 A 450 A(at 40 °C) 100% 210 A 300 A 400 ANumber of rollers 4 4 4Wire feed rate 1 to 20 m/min 1 to 20 m/min 1 to 20 m/minWire diameter 0.8 - 1.2 mm 0.8 - 2.4 mm 0.8 - 2.4 mmDimensions( L x W x H) 1 090 x 610 x 970 mm 1 090 x 610 x 970 mm 1 090 x 610 x 970 mm
Net weight 82 kg 91 kg 96 kg 107 kg
MIG/MAG pulse welding
1OPTIPULS 280ithe “industrial, fine platewelding 250 A, pulse”4 decisive advantages:• Front panel easy to use,• pre-setting of all parameter,• synergic adjustment
of the welding parameters,• access to internal parameters.
2 3OPTIPULS 350i (air)OPTIPULS 380i W (water)the “industrial general purposeapplications 350 A, pulse ”8 decisive advantages:• Perfect arc striking,• remarkable melting and arc stability,• 16-segment synergic laws,• wire/gas combination selection,• adjustable arc fading,• adjustable melting dynamics,• choice of flux-cored or metal
cored wires,• coated electrode welding.
To order• Installation ready to use including:- 5 m primary cable,- 5 m earth cable,- wire feeder with sheathed harness,- wire feeder trolley and spool cover,- torch, - integrated cylinder trolley,- integrated cooling unit,
Cat. no. 9160-1419 (350i),Cat. no. 9160-1420 (380i W).
• Add-ons:- Remote control BB-BOX Cat. no 9160-1071- Remote control OPTIBOX Cat. no 9160-1068- Pivoting stand Cat. no 9160-1064- Slinging arm Cat. no 9160-1059• Wire feeders: • Torches:
OPTIPULS range• Very easy to use,
compact size giving exceptional welding performance, this newequipment offers an unrivalled level of usercontrol and comfort.
• An excellent solution for welding carbon and stainless steels, using solid or flux coredwires also light alloys and aluminium including aluminium bronze.
Effective solutions for welding:• non-alloy steel with flux-cored wire,• stainless steel and special steel,• aluminium and aluminium alloy,• synergic or manual,• adjustment by set-up of the cycle parameters,• flux cored-wire selection.
2001
-493
2000
-300
Length Cat. noPROMIG 341 3 m 9149-2515PROMIG 341 3 m 9149-2516PROMIG 341 W 3 m 9149-2533PROMIG 341 W 4 m 9149-2534PROMIG 441 W 3 m 9149-2539PROMIG 441 W 3 m 9149-2540
Harness 350i 380i W2 m 9160-1434 9160-1430*5 m 9160-1435 9160-1431*10 m 9160-1436 9160-1432*
* those wire feeders are pre-equipped for water cooling
To order• Installation ready to use including:- Package without accessories,
Cat. no. 9160-1420.- Package with DV 44i
Harness Torch Cat. no.
2 m 3 m 9160-16504 m 9160-1651
5 m 3 m 9160-16524 m 9160-1653
10 m 3 m 9160-16544 m 9160-1655
• Add-ons:- POWER BOX a multivoltage solution
Autotransformer POWER BOX threephase 230/400 V. Allows to supply the welding power sources of inverter type at duty cycle 350 A at 60%, Cat. no. 9160-1056.
Powerful installation for heavy duty cycle applications. Working in specific purposes as aluminium or stainless steel welding is very easy. The equipment is also perfectly suited for flux cored wire of different variety up to 2.4 mm diameter. The power of OPTIPULS 500i W is also well appreciated in on site applications or for large metalworking assemblies.• Synergic or manual• Adjustment by set-up of the cycle parameters• Flux cored-wire selection
81
Cha
pte
r 3
3OPTIPULS 500i W:the “industrial heavy, industrial applications 500 A, pulse”4 decisive advantages:• Synergic regulation system, microprocessor controlled,
for MIG/MAG welding of non-alloy steel and stainless steel and of aluminium and its alloys with smooth or pulsed current,
• coated electrodes welding with scratch ignition,• very simple parameters adjustment.
To order• Installation:- Power source without accessories
Cat no.: 9160-1422.• Add-ons:- Remote control of wire feed speed and arc length,- pivoting support (for DV44i), Cat. no. 9160-1064,- slinging arm Cat. no. 9160-1059,- OPTIBOX 100 Cat. no. 9160-1068,- water cooled PROMIG 441 W torch 3 m Cat. no. 9149-2539.- DV 44i W wire-feeder:
- DVA wire-feeder (special aluminium wire-feeder) Cat. no. 9160-0056,
2001
-380
2002
-001
Harness Cat. no. 5 m 9160-143010 m 9160-143115 m 9160-1432
82
MIG/MAG weldingPROMIG torchesSingle piece nozzle range which allows all welding positions.
Characteristics*• Single piece nozzle• Screwed contact tip• Screwed contact tip support diffuser
with crimbed bush• Internal liner• Armoured and isolated neck*except PROMIG 450 W and P14
Advantages• Robustness• Excellent lifespan• Less wear parts • Excellent wire-feeding quality
Model cooling Duty cyclePROMIG 141 T air-cooled 150 A at 60%PROMIG 181 air-cooled 180 A at 60%PROMIG 241 air-cooled 250 A at 60%PROMIG 341 air-cooled 320 A at 60%PROMIG 441 air-cooled 400 A at 60%PROMIG 241 W water-cooled 250 A at 100%PROMIG 341 W water-cooled 340 A at 100%PROMIG 441 W water-cooled 400 A at 100%PROMIG 450 W water-cooled 450 A at 100%PROMIG 501 W water-cooled 500 A at 100%P14 water-cooled 500 A at 100%
1022
-001
Choice criteria
Cha
pte
r 3
83
Air-cooled torchesFamily 1: single piece nozzle
PROMIG 141 TDuty cycle at 60%(M21 gas): 150 AOriginal equipment:• for mild / st.steel 0.8 mm• nozzle Ø 11 mmSuitable wire diameter:• steel 0.6 to 0.8 mm*• cored wires 0.6 to 0.8 mm*Curve of swan neck: 45°
1121
-001
To order Cat. no.
3 m 4 m 5 m9149-0078 9149-0079 -
To order Cat. no.
3 m 4 m 5 m9149-2500 9149-2501 9149-2502
To order Cat. no.
3 m 4 m 5 m9149-2515 9149-2516 9149-2517
PROMIG 181Duty cycle at 100%(M21 gas): 180 A(argon): 150 AOriginal equipment:• mild / st.steel 0.8 mm• nozzle Ø 12 mmSuitable wire diameter:• steel 0.8 to 1.0 mm• cored wires 0.8 to 1.0 mmCurve of swan neck: 50°
1121
-012
PROMIG 241Duty cycle at 100%(M21 gas): 250 A(argon): 220 AOriginal equipment:• mild / st.steel 1.0 mm• nozzle Ø 14 mmSuitable wire diameter:• steel 0.8 to 1.0 mm**• aluminium 1.0 mm• cored wires 0.8 to 1.0 mm**Curve of swan neck: 50°
1121
-002
PROMIG 341Duty cycle at 100%(M21 gas): 320 A(argon): 270 AOriginal equipment:• mild / st.steel 1.2 mm***• nozzle Ø 16 mmSuitable wire diameter:• steel 1.0 to 1.2 mm***• aluminium 1.0 to 1.2 mm• cored wires 1.0 to 1.2 mm***Curve of swan neck: 50°
1121
-003
PROMIG 441Duty cycle at 100%(M21 gas): 400 A(argon): 350 AOriginal equipment:• mild / st.steel 1.2 mm***• nozzle Ø 16 mmSuitable wire diameter:• steel 1.0 to 1.6 mm• aluminium 1.0 to 1.6 mm• cored wires 1.0 to 1.6 mmCurve of swan neck: 50°
1121
-004
To order Cat. no.
3 m 4 m 5 mTorch 9149-2521 9149-2522 9149-2523Smooth contact tip 9149-2565 9149-2566 9149-2567
2000
-025
* 1.0 mm possible ** 1.2 mm possible *** 1.6 mm possible
To order Cat. no.
3 m 4 m 5 m9149-2506 9149-2507 9149-2508
84
Water-cooled torchesSingle piece nozzle
PROMIG 241 WDuty cycle 100%(M21 gas): 250 A(argon): 220 AOriginal equipment:• mild / st.steel 1.0 mm• nozzle Ø 14 mmSuitable wire diameter:• steel 0.8 to 1.0 mm*• aluminium 1.0 mm*• cored wires 0.8 to 1.0 mm*Curve of swan neck: 50°
1121
-013
High power gun.Welding light alloy water-cooled gun
P 14Duty cycle 100%(M21 gas): 500 AOriginal equipment:• mild / st.steel 1.2 mmSuitable wire diameter:• steel 0.8 to 1.6 mm• light alloy 1.0 to 2.4 mm• cored wires 1.6 to 2.8 mm
0951
-079
PROMIG 341 WDuty cycle 100%(M21 gas): 340 A(argon): 320 AOriginal equipment:• mild / st.steel 1.2 mm• nozzle Ø 16 mmSuitable wire diameter:• steel 1.0 to 1.6 mm• aluminium 1.0 to 1.2 mm**• cored wires 1.0 to 1.6 mm*Curve of swan neck: 50°
1121
-005
PROMIG 441 WDuty cycle 100%(M21 gas): 400 A(argon): 350 AOriginal equipment:• mild / st.steel 1.2 mm• nozzle Ø 16 mmSuitable wire diameter:• steel 1.2 to 1.6 mm• aluminium 1.2 to 1.6 mm• cored wires 1.2 to 1.6 mmCurve of swan neck: 50°
1121
-002
PROMIG 501 WDuty cycle 100%(M21 gas): 500 A(argon): 450 AOriginal equipment:• mild / st.steel 1.2 - 1.6 mm• nozzle Ø 16 - 18 mmSuitable wire diameter:• steel 1.0 to 3.2 mm• aluminium 1.0 to 1.6 mm• cored wires 1.2 to 1.6 mmCurve of swan neck: 50°
2001
-508
* possible 1.2 mm ** possible 1.6 mm
2715
-043
PROMIG 450 WDuty cycle 100%(M21 gas): 450 A(argon): 400 AOriginal equipment:• mild / st.steel 1.2 mm***• nozzle Ø 16 mmSuitable wire diameter:• steel 1.0 to 1.6 mmCurve of swan neck: 45°
0807
-007
*** AL torches are supplied with wear parts compatible to their designation
To order Cat. no.
3 m 4 m 5 m9149-2530 9149-2531 9149-2532
To order Cat. no.
3 m 4 m 5 m9149-2533 9149-2534 9149-2535
To order Cat. no.
3 m 4 m 5 m9149-0021 9149-0022 9149-0023
To order Cat. no.
3 m 4 m 5 m9149-2539 9149-2540 9149-2541
To order Cat. no.
3 m 4 m9149-0680 9149-0681 To order Cat. no.
3 m 4 m 5 m9159-0330 - -
MIG/MAG welding
85
Cha
pte
r 3
0807
-62
0807
-64
Wear parts PROMIG
2 1 4
For torchesPROMIG 141 TPROMIG 181PROMIG 241-241WPROMIG 341-341W
141 T
181241
341
For torchesPROMIG 441PROMIG 441WWith screwed contact tip
2 1 4
To order
0.6 9159-5707 9159-6164 - - 9149-1266 9149-1267 - 9149-05530.8 9159-5708 9159-6164 - - 9149-1266 9149-1267 - 9149-05531.0 9159-5709 9159-6164 - - - 9149-1269 9149-1270 - 9149-05530.8 W 000 234 576 9149-1163 - 9149-0529 - 9149-1241 9149-1242 9149-1245 9149-05531.0 W 000 234 578 9149-1163 - 9149-0529 - 9149-1243 9149-1244 9149-1245 9149-05530.8 W 000 234 576 9149-1153 - - - 9149-1241 9149-1242 9149-1245 9149-05531.0 W 000 234 578 9149-1153 - 9149-0529 - 9149-1243 9149-1244 9149-1245 9149-05531.2 W 000 234 579 9149-1153 - - - 9149-1246 9149-1247 9149-1248 9149-05531.0 W 000 234 577 9149-1153 - - - 9149-1253 9149-1254 - 9149-03101.2 W 000 234 599 9149-1153 - - - 9149-1253 9149-1254 - 9149-03100.8 W 000 234 580 9149-1157 - - - 9149-1243 9149-1244 9149-1245 9149-05531.0 W 000 234 581 9149-1157 - - - 9149-1243 9149-1244 9149-1245 9149-05531.2 W 000 234 582 9149-1157 - 9149-0567 - 9149-1246 9149-1247 9149-1248 9149-05531.6 W 000 234 583 9149-1157 - - - 9149-1246 9149-1247 9159-1248 9149-05531.0 W 000 234 600 9149-1157 - - - 9149-1253 9149-1254 - 9149-03101.2 W 000 234 601 9149-1157 - - - 9149-1257 9149-1258 - 9149-03101.0 W 000 234 585 9149-1143 - 9149-0563 - 9149-1243 9149-1244 9149-1245 9149-05531.2 W 000 234 586 9149-1143 - 9149-0563 - 9149-1246 9149-1247 9149-1248 9149-05531.6 W 000 234 587 9149-1143 - 9149-0563 - 9149-1246 9149-1247 9149-1248 9149-05531.0 W 000 234 602 9149-1143 - 9149-0563 - 9149-1257 9149-1258 - 9149-03101.2 W 000 234 603 9149-1143 - 9149-0563 - 9149-1257 9149-1258 - 9149-03101.6 W 000 234 604 9149-1143 - 9149-0563 - 9149-1261 9149-1262 - 9149-03101.0 W 000 234 585 9149-1131 9149-0410 9149-0401 9149-0407 9149-1211 9149-1212 9149-1213 9149-03091.2 W 000 234 586 9149-1131 9149-0410 9149-0401 9149-0407 9149-1211 9149-1212 9149-1213 9149-03091.6 W 000 234 587 9149-1131 9149-0410 9149-0401 9149-0407 9149-1215 9149-1216 9149-1217 9149-03091.0 W 000 234 602 9149-1131 9149-0410 9149-0401 9149-0407 9149-1215 9149-1216 9149-1217 9149-03091.2 W 000 234 603 9149-1131 9149-0410 9149-0401 9149-0407 9149-1215 9149-1216 9149-1217 9149-03091.6 W 000 234 604 9149-1131 9149-0410 9149-0401 9149-0407 9149-1215 9149-1216 9149-1217 9149-0309
1.2 W 000 234 586 9159-6168* - - - 9149-1246 9149-1247 - 9149-05539149-2305**1.6 W 000 234 587 - - - - 9149-1246 9149-1247 - 9149-05532.0 W 000 235 219 - - - - 9149-1252 9149-1252 - 9149-05532.4 W 000 234 588 - - - - 9149-1252 9149-1252 - 9149-05532.8 W 000 234 589 - - - - 9149-1252 9149-1252 - 9149-05533.2 W 000 234 590 - - - - 9149-1252 9149-1252 - 9149-05531.2 W 000 234 603 - - - - 9149-1282 9149-1283 - 9149-12831.6 W 000 234 604 - - - - 9149-1286 9149-1287 - 9149-03101.01.2 9159-5812 - - - - - 9149-1243 - -
1.21.6 9159-5813 - - - - - 9149-1246 - -
2.02.4 - - - - - - 9149-1252 - -
1.01.2 9159-5812 3376-0710 - 3376-0716 - - 9149-1282 - -
1.6 9159-5813 - - - - - 9149-4547 - -2.02.4 9159-5814 - - - - - 9149-4547 - -
CONTACT NOZZLE CLAMP ISOLATING CLAMP INTERNAL LINER NUTTIP DIFFUSER SUPPORT 3 m 4 m 5 m
7654321
PROMIG 450 W
PROMIG 141 T
PROMIG 181
PROMIG 241PROMIG 241 W
PROMIG 341PROMIG 341 W
PROMIG 441PROMIG 441 W
* int. Ø 16 mm ** (int. Ø 18 mm)
STEEL,ST. STEEL,CORED WIRE
STEEL, ST. STEEL,CORED WIRESTEEL, ST. STEEL,CORED WIRE
STEEL, ST. STEEL,CORED WIRE
STEEL, ST. STEEL,CORED WIRE
STEEL,ST. STEEL,CORED WIRE
PROMIG 501 WSTEEL, ST. STEEL,CORED WIRE
ALUMINIUM
P14
STEEL
ALUMINIUM
ALUMINIUM
ALUMINIUM
ALUMINIUM
ALUMINIUM
A: 0377-1307 B: 0377-1309C: 9149-1129
9159-4109 9149-2306
0807
-29
2001
-509
AC B AFor thePROMIG 450 Wtorch
57
2
2
1
1
3 4
0807-045
0807-031
0807-048
6
86
To order
Ø Packaging Weight of Cat. no.( mm) wire ( kg )
1.2 D 200 5 1090-5120
1.2 K 300 16 1090-5058
1.6 K 300 16 1090-5060
Cored wires
SAFDUAL 100Standards:• EN 758
T 42 3 P M 1 H5• AWS A 5.20
E 71 T1 MJSymbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18)
Flux cored wire for welding non and low alloyed steels
Main applications:• Shipyards.• For general use for as-welded: large, non positionable parts;• Corresponding steel grades: A, B, D to EN
Characteristics:• Can be used in all positions,
with good impact at – 20 °C.• The best compromise for welding in all positions [up
(straight or weaving), down, etc] and for downhand welding. Very good wetting of beads (fatigue resistance).
• High deposition in vertical up position, using gas C1 (CO2 )or mixture M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18).
Approvals:B.V. A.B.S. L.R.S. D.N.V. Controlas SVEJSE T.Ü.V. G.L. F.I.
With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) � � � � � - � � �
With gas C1 (CO2) � � � � - � - � -
Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si S P
With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) 0.05 1.40 0.50 0.014 0.012
Typical mecanical characteristics (1):As welded UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at CVN at
(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % 0 °C (J) – 20 °C (J)With gas M21(Ar/CO2 - 82/18) 580 515 27 115 90
With gas C1(CO2 ) 545 475 28 105 80
(1) ISO all metal weld test, without dilution, 250 A, 28 V, 26 cm/min.Average heat input: 16 kJ/cm, diameter 1.2 mm.
To order
Ø Packaging Weight of Cat. no.( mm) wire ( kg )
1.2 K 200 5 1090-5139
1.2 K 300 16 1090-5138
1.6 K 300 16 1090-5137
SAFDUAL 100 CStandards:• AWS A 5.20
E 71 T1
Main applications:• Shipyards.• For general use for as-welded: large, non-positional parts.• Corresponding steel grades: A, B, D, to EH.
Characteristics:• Welding in all positions with impact at – 20 °C.• The best compromise for welding in all positions
(up, straight or weaving, down, etc.) and for down hand welding. Very good wetting of beads (fatigue resistance).
• High deposition in vertical up positions, CO2 gas.• Good porosity resistance on primer plates.
Approvals:B.V. A.B.S. L.R.S. D.N.V. G.L.
With gas C1 (CO2) � � � � �
Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si S P
Gas: CO2 0.05 1.20 0.35 0.014 0.012
Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at CVN at (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % 0 °C (J) – 20 °C (J)
As welded 550 500 28 120 70
(1) ISO all-metal weld tests, without dilution: 250 A, 28 V, 26 cm/min, diameter 1.2 mm, gas CO2.
87
Cha
pte
r 3
To order
Ø Packaging Weight of Cat. no.( mm) wire ( kg )
1.2 K 300 16 1090-5015
SAFDUAL 105PRIMERStandards:• EN 758
T 46 2 R C2 H5• AWS A 5.20
E 70 T 1
Main applications:• Generally corner assemblies. Impact at – 20 °C on joint.• Shipyards. Construction and mechanical assemblies.
Metallic framework (manufacturing of reconstructed welded girders, beams or of bridges).
• Corresponding classes of steel: Grade A/E and AH/EH
Characteristics:• Downhand welds on pre-painted and rusted sheet metal.• Excellent resistance to porosity on pre-painted and rusted sheet
metal.• Welding with CO2 without spatters.
Very good fillet weld behaviour and self-removal slag.
Approvals:B.V. A.B.S. L.R.S. D.N.V. G.L.
With gas C1 (CO2) � � � � �
Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si S P
With gas C1 (CO2) 0.04 1.7 0.6 0.013 0.013
Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at CVN at (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % 0 °C (J) – 20 °C (J)
With gasC1 (CO2) 590 505 27 60 47
(1) ISO all-metal weld tests, without dilution, 250 A, 28 V, 26 cm/min, diameter 1.2 mm, gas CO2.
To order
Ø Packaging Weight of Cat. no.( mm) wire ( kg )
1.2 K 300 16 1090-5017
1.2 ENDURO 200 on request
SAFDUAL 105 APRIMERStandards:• EN 758
T 46 2 R M2 H5• AWS A 5.20
E 71 T 1
Main applications:• Generally corner assemblies. Impact at – 20 °C on joint.• Shipyards. Construction and mechanical assemblies.
Metallic framework (manufacturing of reconstructed welded girders, beams or of bridges).
• Corresponding classes of steel: Grade A/E and AH/EH
Characteristics:• Downhand welds on pre-painted and rusted sheet metal.• Excellent resistance to porosity on pre-painted and rusted sheet
metal.• Welding with mix gas (80-20) without spatters.
Very good fillet weld behaviour and self-removal slag.
Approvals:B.V. A.B.S. L.R.S. D.N.V.
With gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18) � � � �
Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si S P
With gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18) 0.04 1.7 0.6 0.013 0.013
Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at CVN at (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % 0 °C (J) – 20 °C (J)
With gas 550 480 28 90 60
(1) ISO all-metal weld tests, without dilution, 250 A, 28 V, 26 cm/min, diameter 1.2 mm.
88
To order
Ø Packaging Weight of Cat. no.( mm) wire ( kg )
1.2 BE 16 1090-5089
1.4 BE 16 1090-5165
1.6 BE 16 1090-5087
1.6 GBE 25 1090-5081
1.6 ENDURO DRUM 200 1090-5226
2.4 Reel 250 1090-5084
Cored wires
SAFDUAL 127Standards:• EN 758
T 42 2 R M 3 H10Symbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18)
• EN 758 T 38 0 R C 3 H10Symbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas C1 (CO2)
• AWS A 5.20E 70 T 1Symbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18)
Flux cored wire for welding non and low alloyed steels
Main applications:• Mechanized welding, mechanical parts, earth moving equipment,
agricultural equipment.
Characteristics:• Flux cored wire with slag. High deposition rate.
Approvals:T.V.U.
With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) �
With gas C1 ( CO2) �
Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si S P
With gas C1 ( CO2) 0.06 1.6 0.50 ≤ 0.025 ≤ 0.025
Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at CVN at (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % 0 °C (J) – 20 °C (J)
As welded 550 480 27 75 50with gas C1
(1) On ISO all-metal weld test, without dilution: 300 A, 28 V, 26 cm/min. Average heat input: 19 kJ/cm, diameter 1.6 mm, gas C1 (CO2).
To order SAFDUAL 128
Ø Packaging Weight of Cat. no.( mm) wire ( kg )
1.2 D 200 5 1090-5077
1.2 K 300 16 1090-5078
1.6 K 300 16 1090-5080
To order SAFDUAL 128 SR
Ø Packaging Weight of Cat. no.( mm) wire ( kg )
1.2 D 300 16 1090-5223
SAFDUAL 128SAFDUAL 128 SRStandards:• EN 758
T 46 5 1 Ni P M 1 H5• AWS A 5.29
E 81 T 1 Ni 1Symbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18)
Main applications:• Offshore work, shipbuilding, bridges and structures,
pressure vessels.
Characteristics:• Welding in all positions with good impact at – 50 °C
(even after P.W.H.T.).• Very easy to use for vertical up welding.• Good Charpy V notch level at – 50 °C on joint of adapted
grade with heat input controlled to 18 kJ/cm, and at – 40 °C with heat input controlled to 30 kJ/cm.
• Good Charpy CVN notch level at – 40 °C after P.W.H.T.
Approvals:L.R.S. D.N.V. Controlas F.I.
With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) � � � �
Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si S P Ni N2
With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) 0.07 1.45 0.30 ≤ 0.02 ≤ 0.02 ≤ 0.8 < 40 ppm*
Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at CVN at (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % – 40 °C (J) – 50 °C (J)
As welded 670 560 23 120 80
After heat treatment 50 °C/h 600 540 24 80 -580 °C/2h50 °C/h
(1) On ISO all-metal weld test, without dilution: 300 A, 28 V, 34 cm/min. Average heat input: 15 kJ/cm, diameter 1.2 mm, gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18).
* SAFDUAL 128 SR only
89
Cha
pte
r 3
To order
Ø Packaging Weight of Cat. no.( mm) wire ( kg )
1.2 K 300 16 1090-5029
SAFDUAL 162Standards:• NF (A 81 352)
TGS Y 62 5 1 BH• AWS A 5.29
E 101 T 1-G-H4Symbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18)
Main applications:• Lifting equipment (cranes, gantries, fork-lift trucks).
Pressure water pipes, turbines.• Armour plating, public works, offshore works.• Corresponding steel classes:
Characteristics:• Flux cored wire with slag. Welding of high yield strength
steels.• Flux cored wire for welding in all positions.
Excellent operability and slag removal.• Good resistance to cracking (preheating necessary
according to thickness and type of steel to weld).• Vaccum packed spool for keeping very low nitrogen level.
Approvals:L.R.S. D.N.V. A.B.S.
With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) � � �
Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si S P Ni
With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) 0.08 1.35 0.35 0.008 0.008 1.6
Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at CVN at (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % – 40 °C (J) – 50 °C (J)
With gas M21(Ar/CO2 - 82/18) 695 635 22 95 80
(1) On ISO all-metal weld test, without dilution: 250 A, 26 V, 26 cm/min.
E 450 E 460 QINE 520 CREUSABROE 620
To order
Ø Packaging Weight of Cat. no.( mm) wire ( kg )
1.0 D 200 5 1090-5104
1.0 K300 5 1090-5102
1.0 K300 18 1090-5094
1.0 ENDURO drum 200 1090-5217
1.0 Reel 250 1090-5097
1.2 K300 18 1090-5095
SAFDUAL ZNStandards:• EN 758
T 3 T Z V 1 H15• AWS A 5.18
E 70C GS
Main applications:• Automobile industry, shipyards, air conditioning systems,
railings, gates.
Characteristics:• For manual and automatic single run welding of galvanized,
zinc plated or prepainted thin sheet (0.8 to 4 mm).• Low spatter, better weld finish.• Reduces width of coating destroyed.• Good weld density.
Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)• The wire contains high percentage of Al:
it must be used for single run with dilution of base metal.
Gas:• M21 (Ar/CO2 82-18 to 92-8)• M22 (Ar/O2)
Typical mecanical characteristics:• Tensile test: rupture of base metal• Longitudinal bending test (Ø 25 mandrel)- face bend test: 180 ° OKLap joint on sheetmetal A 33 thickness 3 mm. Average heat input: 4.2 kJ/cm, 330 A, 17 V, 0.8 m/min.
DC
90
Cored wires
Flux cored wire for welding non and low alloyed steels
To order
Ø Packaging Weight of Cat. no.( mm) wire ( kg )
1.0 BE 18 1090-5163
1.2 PB 5 1090-5168
1.2 BE 18 1090-5161
1.2 ENDURO drum 230 1090-5232
1.4 BE 18 1090-5169
1.6 BE 16 1090-5166
SAFDUAL 206AStandards:• EN 758
T 46 5 1 Ni P M 1 H5• AWS A 5.29
E 81 T 1 Ni 1 - H4Symbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18)
Main applications:• General purpose mechanical constructions. Civil engineering.
Earthwork appliances.
Characteristics:• Metal cored wire giving a fine aspect to welds.• Downhand weld, single or multi run, clear finely ribbed
beads, almost silicate free on clean sheet.• Good mechanical characteristics on joint at – 20 °C.
Approvals:B.V. L.R.S. D.N.V. CONTROLAS F.I. D.B. T.Ü.V.
With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) � � � � � � �
Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si S P
With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) 0.05 1.5 0.60 0.020 0.012
Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % – 20 °C (J)
As welded 670 560 23 120
(1) On ISO all-metal weld test, without dilution: 310 A, 29 V, 27 cm/min. Average heat input: 20 kJ/cm, diameter 1.6 mm, gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18).
To order
Ø Packaging Weight of Cat. no.( mm) wire ( kg )
1.2 K 300 16 1090-5019
SAFDUAL 248Standards:• SFA 5.29
E 81 T 1 G- W2 M• EN 758
T 46 A Z M M 1 H5Symbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18)
Main applications:• Mechanical constructions.• Civil engineering.• Tubes and pipes in fume treatment processes.• Applications using the following brand steels
ITACOR, CORTEN, RESCO, PATINAX, RESISTA.
Characteristics:• Flux-cored wire producing attractive weld appearance.• Corrosion-resistant Cu-Cr-Ni-alloy steel joints allowing a patina
finish.• For single- or multi-pass flat welding, light, finely streaked beads,
virtually silicate-free on clean plate metal.• Diffusible hydrogen < 3 ml/100 g.
(BS 6693, end section 25 mm, 1.2 mm).• Good mechanical characteristics on joint at – 20 °C.• Low fume release.
Approvals:T.Ü.V. D.B.
With gas Ar/CO2 - (80/20) � �
Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si Cu Ni Cr S P
With gas Ar/CO2 (80/20) 0.05 1.1 0.60 0,4 0.55 0.55 0,014 0,010
Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at CVN at (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % – 20 °C (J) – 30 °C (J)
As welded 620 480 22 70 27
(1) ISO mould without dilution 280 A, 29 V, 27 cm/min. Average heat input: 18 kJ/cm, diameter 1.2 mm, gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18).
91
Cha
pte
r 3
To order
Ø Packaging Weight of Cat. no.( mm) wire ( kg )
1.6 K 300 18 1090-5164
1.2 K 300 18 1090-5111
SAFDUAL 400Standards:• EN 758
T 42 5 B M 1 H5T 42 5 B C 1 H5*
• AWS A 5.20E 71 T 5 for Ø 1.2 mmE 70 T 5 for Ø 1.6 mmSymbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18)
Main applications:• Railroad rolling stock. Pressure vessels.• Structures requiring highly reliable work. Shipyards.
Characteristics:• Basic cored wire. For downhand and vertical up welding.
Good impact at – 40 °C.• The slag facilitates positional welding.
Diffusible hydrogen < 3 ml (BS 6693), stick out 25 mm, dia. 1.2.
• Supports long (e.g.: 580 °C/10h) or repeated P.W.H.T.
Approvals:B.V. L.R.S. D.N.V. Controlas G.L. A.B.S. F.I.
With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) � � � � � � �
With gas C1 (CO2) � � � � � � �
Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si S P
With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) 0.06 1.5 0.60 0.012 0.011
Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at CVN at (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % 0 °C (J) – 40 °C (J)
As welded 575 485 27 120 80
After heat treatment 50 °C/h 545 440 27 125 85580 °C/2h50 °C/h
(1) On ISO all-metal weld test, without dilution: 260 A, 28 V, 24 cm/min. Average heat input: 18 kJ/cm, diameter 1.2 mm, gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18).
To order
Ø Packaging Weight of Cat. no.( mm) wire ( kg )
1.0 D 200 4 1090-5386
1.2 K 300 16 1090-5388
1.6 K 300 16 1090-5389
SAFUNI 310Standards:• EN 758
T 42 Z Y 1 H15• AWS A 5.20
E 71 T 7Symbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18)
Main applications:• On-site assembly of sheet and plate metal or profile sections
(thickness 3 to 15 mm). Spot welding of round bars for reinforced concrete. Can be used on galvanized parts.
Characteristics:• Self shielding flux cored wire. For welding in all positions.• For fillet welding, single setting for horizontal, vertical up
and vertical down positions.
Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si Al S P
Weld metal 0.3 0.6 0.15 1.6 ≤ 0.025 ≤ 0.025
Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % + 20 °C (J)
As welded 540 420 22 30
(1) On ISO all-metal weld test, without dilution: 270 A, 26 V, diameter 1,6 mm. Direct current to wire.–
Self shieldingDC
92
Cored wires
Flux cored wires for welding stainless steels
To order
Ø Packaging Weight of Cat. no.( mm) wire ( kg )
1.2 K 300 15 1090-5255
SAFDUAL 650 CStandards:• AWS A 5.22
E 308L T 0-1Symbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas C1 (CO2)
Main applications:• For all work on stainless steels
with corresponding grades (thickness ≥ 3 mm) is used manualy.
Characteristics:• Flux cored wires for austenitic steels with stainless steel strip.• Self-releasing slag. Excellent finish weld beads, generally requiring no finishing.• Welding downhand.• Easy to use for automatic welding.• Good X-ray quality welds.
Approvals:B.V. A.B.S. L.R.S. D.N.V. Controlas T.Ü.V.
With gas C1 ( CO2) � � � � � �
Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si Cr Ni S P
With gas C1 ( CO2) ≤ 0.035 1.5 0.7 20 10 ≤ 0.03 ≤ 0.03
Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at CVN at CVN at Ferrite (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % – 20 °C (J) – 40 °C (J) – 196 °C (J) WRC 92 (%)520 390 35 54 40 35 8
(1) On ISO all-metal weld test, without dilution: 250 A, 28 V, 30 cm/min. Average heat input: 14 kJ/cm, diameter 1.2 mm, gas CO2.
To order
Ø Packaging Weight of Cat. no.( mm) wire ( kg )
1.2 K 300 15 1090-5256
SAFDUAL 652 CStandards:• AWS A 5.22
E 316L T 0-1Symbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas C1 (CO2)
Main applications:• For all work on stainless steels
with corresponding grades (thickness ≥ 3 mm).
Characteristics:• Flux cored wires for austenitic steels with stainless steel strip.• Self-releasing slag. Excellent finish weld beads, generally requiring no finishing.• Welding downhand.• Easy to use for automatic welding.• Good X-ray quality welds.
Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo S P
With gas C21 ( CO2) ≤ 0.03 1.7 0.7 19 12 2.8 ≤ 0.03 ≤ 0.03
Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at CVN at CVN at Ferrite (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % – 20 °C (J) – 40 °C (J) – 110 °C (J) WRC 92 (%)550 400 35 58 40 45 8
(1) On ISO all-metal weld test, without dilution: 250 A, 28 V, 30 cm/min. Average heat input: 14 kJ/cm, diameter 1.2 mm, gas C1 (CO2).
To order
Ø Packaging Weight of Cat. no.( mm) wire ( kg )
1.2 K 200 4.5 1090-5269
1.2 K 300 15 1090-5261
SAFDUAL 650PStandards:• EN 12073
T 19 9 L R M5• AWS A 5.22
E 308L T 1-4Symbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18)
Main applications:• All stainless steel works
with corresponding grades(thickness ≥ 3 mm). Speciallyadapted for in position welding.
Characteristics:• Flux cored wire with stainless steel strip for austenitic steels. Slag cored wire.• Self-releasing slag. Fine weld bead finish, usually not requiring finishing.• Welding in all positions, even vertical down.• Easily automated.• Good X-ray quality welds.• High deposit rate, even horizontal.
Approvals:B.V. A.B.S. L.R.S. D.N.V. Controlas T.Ü.V.
With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) � � � � � �
Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si Cr Ni S P
With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) ≤ 0.03 1.5 0.7 20 10 ≤ 0.03 ≤ 0.03
Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at CVN at Ferrite (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % – 20 °C (J) – 196 °C (J) WRC 92 (%)560 390 35 54 34 8
(1) On ISO all metal weld test, without dilution, 250 A, 28 V, 30 cm/min.Average heat input: 14 kJ/cm, diameter 1.2 mm, gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18).
Approvals:T.Ü.V.
With gas C1 ( CO2) �
93
Cha
pte
r 3
To order
Ø Packaging Weight of Cat. no.( mm) wire ( kg )
1.2 K 200 4.5 1090-5270
1.2 K 300 15 1090-5262
SAFDUAL 652PStandards:• EN 12073
T 19 12 3 P M 1• AWS A 5.22
E 316L T 1-4Symbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18)
Main applications:• All stainless steel works
with corresponding grades(thickness ≥ 3 mm). Speciallyadapted for in position welding.
Characteristics:• Flux cored wire with stainless steel strip for austenitic steels. Slag cored wire.• Self-releasing slag. Fine weld bead finish, usually not requiring finishing.• Welding in all positions, even vertical down.• Easily automated.• Good X-ray quality welds.• High deposit rate, even horizontal.
Approvals:B.V. A.B.S. L.R.S. D.N.V. Controlas T.Ü.V.
With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) � � � � � �
Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo S P
With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) ≤ 0.03 1.7 0.7 19 12 2.8 ≤ 0.03 ≤ 0.03
Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at CVN at Ferrite (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % – 20 °C (J) – 110 °C (J) WRC 92 (%)550 400 35 58 45 8
(1) On ISO all metal weld test, without dilution, 250 A, 28 V, 30 cm/min.Average heat input: 14 kJ/cm, diameter 1.2 mm, gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18).
To order
Ø Packaging Weight of Cat. no.( mm) wire ( kg )
1.2 K 300 15 1090-5257
SAFDUAL 654 CStandards:• AWS A 5.22
E 309L T 0-1Symbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas C1 (CO2)
Main applications:• For all work on stainless steels
with corresponding grades (thickness ≥ 3 mm).
Characteristics:• Flux cored wires for austenitic steels with stainless steel strip.• Self-releasing slag. Excellent finish weld beads, generally requiring no finishing.• Welding downhand.• Easy to use for automatic welding.• Good X-ray quality welds.
Approvals:T.Ü.V.
With gas C1 ( CO2) �
Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si Cr Ni S P
With gas C1 ( CO2) ≤ 0.03 1.6 0.7 24 13 ≤ 0.03 ≤ 0.03
Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at CVN at Ferrite (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % – 40 °C (J) – 60 °C (J) WRC 92 (%)610 460 31 35 35 18
(1) On ISO all-metal weld test, without dilution: 250 A, 28 V, 30 cm/min. Average heat input: 14 kJ/cm, diameter 1.2 mm, gas C1 (CO2).
To order
Ø Packaging Weight of Cat. no.( mm) wire ( kg )
1.2 K 200 4.5 1090-5271
1.2 K 300 15 1090-5263
SAFDUAL 654PStandards:• EN 12073
T 23 12 L P M 1• AWS A 5.22
E 309L T 1-4Symbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18)
Main applications:• All stainless steel works
with corresponding grades(thickness ≥ 3 mm). Speciallyadapted for in position welding.
Characteristics:• Flux cored wire with stainless steel strip for austenitic steels. Slag cored wire.• Self-releasing slag. Fine weld bead finish, usually not requiring finishing.• Welding in all positions, even vertical down.• Easily automated.• Good X-ray quality welds.• High deposit rate, even horizontal.
Approvals:B.V. A.B.S. L.R.S. D.N.V. Controlas T.Ü.V.
With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) � � � � � �
Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si Cr Ni S P
With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) ≤ 0.03 1.6 0.7 24 13 ≤ 0.03 ≤ 0.03
Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at CVN at Ferrite (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % – 20 °C (J) – 110 °C (J) WRC 92 (%)550 400 35 58 45 8
(1) On ISO all metal weld test, without dilution, 250 A, 28 V, 30 cm/min.Average heat input: 14 kJ/cm, diameter 1.2 mm,h gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18).
94
To order all position wire
Ø Packaging Weight of Cat. no.( mm) wire ( kg )
1.2 K 300 15 1090-5201
1.2 D 200 4.5 1090-5202
LEXAL T 22 9 3 NStandards:• EN 12073
T 23 12 R M5• AWS A 5.22
T 22 09 T 0-4Symbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18)
Main applications:• All works on stainless steels duplex
(URANUS 45 N, Wr N° 1.4462).
Characteristics:• Flux cored wire with stainless steel strip for duplex steels
and heterogeneous assemblies.• Self-removable slag.• Good bead aspect that generally needs no finishing.• Welding in all positions, even vertical down (T 22 9 3 N).• Easily automated.• Good radiography compactness of welds.• Passed the ASTM G 48 A corrosion test.
Approvals:B.V. A.B.S. L.R.S. D.N.V. G.L.
LEXAL T 22 9 3 N M21 � - - � �
C1 - � � - �
Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si Cr Ni Mo S P N2 PR en Ferrite
WRC 92With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) ≤ 0.03 1.1 0.5 22.5 8.5 2.8 ≤ 0.03 ≤ 0.03 14 > 35 39
Typical mecanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % – 20 °C (J)700 585 28 50
(1) On ISO all metal weld out of dilution: 250 A, 28 V, 30 cm/min. Average energy: 14 kJ/cm, diameter 1.2 mm, M21 gas (Ar/CO2 - 82/18).
To order
Ø Packaging Weight of Cat. no.( mm) wire ( kg )
1.2 K 300 15 1090-5063
SAFDUAL 653Standards:• EN 12073
T 19 9 Nb R M-5• AWS A 5.22
E 347 T 0-4Symbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18)
Main applications:• Works on stainless steels stabilised
(Ni Cr) with titanium or niobium.• For chemical, petroleum and food
industries.• Resurfacing and reconstitution
of plated steels.
Characteristics:• Flux cored wire with stainless steel strip for austenitic steels. Slag cored wire.• Self-releasing slag. Fine weld bead finish, usually not requiring finishing.• Horizontal or vertical down welding position.• Easily automated.• Good X-ray quality welds.• Controlled ferrous rate.
Correcponding steel classes:� AFNOR: Z 6 CNT 18.10 - Z 6 CN Nb 18.10 � DIN: X 10 Cr Ni Ti 18.09 - X 10 Cr Ni Nb Ti 18.09 � UNE: X 6 Cr Ni Ti 17.11 - X 6 Cr Ni Nb 18.11 � ASTM: 321 - 347
� UNI: X 6 Cr Ni Ti 18.11 - X 6 Cr Ni Nb 18.11 � JIS: SUS 321 - SUS 347 � BS: 321 S 12 - 347 S 17 � MNC: 23.37.02 - 23.38.02
Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si Cr Ni Nb* S P Ferrite
WRC 92With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) ≤ 0.03 2.4 0.37 19 11 0.48 ≤ 0.03 ≤ 0.03 ≤ 10
To order
Ø Packaging Weight of Cat. no.( mm) wire ( kg )
1.2 K 300 15 1090-5191
1.6 K 300 15 1090-5192
SAFDUAL 651Standards:
AWS A 5.22E 307 T1-GSymbolization with Ø 1.2 mm with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 - 82/18)
Main applications:• Allows the assembly of steels with 12% of Mn.• Makes an excellent under-layer product for hard surfacing.• Allows heterogeneous assemblies of stainless steels
– carbon or low alloy steels.• Welding of hard to weld carbon steels.
Characteristics:• Flux cored wire with stainless steel strip. Slag cored wire.• Self-releasing slag.• Fine weld bead finish, usually not requiring finishing.• Welding in all positions, eventually vertical down.• Easily automated.• Good weld compactness.
Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si Cr Ni S P
With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) 0.03 2.6 0.7 19 8 ≤ 0.03 ≤ 0.03
Cored wires
Flux cored wires for welding stainless steels
To order special flat position wire
Ø Packaging Weight of Cat. no.( mm) wire ( kg )
1.2 K 300 15 1090-5200
95
Cha
pte
r 3
To order
Ø Packaging Weight of Cat. no.( mm) wire ( kg )
1.2 K 300 18 1090-5145
1.2 Reel 250 1090-0147
1.2 Enduro drum 230 W 000 234 942
1.4 Enduro drum 230 1090-5148
SAFDUAL 217Standards:• AWS SFA A 5.22
E 430 TO G
Main applications:• Welding ferritic steels with 17%
Cr (also suitable for grade 409).Automobile: catalytic converterassemblies.
Characteristics:• Slag-free, flux-cored wire for automatic and semi-automatic welding.• An economical solution (high welding speeds) compared to solid wire.• Good resistance to fatigue due to the fine-grain structure of the metal
deposited and the heat affected zone (low linear energy welding).• Very tolerance to defects in preparation.• Very stable arc with no spatter.• Very good corrosion resistance.
Typical chemical analysis: (weld metal)C Mn Si Cr Ti S P
With ARCAL 12 gas ( M12) 0.04 0.30 0.30 16.8 0.60 0.020 0.010
UTS Elongation HV(MPa ) (I=5d) % 0.3530 30 170
Typical mecanical characteristics (1):
(1) ISO mould without dilution 250 A, 26 V.Average energy: 15 kJ/cm, diameter, 1.2 mm.
96
Solid wires
NERTALIC 70 SStandards:• EN 440
G2 Si• AWS A 5.28
ER 70S3
Solid wire for non alloyed steels welding
Main applications:Main general purpose MAG wire.• Land transportation vehicles.• Mechanical construction.• Metal joinery and other small structural work.
Approvals:
B.V. A.B.S. L.R.S. S.N.C.F. D.N.V. T.Ü.V. D.B. Stoomvesen MarineControlas Nationale
With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) � � � � � � � � �
With gas C1 (CO2) � � � - � � � � �
Typical chemical analysis:C Mn Si S P
On wire 0.08 1.15 0.6 0.015 0.015
On deposited metalwith gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) 0.06 0.90 0.45 0.015 0.015
On deposited metalwith gas C1 (CO2 ) 0.06 0.75 0.4 0.015 0.015
Typical mechanical characteristics (1):Heat UTS YS 0.2 Elongation Reduction CVN at CVN at treatment (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % of area (%) – 20 °C (J) – 40 °C (J)
With gas M21 None 550 460 27 68 90 60
(Ar/CO2 - 82/18) 620 °C/2h 490 350 31 70 130 90650 °C 15h 460 330 31 70 130 90
With gas C1(CO2 ) None 540 450 27 68 70 40
(1) Results obtained on all-metal weld test NFA 81-312 and EN 440
(1) Need a conical cover 1090-4655 BEM: metallic spool with hub KS 300 (doesn’t need an adaptor)BE: metallic spool K 300 (adaptor 1090-4556)BPM: plastic spool D 300
Speed packdrums
ENDURO drums
Ecological drum with straps on pallet
2 x 300 kg 2 x 450 kg
Plastic spoolDiam.mm
SJ BE (K 300) SO BE (K 300) SJ BEM (KS 300) SR BPM (D 300)
Individual boxes on 1 200 x 800 mm pallet
Metallic ecological spool
0.8 1090-4201 W 000 235 314 1090-4485 1090-4491 – – -
1.0 1090-4202 W 000 235 315 1090-4486 1090-4492 1090-4735 1090-4731 On request
1.2 1090-4203 W 000 235 316 1090-4487 1090-4493 1090-4736 1090-4732 On request
1.6 – 1090-4539 – 1090-4540 1090-4739 – -
To order
97
Cha
pte
r 3
NERTALIC 70 AStandards:• EN 440
G3 Si 1• AWS A 5.28
ER 70S6
Main applications:• Differs from NERTALIC 70 S:
- by better fusion under CO2
- by a stronger weld metal, although impactstrengths are lower.
Approvals:
A.B.S. L.R.S. D.N.V. T.Ü.V. D.B. MarineControlas NationaleWith gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) � � � � � � �
With gas C1 (CO2) � � - � � - �
Typical chemical analysis:C Mn Si S P
On wire 0.08 1.4 0.8 0.015 0.015
On deposited metal with gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) 0.06 0.90 0.45 0.015 0.015
On deposited metal with gas C1 (CO2 ) 0.06 0.75 0.4 0.015 0.015
Typical mechanical characteristics (1):Heat UTS YS 0.2 Elongation Reduction CVN attreatment (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % of area (%) – 20 °C (J)
With gas M21None 590 500 25 65 90(Ar/CO2 - 82/18)
With gas C1(CO2 ) None 580 490 25 65 100
(1) Results obtained on all-metal weld test NFA 81-312 and EN 440
(1) Loaded to 16 kg(2) Need a conical cover 1090-4655
BEM: metallic spool with hub KS 300 (doesn’t need an adaptor)BE: metallic spool K 300 (adaptor 1090-4556)BPM: plastic spool D 300
Speed packdrums
ENDURO drums
Ecological drum with straps on pallet
2 x 300 kg 2 x 450 kg
Plastic spool 800 kg1000 kg Pallet 900 kg Pallet BEP 800 kgDiam.
mm50 BE 20 kg
SJ SO SJ SR
50 BE 18 kg 50 BPM 16 kg50 BEM 16 kg
Individual boxes on 1 200 x 800 mm pallet
Metallic ecological spool
0.8 1090-4210 (1) 1090-4517 1090-4515 1090-4542 – – –
1.0 1090-4211 1090-4518 1090-4462 1090-4460 1090-4737 1090-4733 On request
1.2 1090-4212 1090-4527 1090-4468 1090-4472 1090-4738 1090-4734 On request
To order
STARMAG+Standards:• EN 440
G3 Si 1• AWS A 5.28
ER 70 S6
Main applications:• This massive very high range wire stands out by:
- A good fusion under CO2 and very few spatters- Good compactness especially under mixed gas
Argon 82 % + CO2 18 % (ATAL 5A)- Reliable and remarkable mechanical characteristics on deposited metal- Constant copper plating and coiling qualities
This wire is ideal for automatic and robotics applications and in all caseswhere the quality of welds requires a high quality of constancy and of wirequality.
Approvals:
T.Ü.V.
C Mn Si S P
0.07 1.4 0.80 0.010 0.010
Typical chemical analysis on wire:
Typical mechanical characteristics:UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % – 40 °C (J)
With gas M21(Ar/CO2 - 82/18) 600 520 30 100
With gas C1(CO2 ) 653 570 30 160
Please consult us
To order
98
Solid wires
Solid wire for low alloyed steel welding
Solid wire for stainless steels welding
NERTALIC 86Standards:• EN 440
G4 Mo• AWS A 5.28
ER 80 SD2
Main applications:• Wire for welding high yield strength steels (Re ≥ 600 MPa).
Typical mechanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation Reduction CVN at CVN at(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % of area (%) – 20 °C (J) – 40 °C (J)
With gas M21(Ar/CO2 - 82/18) 750 680 18 60 55 35
(1) Results obtained on all-metal weld test NFA 81-312 and EN 440
Winding: contiguous turns
ENDURO drum2 x 300 kgDiam.
mm
BE (K300) 16 kg
0.8 1090-4590 -
1.0 1090-4586 1090-4669
1.2 1090-4587 1090-4673
To order
Typical chemical analysis:C Mn Si S P Mo
On wire 0.10 0.09 1.9 1.7 0.65 0.50On deposited metal with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 ) 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.015 0.5 0.5
Approvals:D.B. D.N.V.
With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) � �
NERTALIC 88Standards:• EN 12534
Mn 4Ni 1 Mo• AWS A 5.28
ER 100 SG
Main applications:• Wire for welding high yield strength steels (Re ≥ 690 MPa).
Typical mechanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation Reduction CVN at CVN at CVN at CVN at(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % of area (%) – 20 °C (J) – 40 °C (J) – 60 °C (J) – 80 °C (J)
With gas M21(Ar/CO2 - 82/18) 850 750 18 60 95 65 40 30
(1) Results obtained on all-metal weld test NFA 81-312 and EN 440
Winding: contiguous turns
Diam.mm
BE (K 300)16 kg
1.0 1090-4589
1.2 1090-4588
To orderTypical chemical analysis:C Mn Si S P Mo Ni
On wire 0.05 1.9 0.45 0.010 0.010 0.55 2.00On deposited metal with gas M21 (Ar/CO2 ) 0.06 1.5 0.30 0.010 0.010 0.55 1.95
Approvals:D.B. D.N.V.
With gas M21 ( Ar/CO2 - 82/18) � �
NERTALIC50 / 50 HPStandards:• EN 12072
G 19 9 LSi• AWS A 5.19
ER 308 LSi
Main applications:• Welding of stainless steels type 18 % Cr, 10 % Ni with low carbon content.• The high silicon content facilitates use with MIG welding.
Typical mechanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation Reduction Hardness CVN(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % of area (%) (Hv) (J)
at + 20 °C 390 590 35 60 190 90
at + 400 °C 300 450 24 - - -
at – 196 °C - - - - - 40
(1) Results obtained on all-metal weld test NFA 81-314
Diam.mm
BEM (KS 300)16 kg
NERTALIC 50 NERTALIC 50 HP
0.8 1090-0203 1090-0206
1.0 1090-0200 1090-0207
1.2 1090-0201 1090-0208
To order
Typical chemical analysis on wire:C Mn Si S P Ni Cr Co Cu N2
NERTALIC 50 0.015 1.7 0.8 0.015 0.020 10 20 - - -NERTALIC 50 HP 0.015 1.7 0.8 0.010 0.015 10 20 < 0.10 < 0.15 < 0.06
Approvals:T.Ü.V.
99
Cha
pte
r 3
Diam.mm
BEM (KS 300)16 kg
1.0 1090-0224
1.2 1090-0225
To order
NERTALIC52 / 52 HPStandards:• AWS A 5.9
ER 316 LSi• EN 12072
G 19 9 3 LSi
Main applications:• Welding of stainless steels type 17 % Cr, 11 % Ni, 2.5 % Mo,
with a low carbon content (except in a highly oxidizing environment).• The high silicon content facilitates use with MIG welding.
Typical mechanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation Reduction Hardness CVN(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % of area (%) (Hv) (J)
at + 20 °C 410 600 35 60 190 80
at + 400 °C - 300 450 - - -
at – 196 °C - - - - - 40
(1) Results obtained on all-metal weld test NFA 81-314
Diam.mm
BEM (KS 300)16 kg
NERTALIC 52 NERTALIC 52 HP
0.8 1090-0215 1090-0210
1.0 1090-0216 1090-0214
1.2 1090-0217 1090-0211
To order
Typical chemical analysis on wire:C Mn Si S P Ni Cr Co Cu N2
NERTALIC 52 0.015 1.7 0.8 0.015 0.020 11.5 18.5 - - -NERTALIC 52 HP 0.015 1.7 0.8 0.010 0.015 11.5 18.5 < 0.10 < 0.15 < 0.06
Approvals:T.Ü.V.
NERTALIC 51Standards:• AWS A 5.9
ER 308 LSi• EN 12072
G 18 8 Mn
Main applications:• For assembly of steels with 12% Mn.• Constitutes an excellent underlayer for hard surfacing.• For welding dissimilar metals: stainless steels-carbon or low alloy steels.• Welding of carbon steels with difficult weldability.
Typical mechanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation Reduction Hardness CVN(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % of area (%) (Hv) (J)
at + 20 °C 400 630 37 55 180 80
(1) On deposited metal
Typical mechanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation Reduction Hardness CVN(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % of area (%) (Hv) (J)
at + 20 °C 440 640 35 60 180 80
(1) On deposited metal
Diam.mm
BEM (KS 300)16 kg
200 kg ENDURO drum
1.0 1090-0239 1090-0244
1.2 1090-0240 1090-0243
To order
C Mn Si S P Ni Cr0.08 7 0.8 < 0.025 < 0.025 8.5 18.5
Typical chemical analysis on wire:
Approvals:T.Ü.V.
NERTALIC 53Standards:• AWS A 5.9
ER 347 Si• EN 12072
G 19 9 Nb Si
Main applications:• Welding of niobium-stabilized stainless type 18-10 and similar grades.
Typical mechanical characteristics:UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at CVN at(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % + 20 °C (J) – 196 °C (J)
430 650 44 60 40
Diam.mm
BEM (KS 300)15 kg
1.0 1090-0230
1.2 1090-0231
To order
C Mn Si S P Ni Cr Nb0.04 1.4 0.85 0.015 0.020 9.5 20 0.7
Typical chemical analysis on wire: Approvals:T.Ü.V.
NERTALIC 54Standards:• AWS A 5.9
ER 309 L• EN 12072
G 23 12 L
Main applications:• Welding of high alloy austenitic steels to low alloy and non-alloyed steels.• Welding of steels with 24 % Cr, 12 % Ni.
C Mn Si S P Ni Cr0.02 1.8 0.5 0.015 0.015 13 23.5
Typical chemical analysis on wire:
100
Solid wires
Solid wire for stainless steels welding
Diam.mm
1.2 1090-0235
To order
Typical mechanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation Reduction Hardness CVN(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % of area (%) (Hv) (J)
at + 20 °C 440 550 35 50 160 80
(1) On deposited metal - Results obtained on all-metal weld test NFA 81-313
Typical mechanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation after tempering Hardness (as welded)(MPa ) (MPa ) (850 °C/2h) (I=5d) % (HB)
at + 20 °C 350 550 25 300 to 350 (approx. depending on heat conditions)
(1) On deposited metal - Results obtained on all-metal weld test NFA 81-314
NERTALIC 55Standards:• AWS A 5.9
ER 310• EN 12072
G CN 25 20
Main applications:• Welding of refractory steels grade 25-20, resistant to corrosion by oxidation
up to 1 200 °C (risk of cracking at high temperature).
C Mn Si S P Ni Cr0.10 1.6 0.4 0.015 0.015 20 24
Typical chemical analysis on wire:
C Mn Si S P Ni Cr Nb Mo0.04 1.4 0.85 0.015 0.020 11 19 0.7 2.7
Typical chemical analysis on wire:
BEM (KS 300)16 kg
Solid wire for duplex steels welding
Diam.mm
1.0 1090-0263
1.2 1090-0264
To orderLEXALG 22.9.3.NStandards:• AWS A 5.9
ER 22.09
Main applications:• Welding of DUPLEX austenitic-ferrous steels resistant to corrosion (type 45N)• Tubing assemblies in the field of offshore extraction of gas and petrol and
chemical industries.The deposit metal meets corrosion test G48A of the ASTM.
C Mn Si Ni Cr mo N0.02 1.6 0.5 8.5 22.8 3 0.2
Typical chemical analysis on wire:
BE (K 300)15 kg
Diam.mm
1.2 1090-0238
To order
Typical mechanical characteristics:UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % (J)
at + 20 °C 450 650 37 60
NERTALIC 56Standards:• AWS A 5.9
ER 318 Si• EN 12072
G 19 12 3 Nb Si
Main applications:• Welding of low carbon austenitic stainless steels containing Cr Ni Mo,
stabilized with titanium of niobium, type 20/10 corrosion resistant.BEM (KS 300)
15 kg
Approvals:T.Ü.V.
C Mn Si S P Cr0.04 0.4 0.4 0.015 0.015 13.0
Typical chemical analysis on wire:
Diam.mm
1.2 1090-4108
To orderNERTALIC 57Standards:• AWS A 5.9
ER 410• EN 12072
G 13
Main applications:• Surfacing of 13 % Cr type steels.• Assembly of 13 % Cr steels when a homogeneous solution is required
(precautions should be taken with heating, depending on the nature of the parent metal). BEM (KS 300)
15 kg
101
Cha
pte
r 3
(1) On deposited metal
(2) analysis on wire, meeting NFA 81331
Solid wire for base nickel (inconel) steels welding
Diam.mm
1.0 1090-3809
1.2 1090-3810
To order
Typical mechanical characteristics:UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % (J)
at + 20 °C 440 640 35 60
at – 196 °C - - - 70
NERTALIC 210Standards:• AWS A 5.14
ER Ni Cr 3
Main applications:• Welding of nickel alloys of the types Alloy 600 and 800, of stainless steels
to carbon steels, of 9 % Ni low temperature steels or cast irons sensitive to weather conditions.
• Resurfacing in cases of severe corrosion (high temperature corrosion and corrosion under strain).
C Mn Si Ni Cr Fe Nb0.03 3 0.15 remainder 20 < 3.0 2.5
Typical chemical analysis on wire:
BEM(KS 300)15 kg
Solid wire for aluminium and light alloys welding
Diam.mm
1.2 1090-3502
1.6 1090-3503
2.4 1090-3504
To order
Typical mechanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) %
at + 20 °C 70 to 90 40 to 60 ≥ 25 %
NERTALIC 10Standards:• AWS A 5.10
ER 1100
Main applications:• Nuclear engineering.• Road and rail transportation equipment.• Energy conveyance.• Chemical and food industries.
Mn Si Fe Mg Cu Zn Al≤ 0.05 ≤ 0.30 ≤ 4.0 2.5 ≤ 0.05 ≤ 0.07 ≥ 99.5
Typical chemical analysis on wire (2):
BPM (D 300)6 kg
(1) On deposited metal
(2) analysis on wire, meeting NFA 81331
Diam.mm
1.2 1090-3532
1.6 1090-3533
To order
Typical mechanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) %
at + 20 °C 115 to 150 48 ≥ 10 %
NERTALIC 15Standards:• AWS A 5.10
ER 4043
Main applications:• Braze welding of light alloys (MIG).
Mn Si Fe Mg Cu Zn Al Ti≤ 0.05 5 ≤ 0.4 ≤ 0.05 ≤ 0.05 ≤ 0.10 remainder ≤ 0.20
Typical chemical analysis on wire (2):
BPM (D 300)6 kg
Diam.mm
1.0 1090-0250
1.2 1090-0251
To orderNERTALIC 625Standards:• AWS A 5.14
ER Ni Cr mo-3
Main applications:• Surfacing to protect against corrosion.• Assembly of alloys with high Cr and Ni content: Inconel 600, 601, 625,
Incoloy 800, 800H, 801, etc, resistant to marine corrosion and to high (1 000 °C) and low (–196 °C) temperatures.
• For homogeneous and heterogeneous welding.• Application: petrochemicals, cryogenics.
C Mn Si Ni Cr Fe Mo Nb0.03 3 0.2 remainder 22 < 1.0 9 3.5
Typical chemical analysis on wire:
BEM (KS 300)15 kg
102
(1) On deposited metal
(2) analysis on wire, meeting NFA 81331
Solid wire for aluminium and light alloys welding
Diam.mm
1.0 1090-3509 (6 kg)
1.2 1090-3510 (6 kg)
To order
Typical mechanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) %
at + 20 °C 180 to 210 80 to 100 15
NERTALIC 20 Main applications:• Road and railroad transportation equipment.• Chemical and food processing industry.
Mn Si Fe Mg Cu Zn Al Cr Ti≤ 0.35 0.10 ≤ 0.3 3.4 ≤ 0.05 ≤ 0.20 remainder 0.2 0.10
Typical chemical analysis on wire (2):
(2) analysis on wire, meeting NFA 81331
Mn Si Fe Mg Cu Zn Al Cr Ti0.8 0.15 ≤ 0.4 4.5 ≤ 0.05 ≤ 0.25 remainder 0.2 0.12
Typical chemical analysis on wire (2):
BPM (D 300)6 kg
Solid wires
(1) On deposited metal
Solid wire for copper and copper alloys welding
Diam.mm
1.2 1090-0101
1.6 1090-0102
2.4 1090-0103
To order
Typical mechanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation Hardess(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % (HB)
at + 20 °C 170 210 30 55
NERTALIC 40Standards:• AWS A 5.7
ER Cu
Main applications:• Welding of copper and copper alloys.• Wear-resistant surfacing.• Braze welding of thin sheet metal (MIG).
Mn Si Fe Sn0.3 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 0.05 0.7
Typical chemical analysis on wire:
BPM (D 300)12 kg
(1) On deposited metal
Diam.mm
1.2 1090-0040
1.6 1090-0047
To order
Typical mechanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) %
at + 20 °C 270 to 300 110 to 150 15
NERTALIC 26Standards:• AWS A 5.10
ER 5183
Main applications:• Armaments industry.• Road and railroad transportation equipment.• Ship superstructures.• Chemical and food processing industry.
BPM (D 300)6 kg
(2) analysis on wire, meeting NFA 81331
Mn Si Fe Mg Cu Zn Al Cr Ti0.15 0.2 ≤ 0.4 5 ≤ 0.05 ≤ 0.20 remainder 0.15 ≤ 0.5
Typical chemical analysis on wire (2):
(1) On deposited metal
Diam.mm
0.8 - 1090-3512
1.0 1090-3514 -
1.2 1090-3515 1090-3526
1.6 1090-3516 -
To order
Typical mechanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) %
at + 20 °C 215 to 255 95 to 135 15-20
NERTALIC 30Standards:• AWS A 5.10
ER 5356
Main applications:• Armaments industry.• Road and railroad transportation equipment.• Signalling equipment.• Chemical and food processing industry.
BPM (D 300)6 kg
PB spools2 kg
103
Cha
pte
r 3
(1) On deposited metal
Diam.mm
0.8 1090-3800
1.2 1090-3801
1.6 1090-3802
2.4 1090-3803
To order
Typical mechanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation Hardess(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % (HB)
at + 20 °C 420 190 50 90
NERTALIC 46Standards:• AWS A 5.7
~ ER Cu AI A1
Main applications:• Welding of corresponding copper-aluminum alloys.• Braze welding of galvanized steel, steels or cast irons sensitive to quenching
(when the mechanical characteristics are accepted).• Surfacing resistant to marine corrosion, with a good coefficient of friction.
Mn Si Fe Ni Cu Al≤ 1.8 ≤ 0.2 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 0.8 remainder 8.5
Typical chemical analysis on wire:
BPM (D 300)12 kg
(1) On deposited metal
Diam.mm
1.2 1090-3812
To order
Typical mechanical characteristics (1):UTS YS 0.2 Elongation Hardess CVN at CVN at(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % (HB) + 20 °C (J) – 80 °C (J)
at + 20 °C 600 250 30 140 60 45
NERTALIC 49Standards:• AWS A 5.7
~ ER Cu AI A1
Main applications:• Welding of copper and copper alloys.• Braze welding of thin sheet metal (MIG)• Wear-resistant surfacing.
Mn Sn Fe Ni Cu Al Zn Pb Ag≤ 2 ≤ 0.5 1.5 2 remainder 9 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 0.5 ≤ 0.5
Typical chemical analysis on wire:
BPM (D 300)12 kg
Hard surfacing
NERTALIC 535 Main applications:• Earth-moving equipment, shovel teeth
(preheating to 250 °C required).
Performance:
HV 30 hardness of deposit all weld metal Shielding gas Max. number of layers Cat. no. Diam. (mm) Packaging Weight (kg)
350 Ar/CO2 82/18 or CO2 no limit 1090-1232 1.2 Plastic spool 15
Solid wires for hard surfacing
1 impact
2 abrasion
3 high temperature
4 corrosion
good1234
very good excellent
To order
HV 30 hardness of deposit all weld metal Shielding gas Max. number of layers Cat. no. Diam. (mm) Packaging Weight (kg)
600 Ar/CO2 82/18 or CO2 3 1090-1242 1.2 Plastic spool 15
To order
NERTALIC 560 Main applications:• Earth-moving equipment, shovel teeth.
Performance:
good1234
very good excellent
104
Hard surfacing
SAFDUAL 200 Main applications:• Underlayers.• Reshaping: coupling rolling mill sleeves.• Build-up.
Performance:
HV 30 hardness of deposit all weld metal Shielding gas Max. number of layers Cat. no. Diam. (mm) Packaging Weight (kg)
220 Ar/CO2 82/18 no limit rebuilding 1090-5052 2.4 K 415-100 25
Cored wires for hard surfacing
1 impact
2 abrasion
3 high temperature
4 corrosion
good1234
very good excellent
To order
SAFDUAL 651 Main applications:• Underlayers. • Mills and grinding mills (impact + abrasion).
Rails. Caterpillar track rollers.
Performance:
HV 30 hardness of deposit all weld metal Shielding gas Max. number of layers Cat. no. Diam. (mm) Packaging Weight (kg)
250 Ar/CO2 82/18 or CO2 no limit 1090-5191 1.2 Metallic spool 151090-5192 1.6 15
good1234
very good excellent
To order
SAFDUAL 560 Main applications:• Earth moving equipment, shovel teeth,
caterpillar tracks, ore breaking. • Good resistance to abrasion
and to average shocks.
Performance:
HV 30 hardness of deposit all weld metal Shielding gas Max. number of layers Cat. no. Diam. (mm) Packaging Weight (kg)
600 Ar/CO2 82/18 or CO2 3 1090-5332 1.2 Metallic spool 181090-5335 1.6 18
good1234
very good excellent
To order
SAFDUAL 225 Main applications:• Hard-facing of tools and roller bearing.• Shafts and nave rebuilding.• Hard-facing of roller or rail.• Build-up before hard-facing
Performance:
HV 30 hardness of deposit all weld metal Shielding gas Max. number of layers Cat. no. Diam. (mm) Packaging Weight (kg)
250-300 Ar/CO2 82/18 no limit 1090-5151 1.2 Metallic spool 181090-5152 1.6 18
good1234
very good excellent
To order
SAFUNI RAIL Main applications:• Rebuilding of railways rails.• Deposit has a bainitic structure and is
recommended for pieces with an highcontent in carbon.
• Good resistance to shocks.
Performance:
HV 30 hardness of deposit all weld metal Shielding gas Max. number of layers Cat. no. Diam. (mm) Packaging Weight (kg)
300-350 - 3 1090-5338 1.6 Metallic spool 16
good1234
very good excellent
To order
SAFUNI MANGA Main applications:• Deposit is not magnetic. • Hammer-hardennable. • Excellent resistance to shocks.• Excellent resistance to metal/metal wearing. • Hard-facing and assembly of manganese steels.• Hard-facing of railways switches.
Performance:
HV 30 hardness of deposit all weld metal Shielding gas Max. number of layers Cat. no. Diam. (mm) Packaging Weight (kg)
600 after hammer-hardennig Ar/CO2 82/18 or CO2 3 1090-5393 1.6 Metallic spool 15
good1234
very good excellent
To order
SAFDUAL 535 Main applications:• Forging tools, earth moving equipment,
caterpillar track rollers. • Good resistance to heat up to 500 °C,
to oxidation shocks and to the wear and tear metal/metal.
Performance:
HV 30 hardness of deposit all weld metal Shielding gas Max. number of layers Cat. no. Diam. (mm) Packaging Weight (kg)
350-400 Ar/CO2 82/18 no limit Consult us 1.2 Metallic spool 18
good1234
very good excellent
To order
One side single welding on ceramic backing is supported by different arc welding processes: SMAW and GMAW (solidwire and flux cored wire).The technique of using the ceramic backing is easy to learn, even a welder that is not used to weld root passes day by dayis able to perform a high quality root pass. Excellent weldingin semi automatic applications (trolley…).
105
Ceramic backing bars
Cha
pte
r 3
1415
-082
Economical aspectsWelding with KERALINE our new range of ceramic backingenables you to build a much more efficient weld of the weldroot :• without gouging,• without grinding,• without re-welding,• without rework,• with an higher root disposition,• with a bigger root thickness permits higher welding
current for the hotpass.
The use of the ceramic backing enables you to weld withhigher Amperage. The quality of the weld will be improved :• higher penetration,• minimum risk of lack of fusion,• smooth profile of the root pass.
Ceramic on metallic support
KERALINE TM1 - 13 mm
KERALINE type TM
To orderDimensions Packaging Weight Cat. no.
Piece 24 x 6.5 x 600 mm - -
Bag 5.4 m 9 pieces 2.5 kgW 000 010 403
Carton 32.4 m 6 bags 15 kg
Pallet 1 814 m 56 cartons 860 kg
KERALINE TM2 - 18 mm To orderDimensions Packaging Weight Cat. no.
Piece 34 x 8.5 x 600 mm - -
Bag 5.4 m 9 pieces 4.5 kgW 000 010 404
Carton 21.6 m 4 bags 18 kg
Pallet 1 210 m 56 cartons 1 028 kg
106
Ceramic backing barsCeramic on Aluminium-tape
KERALINE TA1 - 6 mm
KERALINE type TA
To orderDimensions Packaging Weight Cat. no.
Piece 27 x 7.3 x 600 mm - -
Bag 6 m 10 pieces 2.16 kgW 000 010 391
Carton 36 m 6 bags 13 kg
Pallet 2 016 m 56 cartons 748 kg
KERALINE TA2 - 9 mm To orderDimensions Packaging Weight Cat. no.
Piece 27 x 7.3 x 600 mm - -
Bag 6 m 10 pieces 2.16 kgW 000 010 392
Carton 36 m 6 bags 13 kg
Pallet 2 016 m 56 cartons 748 kg
KERALINE TA3 - 13 mm To orderDimensions Packaging Weight Cat. no.
Piece 27 x 7.3 x 600 mm - -
Bag 6 m 10 pieces 2.16 kgW 000 010 393
Carton 36 m 6 bags 13 kg
Pallet 2 016 m 56 cartons 748 kg
KERALINE TF1 - 6 mm
KERALINE type TF
To orderDimensions Packaging Weight Cat. no.
Piece 27 x 7.3 x 600 mm - -
Bag 6 m 10 pieces 2.16 kgW 000 010 394
Carton 36 m 6 bags 13 kg
Pallet 2 016 m 56 cartons 748 kg
KERALINE TF2 - 9 mm To orderDimensions Packaging Weight Cat. no.
Piece 27 x 7.3 x 600 mm - -
Bag 6 m 10 pieces 2.16 kgW 000 010 395
Carton 36 m 6 bags 13 kg
Pallet 2 016 m 56 cartons 748 kg
KERALINE TF3 - 13 mm To orderDimensions Packaging Weight Cat. no.
Piece 27 x 7.3 x 600 mm - -
Bag 6 m 10 pieces 2.16 kgW 000 010 396
Carton 36 m 6 bags 13 kg
Pallet 2 016 m 56 cartons 748 kg
107
Cha
pte
r 3
Ceramic on Aluminium-tape
KERALINE type TR
KERALINE TR1 - 6 mm To orderDimensions Packaging Weight Cat. no.
Piece 6 x 6 x 600 mm - -
Bag 30 m 50 pieces 2.6 kgW 000 010 397
Carton 150 m 5 bags 13 kg
Pallet 8 400 m 56 cartons 748 kg
Ø 6
KERALINE TR2 - 7 mm To orderDimensions Packaging Weight Cat. no.
Piece 7 x 7 x 600 mm - -
Bag 30 m 50 pieces 2.8 kgW 000 010 398
Carton 150 m 5 bags 14 kg
Pallet 8 400 m 56 cartons 804 kg
Ø 7
KERALINE TR3 - 8 mm To orderDimensions Packaging Weight Cat. no.
Piece 8 x 8 x 600 mm - -
Bag 12 m 20 pieces 1.6 kgW 000 010 399
Carton 96 m 8 bags 13 kg
Pallet 5 376 m 56 cartons 748 kg
Ø 8
KERALINE TR4 - 9 mm To orderDimensions Packaging Weight Cat. no.
Piece 9 x 9 x 600 mm - -
Bag 12 m 20 pieces 1.85 kgW 000 010 400
Carton 84 m 7 bags 13 kg
Pallet 4 704 m 56 cartons 748 kg
Ø 9
KERALINE TR5 - 12 mm To orderDimensions Packaging Weight Cat. no.
Piece 12 x 12 x 600 mm - -
Bag 12 m 20 pieces 2.6 kgW 000 010 401
Carton 60 m 5 bags 13 kg
Pallet 3 360 m 56 cartons 748 kg
Ø 12
KERALINE TR6 - 15 mm To orderDimensions Packaging Weight Cat. no.
Piece 15 x 15 x 600 mm - -
Bag 9 m 15 pieces 3.2 kgW 000 010 402
Carton 45 m 5 bags 16 kg
Pallet 2 520 m 56 cartons 916 kg
Ø 15
2063
-004
109
Chapter 4Plasma cutting
A complete range of heavy duty plasma cutters from the specialist of plasma process. The worldwide recognized ZIPrange is the solution for all the on-site applications with a set ofmachine simple, robust and ready to use. The inverter microprocessor controlled units provide the cut quality thanks toSAF patented consumables.
110
Plasma cutting
2004
-034
5
2003
-089
Power supply Primary consumption Air pressure Duty cycle Dimensions Net ProtectionSAXOZIP (I max) and flowrate 10 min. cycle (at 40 °C) ( l x w x h ) weight index
230 V 50-60 Hz 16 A built-in compessor 20 A at 50% 420 x 175 x 300 mm 12 kg IP 23single-phase
SAXOZIP with Z 0.5 torch and wear parts
The portable solution with built-in compressor for manual plasma cutting6 decisive advantages:• Built-in air compressor.• Cut up to 8 mm (severance cut on carbon steel).• Light weight: 12 kg.
• Primary consumption < 16 A.• Digital display of the parameters.• High operator safety thanks to the new Z torch.
To order• Add-ons:- 1 cutting compass,
Cat. no. 0408-9075,- NERTAZIP goggles
Cat. no. 0408-1059,- NERTAZIP gloves T9
Cat. no. 0007-0069,- NERTAZIP gloves T10
Cat. no. 0007-0070.
1
2
3
4
Drag cutting
2004
-685
Z 0.5 torch for drag cutting Maximum current at 60%: 20 ASupplied ready to use fitted with:• FL electrode• L 0.65 nozzle• Z2 TN Skirt• Mixt wrenchPlasma gas: air
Cutting capacity:
• Severance cut: 8 mm
• Genuine cut: 4 mm
Wear parts for Z 0.5 torch
To order• Air-cooled 4 m torch:- Z 0.5 Cat. no. 0408-9303• Wear parts:
Torch body Cat. no. 0408-9312FL electrode Cat. no. 0408-9223L 0.65 nozzle Cat. no. W 000 050 045Z2 TN skirt Cat. no. 0408-9272Wrench Cat. no. 0408-92405
4
3
2
1
To order• Installation ready to use
including:- 1 SAXOZIP,- 1 Z 0.5 cutting torch,- 1 earth cable with a clamp,- 1 set of wear parts,
Cat. no. 0408-2610
2003
-563
+
Power Cutting capacity Cutting current Number of Adapted Weight Productsupply Quality Separation setting positions torch kg name
20 40 60 80 100 120 140 (range)
single-phase 4 mm 8 mm ∝ Z 0.5 12 SAXOZIP single-phase 8 mm 12 mm ∝ Z 1.0 8 PRESTOZIP 1.0 three-phase 20 mm 25 mm ∝ Z 1.0 29 PRESTOZIP 2.0three-phase 20 mm 25 mm 2 CP 40 R 85 ZIP 2.0three-phase 35 mm 40 mm 4 CP 100 R / CP 40 R 147 ZIP 4.0three-phase 40 mm 50 mm 5 Z 5.0 260 ZIP 5.0
Choice criteria
111
Cha
pte
r 4
PRESTOZIP Power supply Primary consumption Air pressure Duty cycle Dimensions Net Protection1.0 (I max) and flowrate 10 min. cycle (at 40 °C) ( l x w x h ) weight index
230 V 50-60 Hz 23 A 5.5 bars 25 A at 60%415 x 170 x 310 mm 8 kg IP 23single-phase 120 l/min. 30 A at 35%
Legend:
I mini I maxi� �
5
2003
-089
PRESTOZIP 1.0 with Z 1.0 torch and wear parts
The high-tech portable solution for manual plasma cutting4 decisive advantages:• Compact and light (8 kg).• Severance cut up to 12 mm (carbon steel).
• Digital display of the parameters.• More safety thanks to the new Z torch.
To order• Add-ons:- 1 cutting compass,
Cat. no. 0408-9075,- NERTAZIP goggles
Cat. no. 0408-1059,- NERTAZIP gloves T9
Cat. no. 0007-0069,- NERTAZIP gloves T10
Cat. no. 0007-0070.
1
2
3
4
Drag cutting
2004
-685
Z 1.0 torch for drag cutting Maximum current at 60%: 30 ASupplied ready to use fitted with:• FL electrode• L 1.0 nozzle• Z2 TN Skirt• Mixt wrenchPlasma gas: air
Cutting capacity:
• Severance cut: 12 mm
• Genuine cut: 8 mm
Wear parts for Z 1.0 torch
To order• Air-cooled 5 m torch:- Z 1.0 Cat. no. 0408-9297• Wear parts:
Torch body Cat. no. 0408-9286FL electrode Cat. no. 0408-9223FL 0.8 nozzle (0.5 mm to 6 mm)Cat. no. 0408-9217 L 1.0 nozzle (6 mm to 12 mm)Cat. no. 0408-9213Z2 TN skirt Cat. no. 0408-9272Wrench Cat. no. 0408-9240 5
4
3
2
1
To order• Installation ready to use
including:- 1 PRESTOZIP 1.0,- 1 Z 1.0 cutting torch,- 1 earth cable with a clamp,- 1 set of wear parts,
Cat. no. 0408-2672
2003
-309
+
2001
-109
112
Plasma cutting
1
2
3
4
9
10
6
7
8
Drag cutting Distance cutting
2004
-690
2004
-691
11
PRESTOZIP Power supply Primary consumption Air pressure Duty cycle Dimensions Net Protection2.0 (I max) and flowrate 10 min. cycle (at 40 °C) ( l x w x h ) weight index
400 V 50/60 Hz 21.9 A 5.5 bars 55 A at 60% 640 x 260 x 410 mm 29 kg IP 23±10% three-phase 180 l/min. 45 A at 100%
PRESTOZIP 2.0 with Z 1.0 torch and wear partsThe quality and reliability5 decisive advantages:• Unequalled quality cut on 20 mm thickness.• Powerful - maximum cut up to 30 mm (carbon steel).• Digital display of the parameters.• 3 cutting modes.• Compact.
To order• Add-ons:- 1 cutting compass,
Cat. no. 0408-9075,- NERTAZIP goggles
Cat. no. 0408-1059,- NERTAZIP gloves T9
Cat. no. 0007-0069,- NERTAZIP gloves T10
Cat. no. 0007-0070.
Z 1.0 torch for drag cutting Maximum current at 60%: 65 ASupplied ready to use fitted with:• FL electrode• L 1.2 nozzle• Z2 TI Skirt• Mixt wrenchPlasma gas: air
Cutting capacity:
• Severance cut: 25 mm
• Genuine cut: 20 mm
Wear parts for Z 1.0 torch
To order• Wear parts for distance cutting:
FL electrode Cat. no. 0408-9223L 1.0 nozzle Cat. no. 0408-92131 mm to 5 mmL 1.2 nozzle Cat. no. 0408-92145 mm to 30 mm (severance cut)Z2TI skirt Cat. no. W 000 050 052
orC electrode Cat. no. 0408-9224C 1.0 nozzle Cat. no. 0408-92191 mm to 5 mmL 1.2 nozzle Cat. no. 0408-92205 mm to 30 mm (severance cut)Z2 TN skirt Cat. no. 0408-9272Skate Cat. no. 0408-205311
4
10
10
9
8
7
7
6
To order• Installation ready to use
including:- 1 PRESTOZIP 2.0,- 1 Z 1.0 cutting torch,- 1 earth cable with a clamp,- 1 set of wear parts,
Cat. no. 0408-2660
To order• Air-cooled 5 m torch:- Z 1.0 Cat. no. 0408-9270• Air-cooled 12 m torch:- Z 1.0 Cat. no. 0408-9271
• Wear parts:Torch body Cat. no. 0408-9286Wrench Cat. no. 0408-9240
• Wear parts for drag cutting:FL electrode Cat. no. 0408-9223L 1.0 nozzle Cat. no. 0408-92130.5 mm to 4 mmL 1.2 nozzle Cat. no. 0408-92144 mm to 8 mmYL 1.2 nozzle Cat. no. 0408-9218 1 mm to 4 mm (40 A) cutting in angle nozzleZ2TN skirt Cat. no. 0408-92724
3
3
3
2
5
1
2003
-154
+
5
2003
-089
1
2
3
4
8
9
56
Distance cutting
CP 40 R torch Maximum current at 60%: 65 ASupplied ready to use fitted with:• C Hafnium electrode• M D1.2 nozzle• TN Skirt• Skate• Mixt wrenchPlasma gas: air
Wear parts for CP 40 R torch
To order• Wear parts:
Torch body Cat. no. 0408-2056Wrench Cat. no. 0408-9240
• Wear parts for distance cutting:Immersion tube Cat. no. 0408-2381C Hafnium electrode Cat. no. 0408-2404M D1.0 nozzle Cat. no. 0408-22611 to 8 mmM D 1.2 nozzle Cat. no. 0408-22628 to 25 mm (severance cut)TN Skirt Cat. no. 0408 2267+ Skate Cat. no. 0408-2053
orTI 40 skirt Cat. no. 0408-2268
• Wear parts for drag cuttingwith conical nozzle:L Hafnium electrode Cat. no. 0408-9122L conical nozzle Cat. no. 0408-9123TN skirt Cat. no. 0408-22675
9
8
6
5
4
4
3
2
7
1
To order• Installation ready to use
including:- 1 ZIP 2.0 three-phase
230/400 V 50 Hz,- 1 cutting torch length 6 m,
Cat. no. 0408-2926
or- 1 ZIP 2.0 three-phase
220/380 V 50 Hz,- 1 cutting torch length 6 m,
Cat. no. 0408-2934.
To order• Air-cooled 6 m torch:- CP 40 R Cat. no. 0408-2050• Air-cooled 10 m torch:- CP 40 R Cat. no. 0408-2252• Air-cooled 15 m torch:- CP 40 R Cat. no. 0408-2253
2001
-080
+
5
2003
-089
1909
-001
ZIP 2.0 Power supply Primary consumption Air pressure Duty cycle Dimensions Net Protection(I max) and flowrate 10 min. cycle (at 40 °C) ( l x w x h ) weight index
230 / 400 V 50 Hz 35.5 A (230 V)
220 / 380 V 50 Hz20.5 A (400 V) 5.5 bars 60 A at 40% 615 x 530 x 885 mm 85 kg IP 23
three-phase 37 A (220 V) 130 l/min. 30 A at 100%21.4 A (380 V)
ZIP 2.0 with CP 40 R torch and wear partsWork of high quality and large precision.7 decisive advantages:• On wheels installation, • Universal cutting installation of all metals,• Very fast quality cutting up to 25 mm,• 2 ranges of power setting, • Delivered complete with torch maintenance kit,• Torch wear parts optimisation device,
• Simple and multi-use. The ideal tool for cuttingfrom 0.5 to 20 mm.
Cutting capacity:
• Severance cut: 25 mm
• Genuine cut: 20 mm
Cha
pte
r 4
113
1
2
3
4
8
9
56
Distance cutting
114
Plasma cutting
ZIP 4.0 Power supply Primary consumption Air pressure Duty cycle Dimensions Net Protection(I max) and flowrate 10 min. cycle (at 40 °C) ( l x w x h ) weight index
230 / 400 / 415 V 50 Hz 35 A 5.5 bars 35 A at 100%220 / 380 V 50 Hz 78.7 A (220 V) 170 l/min. 69 A at 55% 615 x 530 x 1 165 mm 147 kg IP 23
three-phase 45.6 A (380 V) 100 A at 25%
ZIP 4.0 with CP 100 R torch and wear partsWork of high quality and large precision5 decisive advantages:• On wheels installation, • More power to cut large thicknesses,• Delivered complete with torch maintenance kit,• Torch wear parts optimisation device,• Simple and multi-use. The ideal tool for cutting from 0.5 to 30 mm.
4 ranges of power setting for ZIP 4.0:- range 1: 0.5 to 15 mm- range 2: 3 to 25 mm- range 3: 8 to 35 mm- range 3: 8 to 40 mm
CP 100 R torch Maximum current at 40%: 125 ASupplied ready to use fitted with:• C Hafnium electrode• M D1.6 nozzle• TI 100 Skirt • Mixt wrenchPlasma gas: air
Cutting capacity:
• Severance cut: 40 mm
• Genuine cut: 35 mm
Wear parts for CP 100 R torch
• Wear parts:Torch body Cat. no. 0408-2056Wrench Cat. no. 0408-9240
• Wear parts for distance cutting:Immersion tube Cat. no. 0408-2381 C Hafnium electrode Cat. no. 0408-2404M D1.0 nozzle Cat. no. 0408-22611 to 8 mmM D 1.2 nozzle Cat. no. 0408-22628 to 25 mm (severance cut)MD 1.6 nozzle 25 to 40 mmCat. no. 0408-2385TN Skirt Cat. no. 0408 2267+ Skate Cat. no. 0408-2053
orTI 40 skirt Cat. no. 0408-2268TI 100 skirt Cat. no. 0408-2405
• Wear parts for drag cutting with conical nozzle:L Hafnium electrode Cat. no. 0408-9122L conical nozzle Cat. no. 0408-9123TN skirt Cat. no. 0408-22675
9
8
6
6
5
4
4
4
3
2
7
1
To order• Installation ready to use
including:- 1 ZIP 4.0 (220/400/415 V) - 1 cutting torch length 6 m,
Cat. no. 0408-2945.
or- 1 ZIP 4.0 (220/380 V) - 1 cutting torch length 6 m
Cat. no. W 000 050 271.
To order• Air-cooled 6 m torch:- CP 100 R Cat. no. 0408-2375• Air-cooled 15 m torch:- CP 100 R Cat. no. 0408-2407
2002
-511
7
2003
-089
+
1
2
3 4
5
2
9
1112
610
2001
-046
Distance cutting
1909
-002
115
Cha
pte
r 4
To order• Water-cooled 6 m torch:- Z 5.0 Cat. no.0408-9258• Water-cooled 15 m torch:- Z 5.0 Cat. no. 0408-9260
ZIP 5.0 Power supply Primary consumption Air pressure Duty cycle Dimensions Net Protection(I max) and flowrate 10 min. cycle (at 40 °C) ( l x w x h ) weight index
230 / 400 / 415 / 440 V 109 A (230 V) 6 bars 150 - 180 A at 100%50-60 Hz 60 A (415 V) 170 l/min. 150 - 230 V at 90% 1 170 x 710 x 1 200 mm 260 kg IP 23
three-phase
ZIP 5.0 with Z 5.0 torch and wear partsWork of high quality and large precision with contact cutting7 decisive advantages:• multi-voltage three-phase,• intensive work,• 100% duty cycle,• well suited for stainless steels
and light alloys with Ar/H2 up to 50 mm,
• plasma gouging,• assistance gas use possible to improve quality cutting
in large thickness,• manual or automatic applications.
Z 5.0 torch for drag cutting Maximum current at 100%: 150 ASupplied ready to use fitted with:• Hafnium electrode• 1.8 nozzle• P Skirt• Electrode KeyPlasma gas: air, Nitrogen, Ar/H2
Cutting capacity:
• Severance cut: 50 mm
• Genuine cut: 40 mm
Wear parts for Z 5.0 torch
• Wear parts:Torch body Cat. no. 0408-9203Electrode key Cat. no. 0409-1203Wrench Cat. no. 0408-9240
• Wear parts for distance cutting:Plunger tube Cat. no. 0409-1202 Argon Hydrogen electrode Cat. no. 0409-1206Air Compressed electrodeCat. no. 0409-1204Nozzle Diam 1.0 40 A Cat. no. 0408-1210Nozzle Diam 1.0 60 A Cat. no. 0409-1212Nozzle Diam 1.6 100 ACat. no. 0409-1216Nozzle Diam 1.8 150 ACat. no. 0409-1218P flat Skirt Cat. no. 0408-9178
• Wear parts for gouging (air, N2, Ar/Ar2):
Gouging nozzle Cat. no. 0408-9186C Conical skirt Cat. no. 0408-9179Nitrogen electrode Cat. no. 0409-1205Argon Hydrogen electrode Cat. no. 0409-1206
12
11
10
9
6
5
5
5
5
4
3
2
8
7
1
To order- 1 ZIP 5.0 three-phase 50/60 Hz,
Cat. no. 0408-2950.• Installations ready to use:- Installation pack air:
ZIP 5.0 with torch length 6 m,Cat. no. 0408-2955.
- Installation pack Ar/H2 and N2:ZIP 5.0 with torch length 6 m,Cat. no. 0408-2956.
+
2001
-089
Wrench
2001
-046
Electrode
Plungertube
78
2063
-005
Chapter 5Gas welding & cutting
117
Gas welding & cutting
2001
-096
3551
-033
1877
-052
BrazingThrough the heating action
of a torch flame, filler metal
(solder) is drawn into the annular
space of the joint.
This phenomenon results
from solder molecules being
attracted to the molecules
of the base metal in the parts
to be assembled.
Braze weldingBraze welding is used
to assemble two parts made
of the same or dissimilar types
of base metal, without melting
the base metal, using a filler metal
with a melting temperature
that is lower than that
of melting the base metals.
This is a gradual welding
operation where the filler metal
moves as welding progresses.
The technique is used to
assemble steel, galvanised steel,
copper, copper alloys
and to repair cast iron.
WeldingWelding consists of an assembly
operation in which the base metal
of the parts to assemble is heated
to coalescence to form the joint.
Depending on the thickness,
welding can be achieved
under conditions that may
or may not be welding
conditions, strictly speaking:
the hottest flame (3 150 °C),
the easiest to adjust,
the strongest per unit of area,
the most oxide-reducing,
can cause inclusions.
Choice of flame• Using a neutral flame (equal mixture of oxygen
and acetylene) is often preferable, especially when
assembling metals that oxidise easily at high
temperatures.
• Due to its chemical and thermal characteristics,
the oxy-acetylene flame offers the best compromise
between flexibility and performance.
• To achieve very high-quality brazing or braze welding,
depending on the flame adjustment, the flame can
easily be neutral.
• An oxy-propane or air-propane flame cannot be used
to obtain a reduction flame. It can be used only for
soft soldering.
Flame adjustment• For braze welding, only an oxy-acetylene flame
can be used. The flame should be adjusted so that
there is slightly more oxygen for bronze, brass
and galvanised steel.
• For others the flame should be neutral.
Heat source
Heat source
Solder running towards heat sourcer
Solder penetrated to end of inner tube
Copper
Oxy-acetylene flame
Primary flame
Reduction zone 3 100 °CCalorific value:• Oxy-propane flame = 2 830 °C• Air-propane flame = 1 950 °C
Streamer flame
Steel Steel Steel
SteelBROX
118
1 – Pressure regulatorMaintenance
A - Check threads to ensure
they are leaktight*.
B - Check pressure gauges.
C - Turn adjustment knob after
opening gas valve
and check that pressure rises
gradually.
Golden rules
• Never lubricate.
• SYMAP** recommends replacing pressure regulators
after no more than five years of service even
if they are still operating correctly.
2 - HosesMaintenance
Inspect the entire length of the
hose by bending it to make sure
it is in good condition. Check
for splits, cracking and swelling.
Golden rules
SYMAP** recommends replacing hoses after three years
of intensive use, otherwise once every five years..
3 – Quick-action couplingsMaintenance
D - Check that coupling
are securely fastened.
E - Check leaktightness*
in use at service pressure,
first with coupler secured,
then disconnected.
Golden rules
Always replace if an incident has occurred (crushing, damage)
or in case of malfunctioning (leak, pressure loss).
4 – FlashbackarrestorsThese are vital safety parts as
they prevent flame flashback
and gas mixture if the torch
malfunctions.
They must be placed as closely
as possible to the torch or be
built onto the handle.
Golden rules
• Always replace if flashback
or damage has occurred.
• SYMAP** recommends replacing flashback arrestors
after no more than three years of service, even if they are still
in good condition.
5 - TorchMaintenance
F - Check inlet connectors.
G - Check valves to ensure
they are leaktight*.
H - Check that nozzle or cutting
tip is in good condition
and check for any leakage.
Golden rules
SYMAP** recommends replacing
the torch after no more than five
years of service, even if it is still operating correctly.
ACETYLENE
bar
20
10 30
0
40
1ACETYLENE
bar
0,5
1,5
2
0 2,5
bar
20
10 30
0 40
ACETYLENE
bar
0,5
1 1,5
2
0 2,5
ACETYLENE
PYROSAF 400PYROSAF 400
Additional recommendations:• Secure the gas cylinders before use either at the workstation or on a suitable trolley.• Use appropriate personal safety equipment: goggles, gloves, apron.
Torch end
Gas flows through sintered filter Spring Valve open
1 - NORMAL OPERATIONGas flow opens valve
NORMAL DIRECTION OF GAS FLOW
Regulator end
Torch end
Sintered filter (flame arrestor) Valve closed(non-return action)
Spring
2 - TO PREVENT FLASHBACKShock wave closes valve Sintered filter stops flame
NORMAL DIRECTION OF GAS FLOW
Regulator end
A
C
A
B
F
H
G
1
2
3
4
5
* To check leaktightness, use our “BUBBLE” leak detector, Cat. no. W 000 010 963.
** SYMAP: Syndicat de la machine-outil du soudage (french association of welding companies)
D
E
Cha
pte
r 5
119
2004
-823
1794
-005
2004
-821
0327
-066
To orderFlowrate l/h nozzle kit
40** 7264-200863** 7264-2009
100** 7264-2010160** 7264-2011250** 7264-2012315** 7264-2013400** 7264-2014
100*** 7264-3057160*** 7264-3058250*** 7264-3059315*** 7264-3060400*** 7264-3061
To order
120
Designation
1 - VARIAL 00
For VARIAL 00 (acetylene*)
7214-160010to140
1Fixed hose tail Ø 6 mm
For all fine works:goldsmithing, dentaltechnics, modelmaking.
Integrated Flash back Arrestors
* tips for other gases available: consult us
2 - VARIAL 400 7264-340040to400
0.25 to 5M 12 x 100+ hose tail Ø 6 mm For all works
concerning welding, brazing and braze welding: car bodyworksrepair, boilermaking, maintenanceshops, plumbing...
3 - SPEEDFIRE S 7500-005063to400
0.5 to 4 Hose tailØ 6 mm
4 - PYROSAF 400 C 7264-3002
40to400
0.25 to 5 Hose tail Ø 6 mm
5 - PYROSAF 1000 C 7265-3001
250to1 000
2 to 12 Hose tail Ø 10 mm Boiler making,
ship construction,pipe works(heavy industry)...6 - PYROSAF
1000 B 7265-3000250to1 000
2 to 12M 16 x 150+ hose tail Ø 10 mm
Including set of tips and star
Flowratel/h
Weldingthickness mm
Inlet coupling
Applications
Innovation: SPEEDFIRE the SAF way
Welding blowpipes
Tips and nozzles for welding blowpipes
0111
-014
1237
-001
0111
-012
2001
-022
1794
-005
0327
-003
0327
-013
Nozzle
0111
-014
For PYROSAF 1000 C, PYROSAF 1000 B (acetylene*)
0327
-020
Star 250 to 1 000 l/hStar
40 to 400 l/h
0111
-012
0111
-012
For VARIAL 400, SPEEDFIRE S,PYROSAF 400 C (acetylene*)
NutM 12 x 125 R for deformable
nozzle.Cat. no.
7264-3055
1
2
3
4
5
6
Gas welding & cutting
To orderFlowrate l/h nozzle kit
250 7268-2013315 7268-2014400 7268-2015500 7268-2016630 7268-2017
1000 7268-2019
7268-2012kit AD 7 tips+ star
To orderFlowrate l/h nozzle kit
10 7214-201116 7214-201225 7214-201340 7214-201463 7214-2015
100 7214-2016140 7214-2017
7214-2018kit AD 6 tipsof 10 to 100 l/h)+ star
7268-2000kit AD 7 tips+ star
NozzleStar 10 to 100 l/h
• Easy to use, saving both gas and time. SPEEDFIRE enables you to achieve the correct settings immediately before turning on the gas by the use of setting ranges and indexes.
• No risk of burning, simple action, time saved.SPEEDFIRE both gases are turned on and ignited using only one control and one-handed operation.
• Time and gas savings.SPEEDFIRE has different controls for adjustment and igniting/extinguishing. The operator’s settings are retained and can be used again when the torch is next ignited.
Note that the SPEEDFIRE torch offers the expert user the same setting facilities as a traditional torch.
• Increased safety.SPEEDFIRE both gases can be tumed off instantly and smoothly using only one control and one-handled operation.
Deformablenozzle***Nozzle**
0327
-014
0327
-017
2001
-465
FBA
FBA
FBA
FBA
To order
To order To order
To order
121
Cha
pte
r 5
SPEEDFIRE ® Swelding blowpipe
SPEEDFIRE ® Ccutting torch
SPEEDFIRE ® Hheating torch
Designation
1 - PYROCOPT0 0679-2020 1.5 to 50M 12 x 100+ hose tail Ø 6 mm
Cutting of finesheet, plumbing,small works...
2 - PYROCOPT G17608-00017622-00017623-0001
3 to 300M 16 x 150+ hose tail Ø 10 mm
Worksites.
Maintenance,shops,boiler making,general steel construction.
3 - ALCOPT G1
4 - ALCOPT G1 C
7800-0001 3 to 300M 16 x 150+ hose tail Ø 10 mm
5 - SPEEDFIRECAcetylene
5 - SPEEDFIRECPropane
7800-00027800-0007 3 to 300
FBA withhose tailØ 10 mm
7500-00207500-0021
3 to 300FBA withhose tailØ 10 mm
7500-00237500-0025
Cuttingcapacitymm
100°
90°120°180°
90°
90°120°
G1 90°IC 90°
G1 90°IC 90°
Angle Coupling
360
550
450
450
500
Lengthmm
Applications
0327
-030
0111
-041
0111
-001
1202
-034
0111
-015
2001
-340
For PYROCOPT 0
Gauge Cuttingin mm thickness
in mmAcetylene0679-2005 5/10 1.5-100679-2006 10/10 5-250679-2018 15/10 25-50
Cutting nozzles for manual cutting torchesFor PYROCOPT G1, ALCOPT G1, ALCOPT G1 C and SPEEDFIRE C
Acetylene Tetrene Acetylene Tetrene7018-1688 7018-1628 7/10 3-10 7018-1590 7018-16077018-1689 7018-1629 10/10 10-25 7018-1591 7018-16087018-1690 7018-1630 12/10 25-50 7018-1592 7018-16097018-1691 7018-1631 16/10 50-80 7018-1593 7018-16107018-1692 7018-1632 20/10 80-120 7018-1594 7018-16117018-1693 7018-1633 25/10 120-200 7018-1595 7018-16127018-1694 7018-1634 30/10 200-300 7018-1596 7018-1613Propane Natural gas Propane 7018-1621 7018-1635 7/10 3-10 7018-1600 -7018-1622 7018-1636 10/10 10-25 7018-1601 -7018-1623 7018-1637 12/10 25-50 7018-1602 -7018-1624 7018-1638 16/10 50-80 7018-1603 -7018-1625 7018-1639 20/10 80-120 7018-1604 -7018-1626 7018-1640 25/10 120-200 7018-1605 -7018-1627 7018-1641 30/10 200-300 7018-1606 -
0327
-033
0327
-031
Manual cutting torches
1
2
3
4
5
Gaugein mm
Cuttingthicknessin mm
IC nozzlesG1 nozzles
Simplicity, safety, productivity.
3 decisive advantages:• preadjusted flowrates,• immediate ignition and extinction,• memory adjustment.
0327
-039
Integrated Flash back Arrestors
FBA
FBA
FBA
FBA
To order
To order
To order
To order
Designation
1 - VARIALG2 7270-0024 1 200to3 000
M 16 x 150+ hose tailsØ 10 mm
Brazing of large workpieces, highly localised heating,shaping.
2 - SPEEDFIRE H 7500-00301 500to6 200
M 16 x 150+ hose tailsØ 10 mm
Heat shrink, heattreatment, descaling,preheating and shaping.
Flowratel/h
AcetyleneorPropaneTetrene
Propane
Gas Inletcoupling
650
1 050
Length mm Applications
Heating torches
0111
-036
0327
-053
0968-7200
0968-716017 NF-F
0968-7201
0968-71611.2 NF-H
Flowrate in Nm3/h
1-standard
1-standard
2-withprotection
2-withprotection
Type
Oxygen
Acetylene
Gas
200
25
Cylinder Max outletpressure
in bar
10
1.5
Inletconnection
M 16 x 150 R+ hose tails Ø 6 mm
M 16 x 150 L+ hose tails Ø 6 mm
Outletconnection
Pressure regulatorsOXYJUNIOR regulator with membrane, light weight, ideal for portable cylinders type OXYFLAM, ROLLERFLAM.(conform to ISO EN 2503)
Designation Gas Flowrate Threadin l/h
1- Tips forSingle flame Propane
0679-0039 1 200VARIAL G2
Tetrene 0679-0040 1 5000679-0041 1 800
Female Propane 0653-0152 3 500 M 14 x 150
Multiflame7383-0011 1 250
Acetylene 7383-0012 2 0007383-0013 3 150
Tips for heating torches
0327
-054
0327
-024
0327
-027
Designation Gas Flowrate Threadin l/h
2- Tips for 7501-0012 1 500 toSPEEDFIRE H 2 700
Propane 7501-0013 2 000 to Female4 500 1/2 x 25
7501-0014 3 000 to UNS6 200
2000
-336
0111
-018
0111
-011
Gas welding & cutting
2
1
1
2
1
201
09-0
22
Standard
With protection
Pressure in bar
Cylinder Outlet
122
To order
To order
To order
123
Cha
pte
r 5
0964-10040964-1000
1540 NF-F
0964-10010964-1005
0964-1051
0964-10600964-1061
0964-10700964-1071
0964-1030
0964-1040
6
40
1540
45120
10
10
NF-HNF-A (stirup)
NF-B
NF-C
NF-E
NF-E
NF-H
Flow-rateNm3/h
1 - Oxygen
1 - Acetylene
1 -Compressedair
1 -Neutral gas
1 - Hydrogen
2 - Propane
2 - Tetrene
Gas
200
25
200
200
200
25
25
410
1.5
10
410
410
4
4
Inlet connection
M 16 x 150 R+ hose tails Ø 10 mm
M 16 x 150 L+ hose tails Ø 10 mm
M 16 x 150 R+ hose tails Ø 10 mm
M 16 x 150 R+ hose tails Ø 10 mm
M 16 x 150 L+ hose tails Ø 10 mm
M 16 x 150 L+ hose tails Ø 10 mm
M 16 x 150 L+ hose tails Ø 10 mm
Outlet connection
EUROSAF regulator B 20 and B 50 for cylindersFor industrial applications with B 20 and B 50 cylinders. Integrated and non accessible valve. State of origin is guaranteed by asealing sticking label. End of piston stroke limits the adjusting range. Pressure regulator adjusting knob which cannot beremoved. Security pressure gauges (in case of overload there won’t be any ejected parts).
2962-18522962-1802
1540 NF-F
2982-16012982-1602
2962-1604
6
6
NF-HNF-A (stirup)
NF-E
Flow-rateNm3/h
Oxygen
Acetylene
Propane
Gas
200
25
25
410
1.5
1.5
Inlet connection
M 16 x 150 R+ hose tails Ø 10 mm
M 16 x 150 L+ hose tails Ø 10 mm
M 16 x 150 L+ hose tails Ø 10 mm
Outlet connection
1877
-014
0327
-066
Armoured regulator for B 20 and B 50 cylindersMANOBLOC 3: especially manufactured for worksite application. Ruggedness due to anti-shock protection.End of piston stroke limits the adjustment range. Adjusting knob which cannot be removed. Security valve.
EUROSAF B conform ISO EN 2503: recommended for worksite applications. Ruggedness due to anti-shock protection. End of piston stroke limits the adjustment range. State of origin is guaranteed by a sealing sticking label. Adjusting knob which cannot be removed. Integrated security valve not accessible.
0965-10040965-1000
1540 NF-F
0965-1001
0965-1030
0965-1061
6
10
40
NF-H
NF-E
NF-C
Flow-rateNm3/h
Oxygen
Acetylene
Propane
Neutral gas
Gas
200
25
25
200
410
1.5
4
10
Inlet connection
M 16 x 150 R+ hose tails Ø 10 mm
M 16 x 150 L+ hose tails Ø 10 mm
M 16 x 150 L+ hose tails Ø 10 mm
M 16 x 150 R+ hose tails Ø 10 mm
Outlet connection
1160
-067
0876
-040
1
2
Pressure in bar
Cylinder Outlet
Pressure in bar
Cylinder Outlet
Pressure in bar
Cylinder Outlet
To order
To order
124
0964-1081
0964-1080
40 (MIG)
25 (TIG)
NF-C
2962-1851 30
Outletconnec-tion
1- EUROSAFConform to ISO EN 2503
1- EUROSAF BConform to ISO EN 2503
3- MANOBLOC 3
Designation
200
Flowrateinl/min
M 12 x
100 R
Inletconnec-tion
Pressure regulator withpiston for applicationswith B 20 and B 50cylinders. Integratedand non accessiblevalve.
Ruggedness due toanti-shock protection.End of piston strokelimits the adjustmentrange. State of origin.Adjusting knob which cannot beremoved.Security valve
Ruggedness due toanti-shock protection.End of piston strokelimits the adjustmentrange. Adjusting knob State of origin is guaranteed by a security stamp andan inviolable ring.
Characteristics
0964-1081
0964-1080
40 (MIG)
25 (TIG)
Pressure regulator / manoflowmeter (continuous adjustment)
Recommended for the regulation and adjustment of the gasflow, argon and mixtures,especially for the MIG and TIG applications.
0876
-050
2565
-049
0876
-046
0961-1015
0961-1025
15 (TIG)
25 (MIG)
M 17 gas
to bebrazed on pipe 8 x 10
NF-C
0998-0001
0965-1080
0965-1081
2962-1851
-
15 (TIG)and
25 (MIG)
25 (MIG)
15 (TIG)
Flowrateinl/min
4- QUICKFLOW
5- Support Valve
6- QUICKFLOW D
7- DoubleQUICKFLOW 15-25
Designation
3
200
Cylinderpressurein bar
Inletconnec-tion
M 12 x100
F 17 gas
M 12 x100
Outletconnec-tion
Flow regulator for pipe network. To be mounted on support valve.
Flow regulator for pipe network.Support valve for the above connectionof QUICKFLOW.
Cylinder pressureregulator withmanoflowmeter.
Cylinder pressureregulator withmanoflowmeter withtwo outlet connections
Characteristics
QUICKFLOW pressure regulator / flowmeter (preadjusted settings)Precise, simple and easy adjustment of welding shielding gas flowrate for MIG-MAG and TIG.• For TIG welding, adjustment: 0 / 3 / 5 / 7 / 9 / 12 and 15 l/min • For MIG welding, adjustment: 0 / 12 / 15 / 18 / 20 / 22 and 25 l/min
2002
-475
2002
-013
2002
-476
Gas welding & cutting
1
2
3
4
6
7
5
Cylinderpressure in bar
To order
To order
125
Cha
pte
r 5
0450-3000
0450-2050
0450-2090
0450-0098
1- Welding set 0
2- Welding set 0 Compact / OXYJUNIOR
3- Welding set 0 Compact / EUROSAF
4- TIPTOP Welding set 0 Compact
Designation
• 1 OXYJUNIOR 5 acetylene and oxygen pressure regulator,• 1 VARIAL 400 welding blowpipe,• 5 m acetylene and oxygen hose Ø 6.3 mm,• 1 acetylene and oxygen SECURTOP flash back arrester,• 4 clips Ø 6 mm and goggles shade 5.
• 1 EUROSAF acetylene and oxygen pressure regulator,• 1 PYROSAF400 COMPACT welding blowpipe
with built-in flash back arrestor,• 5 m acetylene and oxygen hose Ø 6.3 mm,• 1 hose coupling Ø 6 mm - 16 x 150 R,• 1 hose coupling - 16 x 150 L, • 1 goggles shade 5.
• 1 PYROSAF 400 COMPACT welding blowpipe with built-in flash back arrestor,
• 5 m acetylene and oxygen hose Ø 6.3 mm,• 1 goggles shade 5.
Composition
Sets
SAF manual flame sets are supplied fully assembled. You simply connect them up by fastening screw-type connectors or quick-action couplings.
0111
-022
0111
-023
3551
-043
ALTOP/MINITOP
cylinder
industrial
cylinder
Smallcylinder
Smallcylinder
0111
-023
0608
-004
0451-0009
0451-0010
0451-0003
0451-0012
0451-0013
0704-0520
0704-0550
0704-0508
0704-0509
5- OXYFLAM prodige rack
6- EquippedOXYFLAM prodige rack
7- OXYFLAM trolley
8- ROLLERFLAMtrolley
EquippedROLLERFLAMtrolley
9- B 20 trolley
10- B 50 trolley
11- B 50 Safety trolley
Designation
• trolley,• oxygen cylinder (1 m3),• acetylene cylinder (0.8 m3).
• welding set 0 - Cat. no. 0450-3000,• OXYFLAM prodige trolley - Cat. no. 0451-0009.
-
• trolley,• oxygen cylinder (2.3 m3),• acetylene cylinder (1.6 m3).
• welding set COMPACT 0 - Cat. no. 0450-2050,• ROLLERFLAM trolley - Cat. no. 0451-0012.
• trolley for oxygen cylinder (4 ou 3 m3) andfor acetylene cylinder (2 or 3 m3 ).
• trolley for oxygen cylinder (10 m3),• trolley, for acetylene cylinder (4 or 6 m3).
• trolley for oxygen/acetylene cylinder,
• trolley for oxy/propane cylinder.
Composition
Trolleys for gas cylinders
2002
-354
2002
-353
0264
-052
2002
-350
2002
-355
2002
-359
1
2
3
4
56
7
10
8
11
9
2002
-363
• 1 OXYJUNIOR 5 acetylene and oxygen pressure regulator with protection,
• 1 PYROSAF 400 COMPact welding blowpipe with built-in flash back arrestor,
• 5 m acetylene and oxygen hose Ø 6.3 mm, • 4 clips Ø 6 mm and goggles shade 5.
Patented model
with sliding support.
Offer a perfect stability,
an excellent handiness
and a very good balance.
To order
To order
To order
To order
126
10W 000 010 058W 000 010 059W 000 010 052-
20
10
20
W 000 010 066W 000 010 067--
W 000 010 077
W 000 010 054
Operating pressure bar
Coil (20 m)
Simple hose Ø 6.3 mm• Acetylene• Oxygen• Propane• Argon / neutral gas
Simple hose Ø 10 mm• Acetylene• Oxygen• mixte acetylene/GPL• Argon / neutral gas
Twin hoses Ø 6.3 mm• Oxygen / acetylene
Twin hoses Ø 10 mm• Oxygen / acetylene
Designation
W 000 010 060W 000 010 061W 000 010 062W 000 010 072
W 000 010 068W 000 010 069W 000 010 071W 000 010 073
W 000 010 063
W 000 010 070
Coil (40 m)
Hoses conform to EN 559 standardThe date indicated on the hose is the date of manufacture.
0876
-071
1806
-071
6.3
25
10
6.3
10
Ø mm Length in cm
0450-1058
0450-1059
0450-1060
0450-1061
1- Two hoses oxygen and acetylen fitted with:• at one end SECURTOP (FBA)
for connection to blowpipe or torch• at the other end QUICKMATIC male
quick action coupling
2- Two hoses oxygen and acetylen fitted with:• at one end a clip for connection
to hose tail of blowpipe or torchwith integrated FBA
• at the other end QUICKMATIC malequick action coupling
Designation
VARIAL 400PYROCOPT 0
PYROSAF 1000 BPYROCOPT G1ALCOPT G1
PYROSAF 400 CSPEEDFIRE S
PYROSAF 1000 CALCOPT G1 CSPEEDFIRE C
Destination
HandlesTwo hoses with double clips, fitted with SECURTOP to torches and fitted with QUICKMATIC male coupling at the other end.
0327
-084
0327
-087
610
10
610
10
Ø hosein mm
1 200
4 000
5 000
20 000
Flowratein l/h
0.5 to 1.5
1 to 1.5
1.5 to 4
4 to 10
Pressurein bar
Acetylene,propane welding
Acetylene,propane cutting
Oxygen welding
Oxygen cutting
Gas
0712-1644
0712-1645
0712-1646
0712-1647
1020
20
1020
20
Max hose length in m
femalenutM 16x 150 L
femalenutM 16x 150 R
Inlet
maleM 16x 150 L
maleM 16x 150 R
Outlet
Connection
Automatic gas shut off device SECURISTOPConnection on the pressure regulator outlet. Cut automatically the gas in the event of rupture of the hoses. Do not exceed the maximum flow lengths indicated.
1275
-038
10 100
Ø mm Length in cm
0450-1072Inlet QUICKATIC femaleOutlet union nuts M 16 x 150
Designation
Hose setsTwo hoses with double clips, fitted with LORMATIC female coupling at one endand fitted with union nuts M 16 x 150 at the other end.
0327
-083
Gas welding & cutting
1
2
To order
To order
To order
To order
127
Cha
pte
r 5
-
-
-
0712-9009
0712-9005
0712-2005
femalle M 12 x 100 R
femaleM 12 x 100 R
femaleM 12 x 100 R
femaleM 12 x 100 L
femaleM 12 x 100 L
femaleM 12 x 100 L
fuel Outletconnection
0712-9008
0712-9004
0712-2004
-
-
-
oxygen
SECURTOPVARIAL 400PYROCOPT 0
SECURTOPPYROSAF 1000 BPYROCOPT G1ALCOPT G1
SECURTOPPYROSAF 1000 BPYROCOPT G1ALCOPT G1
Designation
hose Ø 6 mm
hose Ø 10 mm
hose Ø 10 mm
hose Ø 6 mm
hose Ø 10 mm
hose Ø 10 mm
Inletconnection
fuel Outletconnection
oxygenDesignation Inletconnection
fuel Outletconnection
oxygenDesignation Inletconnection
fuel Outletconnection
oxygenDesignation Inletconnection
Flash back-arrestors
Connection on the torch
0876-058
2004-430/431
0712-20010712-2000SECURTOPHoses Ø 6 and 10 mm
Hose Ø 6 and 10 mm
Connection between hoses
0876-060
-
0712-1491
-
0712-1487
0712-1490
-
0712-1486
-
SECURISAFclassical
SECURISAFthermal
femaleM 16 x 150 R
femaleM 16 x 150 L
maleM 16 x 150 R
maleM 16 x 150 L
femaleM 16 x 150 R
femaleM 16 x 150 L
maleM 16 x 150 R
maleM 16 x 150 L
Designed to be connected on pressure regulator. They are 2 SECURISAF types:• SECURISAF classical • SECURISAF thermal are delivered with thermics security which melts in the event of flash back and releases a valve which stops the output of gas.
0876
-061
0712-15060712-1505
SECURISAFLORMATIC female Hoses amont Ø 10 mm
Hose Ø 10 mm
LORMATIC female
Connection on LORMATIC coupling
Connection on pressure regulator
1237-013
2004-430/431
To order
To order
To order
To order
W 000 011 002 W 000 011 005
W 000 011 004
W 000 011 006
W 000 011 001
W 000 011 003
Femalecoupling
6 and 10
6 and 10
4
Ø hose (mm)
1 - fuel gases
2 - oxygen
3 - neutral gases (argon...)
QUICKMATIC Male coupling
QUICKMATIC quick action coupling (auto-closes up)
Connection between hoses
0799-1299
0799-1300
0799-1297
0799-1298
Femalecoupling
6
6
10
10
Ø hose (mm)
7 - oxygen
8 - fuel gases
Designation
0799-1303
0799-1304
0799-1301
0799-1302
Male coupling
LOR coupling
1237-021 1237-024
W 000 011 008
W 000 011 007W 000 011 010
W 000 011 009
W 000 011 012
W 000 011 011
Female coupling
6 and 10
6 and 10
4
Ø hose (mm)
M 16 x 150 L
12 x 100 R
M 16 x 150 R
3/8” R
1/4” R
3/8” L
Thread Cat. no. Cat. no.
4 - fuel gases
5 - oxygen
6 - neutral gas(argon...)
QUICKMATIC
W 000 011 005
W 000 011 004
W 000 011 006
Male coupling
2004-820
7001-5506
7001-5510
6
10
Ø hose (mm)
TIPTOP
Designation
TIPTOP couplingConnection without tool of the gas hose thread M16 x 150 on pressureregulator’s outlet or ALTOP and MINITOP cylinders.
QUICK ARGON coupling
Quick coupling without tool of the gas hose for ALTOP cylinder neutral gas.Cat. no. 7003-0003
Exists also in kit Cat no. W 000 011 017 composed with a pair of male+femalecouplings for oxygen and a pair of male+female couplings for fuel gases.
2000
-119
Hose Ø 6 mm
Female 12 x 150 12 x 150
Female thread 1/4”
Connection on pressure regulator
Connection between hoses
Connection on ALTOP, MINITOP cylinders and standard pressure regulators
Connection on ALTOP cylinder for neutral gas
2002-004
1
2
3
5
6
4
7
8
Gas welding & cutting
128
The QUICKMATIC quick action coupling (with auto-closes up) are flame accssories to bemounted between hoses or at the outlet fitting of pressure regulators. The female part of theQUICKMATIC is always in the upper part of thegas flow. The QUICKMATIC’s female part allows:• locking during operation• automatic stop of the gas flow when uncoupling(auto-closes up coupling)
Conforms to the ISO 7289 standard
2004-819
To order
To order
To order
To order
To order
129
Cha
pte
r 5
6
6
6
6
10
10
Ø hose (mm)
12 x 100 R
12 x 100 L
16 x 150 R
16 x 150 L
16 x 150 R
16 x 150 L
Threadtype
7001-2017
7001-2018
7001-2019
7001-2020
7001-2021
7001-2022
“2” clips
single clip
hosegathering clip
Type of clips
6
10
6
10
6
10
Ø hose(mm)
7001-2013
7001-2014
7001-2035
7001-2034
0802-0159
0802-0160
1 - Hose tail 2 - Clips
3 - Hose nipple 4 - double male threaded coupling
Hose tail and clips
0950
-019
1160
-015
Accessories
6 x 6
6 x 10
10 x 10
Ø of 2 hoses(mm)
0803-0014
0803-0003
0803-0004
M 16 x 150 R
M 16 x 150 L
Thread
oxygen
acetylene
Gas
0729-0103
0729-0104
Hose nippleand double male coupling
0327
-079
0327
-081
1237-032
OxygenNeutral gas
AcetyleneFuel gas
Gas
M 16 x 150 R
M 16 x 150 L
Inlet connection
M 16 x 150 R+ hose tail Ø 10 mm
M 16 x 150 L+ hose tail Ø 10 mm
Outlet connection
0803-0121
0803-0122
Twin low pressure outlet connection for pressure regulator
0876
-081
1237
-033
0876
-066
0876
-066
0327
-090
1 - Tip cleaners• Set of 4 - Cat. no. 0400-0509• Set of 12 - Cat. no. 0400-0084
2 - Mirror with magnetic fixationCat. no. W 000 010 557
3 - Spark lighter. Supplied with flintsCat. no. 0613-0103
4 - ECO 73 economiser (hose tail Ø 10 mm)• Acetylene - Cat. no. 2482-0307• Butane, tetrene and propane.
Cat. no. 0612-0003The ECO 73 economiser is placed on a work station between the pressure regulator and the torch. It enables the torch to be stopped and restarted without modifying the operation settings. An incorporated by-passassures an instant relighting of the torch.
5 - Thermic protection• aluminized kaolin.
dimensions 200 x 250 mm. Cat. no. 0002-0013.
6 - Cutting guide• Roller type cutting guide with manual lead.
Cat. no. 4672-1503• For G1 and IC cutting torches.• Right-angle or bevel cuts:
- straight, - curved, - circular (100-700 mm Ø).
• Delivered with two hose tails Ø 15 and 17 mm.
7 - Welding table• Worksurface 650 x 450 mm,
height 800 mm . Cat. no. 0090-0100.
8 - Hose reels• Ø 6.3 mm
Cat. no 0410-0393 equipped:double oxygen/acetylene hoses Ø 6.3 mm conform to EN 559 standard, 10 m length, equipped with two handles 1 m length, Ø 6.3 mm for connection with network, weight: 15 kg.
• Ø 10 mmCat. no. 0410-0394 equipped: double oxygen/acetylene Ø 10 mm,conform to EN 559 standard, 15 m length, equipped with two handles, 1 m length,Ø 10 mm for connection with network,weight: 28 kg.
• Pivoting groundwork, floor mounting: is appropriate for the above devices.Cat. no. 0410-0395.
1
3
4
2
1
2
46
8
7
5
3
All positions:
1311
-081
0876
-070
1237
-039
1237
-038
1237
-037
To order
Gas distribution
1 - Semi-automatic pressure regulationThis panel enables continuous supply to a distribution panel pipeline fromtwo gas supplies alternatively "in service" and "in reserve". This type of installation guarantees efficient emptyingof the gas cylinders of both supplies.
Gas Max. and pressure flowrate
Ox/neutral gas 4 bar 10 m3/h 1025-1910• Small installation
Ox/neutral gas 10 bar 25 m3/h 1025-1911AD 1.5 bar 5 m3/h 1025-1909
• Medium installation Ox/neutral gas 10 bar 70 m3/h 1025-1902AD 1.5 bar 10 m3/h 1025-1900
0876
-054
2 - Panels
• Double panelCat. no. 0691-0001The double panel is for feeding welding blowpipes, heating torches (gasflow up to 4000 l/h) and cutting torches (thickness up to 200 mm)
The double panel contains:• 1 oxygen single feeder station 10 bar,• 1 fuel gas single feeder station 1.5 bar,• 1 flash back arrestor (oxygen),• 1 flash back arrestor (fuel gas),• 1 QUICKMATIC female and male Ø 10 mm (oxygen),• 1 QUICKMATIC female and male Ø 10 mm ( fuel gas),• 1 blue plastic coated sheet metal enclosure,• quarter turn valves OX and AD with unions.
• Triple panelCat. no. 0691-0002The triple panel is for supplying oxycutting machines which don't have anypressure regulator incorporated and are supplied with a triple feeding (heating oxygen, cutting oxygen and fuel gas).
The triple panel contains:• 1 oxygen single feeder station 10 bars,• 1 heating oxygen single feeder station 4 bars,• 1 combustible gas single feeder station 1.5 bar,• 1 flash back arrestor for heating oxygen,• 1 flash back arrestor for fuel gas,• 2 LORMATIC female and male Ø 10 mm (oxygen),• 1 LORMATIC female and male Ø 10 mm (fuel gas),• 1 blue plastic coated sheet metal enclosure,• quarter turn valves OX and AD with unions.
2002
-367
2002
-372
Gas welding & cutting
1
2
130
To orderSCREW-ON VALVES
Tube Oxygen (blue) Fuel gas (red)12 x 17 (3/8”) 0022-1660 0022-166115 x 21 (1/2”) 0022-1663 0022-1664
WELD-ON-VALVES
Tube Oxygen (blue) Fuel gas (red)12 x 17 (3/8”) - 0022-167115 x 21 (1/2”) 0022-1673 -20 x 27 (3/4”) 0022-1676 0022-167726 x 34 (1”) 0022-1679 0022-1680
To order
OX OXAD
AD
Nitrogenforsecurity
131
Cha
pte
r 5
3 - Single feeder stationThe single feeder station contains:• one quarter turn valve with LH 3/8" threaded connector,• 1 LH 3/8" male/female union,• 1 set of 12 x 17 (3/8") steel piping with purge well,• 1 in-line pressure regulator with 63 mm diameter brass pressure gauge
and M 16 x 150 output connector with union and hose tail for Ø 10 mm hose.
Using SECURISAF flash back arrestors:• oxygen 0712-1500• fuel gas 0712-1501
0327
-094
Oxygenor neutralgas
Fuel gases
Gas
4
10
1.5
4
Maximum outletpressure in bar
6
16
2.5
6
Pressure gaugegraduation in bar
25 oxygen
95 oxygen
10 acetylene
20 propane
Flowratem3/h
0691-0603
0691-0605
0691-0607
0691-0609
3
4
4
3
2
2
1
1
0876
-052
0876
-052
4 - In-line valves4
Chapter 6Welder’s protection, accessories,extraction and treatment of fumes
2063
-006
133
SAF offers a wide range of personal protective equipment selectedfor the welder and his environment. Welder’s personal protectiveequipment from SAF combine safety, quality and comfort for anywelding application: oxy-acetylene welding/cutting, plasma cutting,arc welding, TIG, MIG/MAG and others.
134
Welder personal protective equip
2000
-489
HEAD PROTECTION
SAF protective headgear includes:
* hand-held masks,
* conventional face masks,
* liquid crystal masks.
All masks comply with European
standard EN 175 (Filters for eye
protectors used in welding
and similar operations).
EYE PROTECTION
Choice criteria: goggles are mainlyused to protect yours eyes againstlight produced by flame welding or cutting or against mechanicalattack (grinding f.e.). Then the design or the habit makethe difference:• PILOT range with round glasses• CLASSIC range• FASHION range• MASKSVerify that the product are conformwith the EN standard (CE markingmandatory). Main EN Standards are EN 166 for basic conditions, EN 169 for welding filters, EN 170 for UV filters, EN 171 for IR filters and EN 172 for solar filters.
• UV filters: type of filter codification
2 or 3, graduation 1.2 to 5,
• IR filters: type of filter codification
4, graduation 1.2 to 10,
• solar filters: type of filter codification
5 or 6, graduation 1.1 to 4.1,
• welding filters: type of filter
codification 3 or 7, graduation 3
to 16 (welding assistant 1.3, flame
welding 3 to 5, oxy-cutting 5 to 7,
arc welding >7).
EAR PROTECTION
State regulations define
the obligations of employers
with regards to noise protection.
Employers are legally obliged
to provide personal protection
to workers exposed to sound
levels higher than 85 dBA/day
or peak levels of 135 dB.
The employer must also set up a
program providing collective safety
measures. To help in this task, SAF
has chosen a range of personal
and collective safety equipment
adapted to the specific needs
of the welder and the welding
environment that comply with:
• EN 352-1
(Hearing protectors - ear muffs),
• and EN 352-2
(Hearing protectors - ear plugs).
CAUTION:
For all welding
or cutting
applications,
SAF strongly
recommends
using eye
protection
that complies
with
EN 169
or EN 379
for protection
from harmful
electric arc
radiation.
0254
-040
SAF has selected personal protective equipment that complies with regulations and standards applicable to welder safety, to offerthe best possible protection.
Cha
pte
r 6
135
ment
Welding gloves standards
A- Abrasion resistance from 0 to 5
B- Blade cut resistance from 0 to 4
C- Tear resistance from 0 to 4
D- Puncture resistance from 0 to 4
A- Burning resistance from 1 to 4
B- Contact heat resistance from 1 to 4
C- Convective heat resistance from 1 to 4
D- Radiant heat resistance from 1 to 4
E- Resistance to small splashes of molten metal from 1 to 4
F- Resistance to large splashes of molten metal from 1 to 4
ABCD
ABCDEF
EN 388 relativeto mechanical properties
EN 407 relative to thermalproperties
BODY PROTECTION
Standard EN 340
defines the general
requirements that
must be met
for any garment
to bear the CE mark (ergonomics,
wear, size, marking,
manufacturer’s information).
In addition to the CE mark,
a garment may also comply
with other European standards
depending on its use.
Welding garments are also
covered by European standard
EN 470-1.
Standard EN 340
relative to protective clothing
worn during welding stipulates
several requirements.
Clothing complying with EN 470-1
does not conduct electricity
from the outside to the inside;
metal fasteners are not used,
or are covered. Outside pockets
must be avoided or placed
at an angle or designed with
a flap to prevent ingress of molten
particles. In general, clothing
that complies with EN 470-1
meets certain requirements
in terms of tensile strength,
tear resistance, flame spread,
and molten metal splash.
HAND PROTECTION
Hands are undoubtedly the most
exposed part of the body
and can be the least protected
due to lack of appropriate
equipment or negligence.
Nearly 40% of work-related
accidents leading to absence
involve the hands and upper limbs.
Well aware of this problem,
SAF has selected a range
of welding gloves appropriate
for various applications,
combining performance,
protection and optimum comfort
for welders’ hands.
Welding gloves standards
Standard EN 420 defines
the general requirements for gloves
(dexterity, safeness, pH, chrome
content, size).
All EC-certified gloves meet these
requirements.
In addition to the CE mark,
a pictogram may also indicate that
the glove has been subjected
to additional tests by a certified
laboratory according to European
standards.Welding gloves are generally
subject to two specific standards,
which evaluate the product
performance level after several
tests. The higher the number,
the better the product performed
in testing; an X means that the
glove was not subjected to the test.
Welder’s protection
136
EUROLUX JETWith EUROLUX JET, you
benefit from an extremely
modular design, with 16
possible combinations.
EUROLUX JET can be
adapted to all possible
applications.
• Passive filter protection
with a large variety of fields
of vision and protective tints:
EUROLUX JET
Silver PROTANE®.
• High-comfort
electro-optical models
with fixed or variable tint:
EUROLUX JET PROTANE®
Electronic.
• High-performance models
with assisted ventilation
filtering system:
EUROLUX JET Cool.
With EUROLUX JET, you can
benefit from a diversified set of
masks perfectly adapted to the
specific requirements
of each welder,
with a common
and limited
spare parts kit! B
1
2
3
4
5
6
A
HEAD PROTECTION
2001
-281
2001
-275
2001
-239
2001
-238
2001
-241
2001
-233
2001
-237
2001
-235
137
Cha
pte
r 6
• Versions available with basic Cool unit
Basic Cartridges Maskmask PROTANE® Electronic package
First cartridge 108 x 51 mm EUROLUX JET First 108 x 51 mm 0082-0568 0082-0589First Flip-up cartridge 108 x 51 mm EUROLUX JET First flip-up
EUROLUX 0082-0569 0082-0590JET (bare) Fixe cartridge 110 x 90 mm EUROLUX JET Fixe 110 x 90 mm 0082-0560 0082-0570 0082-0591
Variable cartridge 110 x 90 mm EUROLUX Variable 110 x 90 mm 0082-0571 0082-0592
EUROLUX JET • Passive filters
SILVER PROTANE®
Shade 11The mirror-finish PROTANE filterreflects 70% of the thermal raysresponsible for the heat. Combined with the EUROLUX JETmask, they provide optimal facialprotection for welders.
• With PROTANE®
ELECTRONIC filterPROTANE© Electronic electro-opticalfilters ensure optimal ocular safetyand protection for welders. Thesesolar-powered liquid crystal filters arealways ready for use and darken onexposure to arc light. When clear(undarkened), they provide protectionagainst ultraviolet and infrared lightrays (minimum protection level: 13).
EUROLUX JET CoolThe EUROLUX JET Cool maskprovides even greater comfort and safety. Filtered air is blowndirectly into the mask to stop fumes getting inside.
Cool unit characteristics
• Protection type TH P2 SL.• Basic cool unit up to standard
EN 146.• Basic cool unit with alarm up to
standard EN 12941.• 8 hours battery life.• Filtration surface (fine filter):
1720 cm2 + pre-filter.• Ventilation flow rate: 140 m3/h.
Basic Cartridges Maskmask SILVER PROTANE® package
Flip-up cartridge 105 x 50 mm EUROLUX JET flip-up T11 0082-0565 0082-0586Cartridge 133 x 114 mm EUROLUX JET T11 -133 x 114 mm
EUROLUX 0082-0567 0082-0588JET (bare)0082-0560
1
2A
3
4
5
6
A
• Versions available with Cool unit with alarm
• Versions with passive filters
• Versions with electronic filters
Basic Maskmask Cartridges package
T11 Flip-up cartridge EUROLUX JET Cool T11 Flip-up 0082-0565 0082-0640First cartridge 108 x 51 mm EUROLUX JET Cool First
EUROLUX 0082-0568 0082-0641JET Cool (bare) First flip-up cartridge 108 x 51 mm EUROLUX JET Cool First Flip-up 0082-0561 0082-0569 0082-0642+ Cooling unit Fixe cartridge 110 x 90 mm EUROLUX JET Cool Fixe 110 x 90 with alarm 0082-0570 0082-06430082-0563 Variable cartridge 110 x 90 mm EUROLUX Variable 110 x 90 mm
0082-0571 0082-0644
Basic Maskmask Cartridges package
Flip-up cartridge T11 EUROLUX JET Cool T11 Flip-up 0082-0565 0082-0593First cartridge 108 x 51 mm EUROLUX JET Cool First
EUROLUX 0082-0568 0082-0594JET Cool (bare) First flip-up cartridge 108 x 51 mm EUROLUX JET Cool First Flip-up 0082-0561 0082-0569 0082-0595+ Cooling unit Fixe cartridge 110 x 90 mm EUROLUX JET Cool Fixe 110 x 90 0082-0562 0082-0570 0082-0596
Variable cartridge 110 x 90 mm EUROLUX JET Cool Variable0082-0571 0082-0597
1
3
4
5
6
B
1
3
4
5
6
B
Main characteristics of PROTANE© Electronic filters:Variable Fixe First
Tint when clear DIN 4 DIN 3 DIN 3Tint when dark Adjustable from DIN 9 to 13 DIN 10.5 DIN 10.5Field of vision 98 x 47 mm (4 606 mm2) 98 x 47 mm (4 606 mm2) 92 x 35 mm (3 220 mm2)Obscuration speed 0.5 ms (at 23 °C ) 0.5 ms (at 23 °C ) 0.5 ms (at 23 °C )Clearing time Adjustable from 0.1to 1.0 sec 0.2 sec 0.2 secSensitivity adjustment Yes No NoOptical sensors 2 2 2Power supply Solar cells Solar cells Solar cellsOptical class 1 / 2 / 1 1 / 2 / 1 1 / 1 / 1Warranty 2 year 2 year 2 year
137
Cha
pte
r 6
• Versions available with basic Cool unit
Basic Cartridges Maskmask PROTANE® Electronic package
First cartridge 108 x 51 mm EUROLUX JET First 108 x 51 mm 0082-0568 0082-0589First Flip-up cartridge 108 x 51 mm EUROLUX JET First flip-up
EUROLUX 0082-0569 0082-0590JET (bare) Fixe cartridge 110 x 90 mm EUROLUX JET Fixe 110 x 90 mm 0082-0560 0082-0570 0082-0591
Variable cartridge 110 x 90 mm EUROLUX Variable 110 x 90 mm 0082-0571 0082-0592
EUROLUX JET • Passive filters
SILVER PROTANE®
Shade 11The mirror-finish PROTANE filterreflects 70% of the thermal raysresponsible for the heat. Combined with the EUROLUX JETmask, they provide optimal facialprotection for welders.
• With PROTANE®
ELECTRONIC filterPROTANE© Electronic electro-opticalfilters ensure optimal ocular safetyand protection for welders. Thesesolar-powered liquid crystal filters arealways ready for use and darken onexposure to arc light. When clear(undarkened), they provide protectionagainst ultraviolet and infrared lightrays (minimum protection level: 13).
EUROLUX JET CoolThe EUROLUX JET Cool maskprovides even greater comfort and safety. Filtered air is blowndirectly into the mask to stop fumes getting inside.
Cool unit characteristics
• Protection type TH P2 SL.• Basic cool unit up to standard
EN 146.• Basic cool unit with alarm up to
standard EN 12941.• 8 hours battery life.• Filtration surface (fine filter):
1720 cm2 + pre-filter.• Ventilation flow rate: 140 m3/h.
Basic Cartridges Maskmask SILVER PROTANE® package
Flip-up cartridge 105 x 50 mm EUROLUX JET flip-up T11 0082-0565 0082-0586Cartridge 133 x 114 mm EUROLUX JET T11 -133 x 114 mm
EUROLUX 0082-0567 0082-0588JET (bare)0082-0560
1
2A
3
4
5
6
A
• Versions available with Cool unit with alarm
• Versions with passive filters
• Versions with electronic filters
Basic Maskmask Cartridges package
T11 Flip-up cartridge EUROLUX JET Cool T11 Flip-up 0082-0565 0082-0640First cartridge 108 x 51 mm EUROLUX JET Cool First
EUROLUX 0082-0568 0082-0641JET Cool (bare) First flip-up cartridge 108 x 51 mm EUROLUX JET Cool First Flip-up 0082-0561 0082-0569 0082-0642+ Cooling unit Fixe cartridge 110 x 90 mm EUROLUX JET Cool Fixe 110 x 90 with alarm 0082-0570 0082-06430082-0563 Variable cartridge 110 x 90 mm EUROLUX Variable 110 x 90 mm
0082-0571 0082-0644
Basic Maskmask Cartridges package
Flip-up cartridge T11 EUROLUX JET Cool T11 Flip-up 0082-0565 0082-0593First cartridge 108 x 51 mm EUROLUX JET Cool First
EUROLUX 0082-0568 0082-0594JET Cool (bare) First flip-up cartridge 108 x 51 mm EUROLUX JET Cool First Flip-up 0082-0561 0082-0569 0082-0595+ Cooling unit Fixe cartridge 110 x 90 mm EUROLUX JET Cool Fixe 110 x 90 0082-0562 0082-0570 0082-0596
Variable cartridge 110 x 90 mm EUROLUX JET Cool Variable0082-0571 0082-0597
1
3
4
5
6
B
1
3
4
5
6
B
Main characteristics of PROTANE© Electronic filters:Variable Fixe First
Tint when clear DIN 4 DIN 3 DIN 3Tint when dark Adjustable from DIN 9 to 13 DIN 10.5 DIN 10.5Field of vision 98 x 47 mm (4 606 mm2) 98 x 47 mm (4 606 mm2) 92 x 35 mm (3 220 mm2)Obscuration speed 0.5 ms (at 23 °C ) 0.5 ms (at 23 °C ) 0.5 ms (at 23 °C )Clearing time Adjustable from 0.1to 1.0 sec 0.2 sec 0.2 secSensitivity adjustment Yes No NoOptical sensors 2 2 2Power supply Solar cells Solar cells Solar cellsOptical class 1 / 2 / 1 1 / 2 / 1 1 / 1 / 1Warranty 2 year 2 year 2 year
138
Welder’s protection
1
Chameleon mask
• Helmets are self darkening masks equipped with a fixed liquid crystal cell for
the F type (DIN 3/11) and a variable one for the V type (DIN 4/9-13). Very light,
this high technology helmets are sold with an adjustable headgear.
• Helmets are in accordance with the EEC 89/686 instructions and with
the European EN 195 & EN 379 standards.
HEAD PROTECTION
• Light-weight.
• Not recommended for high current welding.
• Delivered with headgear, window 105 x 50 mm lens shade 11
and anti-stick screen.
5
Vulcanised fibre helmet
2004
-441
0254
-054
To order
Description Net Type of cell Reaction time Fieldweight in sec. of vision
1 - CHAMELEON F W 000 010 624 406 g Fixed Light-Dark: 1/3600 94 x 35 mm DIN 3/11 Dark-light: 0.1 (3.70” x 1.37”)
2 - CHAMELEON V W 000 010 625 510 g Variable Light-Dark: 1/16000 97 x 47 mmDIN 4/9-13 Dark-light: 0.1 (3.81” x 1.85”)
1 2
• Delivered with window 105 x 50 mm, lens shade 11 and clear lens.
1415
-024
0947
-077
To order
Description Net weight Characteristics
1 - SUPER 0082-0016 550 g • Fibre glass reinforced polyester maskAIGLON • Inside handle.
2 - SUPER 0081-0004 570 g • Fibre glass reinforced polyester maskECLIPSE • Sliding window.
3 4
Fibreglass reinforcedpolyester helmet with protane lens
• Heat (170 °C) and humidity resistant,
• Delivered with headgear, single window 105 x 50 mm, lens shade 11
and anti-stick screen.
0947
-082
0950
-069
To order
Description Net weight Characteristics
3 - EUROMASK R 0082-0001 410 gThe simplest and most light-weightwelding helmet.
4 - SUPER ROBUR 0082-0044 460 g Simple, suitable for all arc processes.
To order
Description Net weight Characteristics
5 - SUPER ROBUR0082-0069 300 g
The simplest and mostfibre light-weight.
2 2004
-282
139
Cha
pte
r 6
1
3
Accessories for polyester and vulcanised fibre masks
2
0254
-051
1909
-060
1198
-022
To order
Description Characteristics
1 - Standard 0082-0107 Polyamid, reinforced rack,headgear removable forehead foam
padding strip.2 - Sweat band 0082-0109 Foam band.
3 - Leather bib 0082-0085 Can be used with all balaclavas, for balaclavas neck protection against arc radation,
Natural grain leather, fixing by way of an adhesive strip.
To order
Designation Weight Characteristics
4 - PROMASK 0082-3015 430 g Integral face and neck protection.
5 - MINI PROMASK 0082-3016 400 g Easy movement with head.6 - Headgear 0082-3017 -
PROMASK
4
HelmetsThermoplastic(nylon PA6 with 15% fibre glass)• Light-weight, water, flame,
radiant heat (to 180 °C) resistant.
• Robustness.
• Liftable window enabling to protection
of the face during slag chipping.
• Delivered with headgear with rack,
window 105 x 50 mm,
lens shade 10.
To order
Designation Weight Characteristics
7 - Wallet helmet 0084-0002 120 g Grain leather, can be folded to wallet size8 - Leather helmet 0084-0004 100 g Grain leather, small size9 - Leather helmet 0084-0005 250 g Natural grain leather, liftable window,
with visor foam lining at forehead and cheekbone level.
7 8 9
Leather helmets • The ideal helmets for supervisors
and control staff.• Designed for welding in confined
spaces.• Delivered with one PROTANE© lens
shade 11, window 105 x 50 mm.
5 6
2002
-177
2002
-178
2002
-131
2002
-132
2002
-131
x02
54-0
55
0254
-049
0254
-053
1
2.5
5
10
20
30
40
60
80
100
150
175
200
225
250
300
350
400
450
500
140
Welder’s protection
Current (A )
Coatedelectrodes
MIGHeavy metals
MIG Light alloy
MAG TIG Gouging PLASMACutting
PLASMAWelding
Passive filterPROTANE®
and SILVER PROTANE®
HEAD PROTECTION
2000
-489
Choose the lens shade adapted to your working conditions
13
12
11
10
9
8
14
13
12
11
10
14
13
14
12
11
15
13
14
12
11
15 15 15
10
9
8876
13
13
12
11
13
12
11
11
10
10
14
14
13
12 1211
10
9 9
14
To order
To order
To order To order
105 x 50 - single piece
1.0 dioptre 0071-0010
1.5 dioptre 0071-0015
2.0 dioptre 0071-0020
2.5 dioptre 0071-0025
105 x 50 mm 110 x 90 mmBox Blibox Box Bliboxof 50 pcs of 10 pcs of 100 pcs of 10 pcs
W 000 010 926 0071-0531 W 00 010 938 0071-0534
105 x 50 mm 110 x 90 mmBox Blibox Box Blibox
Shade of 100 pcs of 5 pcs of 100 pcs of 5 pcs
5 W 000 010 915 0070-0525 W 000 010 927 0070-0805
6 W 000 010 916 0070-0526 W 000 010 928 0070-0806
7 W 000 010 917 0070-0527 W 000 010 929 0070-0807
8 W 000 010 918 0070-0528 W 000 010 930 0070-0808
9 W 000 010 919 0070-0529 W 000 010 931 0070-0809
10 W 000 010 920 0070-0530 W 000 010 932 0070-0810
11 W 000 010 921 0070-0531 W 000 010 933 0070-0811
12 W 000 010 922 0070-0532 W 000 010 934 0070-0812
13 W 000 010 923 0070-0533 W 000 010 935 0070-0813
14 W 000 010 924 0070-0534 W 000 010 936 0070-0814
105 x 50 mm 110 x 90 mmBox Blibox Blibox
Shade of 50 pcs of 5 pcs of 5 pcs
9 0070-0119 0070-0329 0070-0419
10 0070-0120 0070-0330 0070-0420
11 0070-0121 0070-0331 0070-0421
12 0070-0122 0070-0332 0070-0422
13 0070-0123 0070-0333 0070-0423
14 0070-0124 0070-0334 0070-0424
141
Cha
pte
r 6
The SILVER PROTANE lenses will prove their efficiency in all welding operations where the arc heat causes discomfort. This PROTANE filter reflects 70% of thermal radiations (causing heat):• less irritation and therefore less tiredness,• more precision and better quality work,• more comfort and better working conditions.
“Test SILVER PROTANE® and weld cool”.
BliboxProtane®
glasses
For some precision welding, magnifyingthe work zone is necessary. We advise not to use this type of lens continuously without having consulted an ophtalmologist. These lenses must be used in conjunction with filtering PROTANE® lenses.
Welding glasses
Clear protection glasses and screens Magnifying glasses
� Coloured filtering glasses EN 169
� SILVER protane® glasses EN 169
� Clear lenses EN 166
� Thermodur screens CR39 EN 166
To order
105 x 50 mm 110 x 90 mmBox Blibox Box Bliboxof 200 pcs of 10 pcs of 100 pcs of 10 pcs0070-0050 0071-0040 0071-0052 0071-0042
To order
98 x 75 mm 108 x 51 mm
Shade Box of 100 pcs Box of 100 pcs
5 W 000 010 939 W 000 010 951
6 W 000 010 940 W 000 010 952
7 W 000 010 941 W 000 010 953
8 W 000 010 942 W 000 010 954
9 W 000 010 943 W 000 010 955
10 W 000 010 944 W 000 010 956
11 W 000 010 945 W 000 010 957
12 W 000 010 946 W 000 010 958
13 W 000 010 947 W 000 010 959
14 W 000 010 948 W 000 010 960
2003
-081
Welder s protection
Eye protection
CLASSIC
To orderDescription Shade 5 Shade 6 CharacteristicsWelding range
1 - Pilot 1 W 000 011 047 W 000 011 048One piece supple black PVC Frame elastic bandaerated side covers HONEYCOMBED casing
2 - Pilot 1 W 000 011 046 -
Flip-up Anti-fog and anti-scratch treatment,Flip-up adjustable elastic band
3 - Pilot 2 W 000 011 052 -
Black Plastic frame two pieces: adjustable chain Plastic for nose, adjustable elastic band
4 - Pilot 2 W 000 011 050 -
Metal frame two pieces: adjustable chain for nose,Metal adjustable elastic band
Standard black goggles with foldable side shields5 - Everest W 000 011 053 - polyamide frame and side shields screwed frame
for lens replacementProtection range No shade6 - Pilot 1
W 000 011 049One piece supple black PVC FRAME Elastic band
Plastic aerated side covers HONEYCOMBED casing7 - Pilot 2
W 000 011 051Metal frame two pieces: adjustable chain for nose,
Metal adjustable elastic band, polycarbonate clear ocular
142
FASHION
MASK
1
8 9
1110
12
14
13
15
16
18
17
4
6
7
5
2
3
To orderDescription Shade 3 Shade 5 CharacteristicsWelding range12 - Fashion Black frame, single screen, field of vision 180¡,
welding W 000 011 058 W 000 011 059 strait side wearable with a ear muff, adjustable band
13 - Fashion W 000 011 060 W 000 011 061
Black frame,single screen, field of vision 180¡,welding max adjustable side length and slope
Protection range No shade14 - Visit W 000 011 062 Look clear
impact W 000 011 063 Look smockedresistance W 000 011 064 Look yellow
W 000 011 065 Look mirror
To orderDescription Shade 3 Shade 5 CharacteristicsWelding masks15 - Mask Field of vision 180¡; long life duration, weldline
welding adjustable elastic band, indirect ventilation, W 000 011 067 W 000 011 066
anti-fog treatment, wearable as over-goggles or respiratory mask
Grinding masks No shade
16 - First W 000 011 068Anti-scratch treatment, direct ventilation, adjustable elastic bandField of vision 180¡; Long life duration, weldline adjustable elastic band, indirect ventilation,
17 - Over W 000 011 069anti-fog treatment, wearable as over-goggles or respiratory mask
18 - Star W 000 011 070Anti-scratch treatment, anti-fog treatment, adjustable elastic band
To orderDescription Shade 5 CharacteristicsWelding range8 - Classic
W 000 011 054 Over goggles, green shade, anti-scratch surfaceOver
9 - Classic W 000 011 055
Anti-scratch surface, frame & side shield, Welding changeable polycarbonate glasses, adjustable elastic band
Protection range No shade10 - Classic
W 000 011 056Single screen panoramic goggle, indirect ventilation,
Visit first usable as over goggles11 - Classic
W 000 011 057Anti-scratch surface, frame & side shield,
Visit clear changeable polycarbonate glasses
PILOT
143
Cha
pte
r 6
EAR PROTECTION
To order
Description Noise Characteristicsreduction value
1 - MAX0080-0010
Preshaped ear plugs, smooth Disposable
200 pairsSNR 34 dB dirtproof outside covering
ear plugs for maximum comfort.
2 - AIRSOFT0080-0035
Ear plugs with cords, washable, Reusable
5 pairsSNR 30 dB supple material with air pocket
ear plugs in the center for added comfort.
3 - QB 3 0080-0040 SNR 22 dB Light and comfortable alternative Headgear 10 pairs to standard ear plugs, washable.
4 - SAFILENCE 300 0080-0046SNR 25 dB 3-position adjustable headband.
Ear muffs 1 piece
5 - SAFILENCE LM 70080-0215
Multi-position headband, muffs pivotEar muffs
1 piecewashable and comfortable.
6 - SAFILENCE 3000080-0046 SNR 25 dB
Foldable super-compact headband,Ear muffs ultra-light for extended use.
2
1
4 5 6
3
1311
-063
1311
-064
1311
-066
1311
-065
2002
-392
2002
-127
1853
-011
144
Welder s protection
BODY PROTECTION
Apron
Bolero apron and oversleeves
To order
Description Blister pack Characteristics1 -Flesh-split
leather apron Natural flesh split cowhide• 90 x 70 cm W 000 010 585 Easy-fasten clips• 110 x 80 cm W 000 010 587
2 -Grain leatherTop grade, natural, grain-split
aproncowhide with belt type fastening.
• 110 x 80 cm W 000 010 588
3 -Chrome free Soft cowhide leather apron, vegetablegrain leather W 000 010 589 tanned (for people allergic
to chromium used in tanning).
1
1
2 3
4 5 6
To order
Description Blister pack Characteristics4 - Bolero apron Removable protective apron, press
Size 52-56 TGT stud fasteners, elastic at bottom ¥ Grain-split cowhide 0820-0055 of back, stand-up collar,¥ Flesh-split cowhide 0820-0056 elastic cuffs, Kevlar seams.
5 - Long Flesh-split cowhide oversleeves,oversleeves fastening by straps and counter 670 mm straps with metel buckles at shoulder W 000 010 593
level, Kevlar seams.
6 - Short Flesh-split cowhide oversleeves,oversleeves elasticated fastening at elbow level, 450 mm W 000 010 592 Kevlar seams.
2002
-050
2002
-051
0951
-030
0951
-031
0951
-032
0951
-032
1198
-035
1198
-034
145
Cha
pte
r 6
BODY PROTECTION
Jackets, trousers, gaiters
Other welder s clothing
To order
To order
Description Characteristics1 - Welder’s hood Protects the head, ears, neck and nape
¥ Size 54-59 0820-0150 against light weld spatter.¥ Size 59-65 0820-0151 Made of fireproof PROBAN material.¥ Size 65-70 0820-0152
2a- Fireproof green Fastened by string around the face cotton head 0820-1060 Kevlar seam.Goat grain leathercollar
2b-Goat grain leather Very covering hood, vegetable tanning anti-allergy, head and collar 0820-1065 excellent protection against projections in welding
cutting, seam wire para-aramide.
3 - Safety cap Cap with ABS safety shell absorbs shocksCE EN 812
0820-1055to protect the head when a safety helmet is not required.Blue cotton fabric, adjustable visor,wide air vents.
4 - Leather Knee protection, prevents knee pain kneepads
0820-1035 during welding operations. Natural cowhide pouch containsviscoelastic foam pad.
1
Description Per item By quantity Characteristics1 - Flesh-split leather Natural flesh-split leather jacket,
jacket 1 inside pocket fastening with double ¥ Size 52-54 0820-0030 - press studs covered with flap velcro ¥ Size 56-60 0820-0031 - fastening cuffs stick up collar lided CE EN470-1 with fireproof cotton.
2 - Grain-split leather 1 inside pocket double stud fasteningjacket with flap velcro fastening wing collar¥ Size 52-54 TGT 0820-0071 - lined with fireproof cotton, ¥ Size 56-60 TGT 0820-0072 - length 760 mm.CE EN470-1
3 - Grain-split leather Fireproof cotton back for betterjacket ventilation, the back is nothalf-back in Proban necessary. Used when complete ¥ Size 52-54 TGT 0820-0094 - protection of the back is not necessary.¥ Size 56-60 TGT 0820-0095 -
4 - Welder’s trouser Natural, flesh-split cowhide trousers, ¥ Size 44-46 0820-0040 - Kevlar seam, special functional ¥ Size 48-50 0820-0041 - design: seaman s type fastening, ¥ Size 52-54 0820-0042 - built-in belt, 2 leg pockets with flap, ¥ Size 56-60 0820-0043 - can be put on without
removing shoes.
5 - Gaiter with straps 0820-0045 0820-8045 Natural, flesh-split cowhide gaiters,Length: 300 mm blister pack 20 pairs fastened with metal buckles,
Kevlar seam.
6 - Gaiter with Velcro 0820-0046 0820-8046 Natural, flesh-split cowhide gaiters,Length: 300 mm blister pack 20 pairs fastened with Velcro,
Kevlar seam.
1 2
43
5 6
3
4
22 b
a
1198
-036
1198
-064
1198
-038
1198
-033
0254
-040
2244
-058
1198
-017
1198
-019
1806
-089
2244
-057
1198
-068
2002
-045
1198
-064
146
Welder s protection
HAND PROTECTION
TIG gloves� TIG gloves¥ 5 fingers, american cut, ¥ wing fingers, ¥ reinforced forefinger, ¥ hand with goatskin grain, ¥ artery protection,¥ natural cow split cuff
100 mm long, ¥ exceptionally soft,¥ in accordance with EN 420,
EN 388, EN 407.
To order 1 pair:Size 9 W 000 010 421Size 10 W 000 010 422
412X4X
EN 407
2122
EN 388
EN 420
Universal use� Universal gloves¥ 5 fingers, american cut, ¥ webbed thumb, fitted forefinger, ¥ natural grain cowhide leather
for the palm and thumb, ¥ split cowhide leather
for the back and the cuff,¥ in accordance with EN 420,
EN 388.
To order 1 pair:Size 10 W 000 010 417
2122
EN 388EN 420
The cheapest welding glove� Long Basic¥ Split cowhide leather, ¥ 5 fingers, ¥ 150 mm cuff ¥ the cheapest welding glove,¥ in accordance with EN 420,
EN 388.
To order 1 pair:Size 10 W 000 010 413
Comfortable and resistant� Long Basic +• Split cowhide leather, ¥ 5 fingers, ¥ 150 mm cuff, ¥ reinforced strip on part
of the palm and back, ¥ cotton seams, ¥ soft, comfortable and resistant,¥ in accordance with EN 420,
EN 388.
To order 1 pair:Taille 10 W 000 010 414
Specially design for heavy duty� STOPCALOR¥ Specially designed
for heavy duty, ¥ MMA, MIG, MAG application
heat resistant, ¥ Split leather, ¥ american cut and Kevlar seams,¥ in accordance with EN 420,
EN 388, EN 407.
To order 1 pair:Size 9 W 000 010 418
412X4X
EN 407
2122
EN 388
EN 420
2122
EN 388EN 420
2122
EN 388EN 420
Heavy duty welding� STOPCALOR +¥ Split leather, American cut
and Kevlar seams,¥ Same heat resistance than
STOPCALOR, with a better suppleness,
¥ In accordance with EN 420, EN 388, EN 407.
To order 1 pair:Size 10 W 000 010 419
Heavy duty welding� STOPCALOR ALU¥ Split leather specially
for heat resistance, ¥ back and cuff treated
with aluminium,¥ for MIG, MAG, MMA or casting,¥ the reference in term of heat
protection,¥ in accordance with EN 388,
EN 407.
To order 1 pair:Size 10 W 000 010 420
2122
EN 388
Protectiongloves� Docker gloves¥ Handling 5 fingers, ¥ american cut, wing finger, ¥ reinforced forefinger, ¥ natural cow split for palm, ¥ back and cuff in cotton with
split leather artery protection, ¥ split leather strengthening piece
sewed on the back, polycotton seam,
¥ in accordance with EN 420, EN 388.To order 1 pair:Size 10 W 000 010 427
Protectiongloves� Protect comfort• Grain leather,• A mechanical resistant glove
for comfortable use.
Protectiongloves� Sensitive¥ The best answer for flexible
and resistant gloves, ¥ 5 fingers, american cut, ¥ wing fingers,
reinforced forefinger,¥ hand with goatskin grain, ¥ artery protection, ¥ natural cow split cuff complies
with EN 420.
To order 1 pair:Size 10 W 000 010 428
412X4X
EN 407
2122
EN 388EN 420 EN 420
To order 1 pair:Size 9 W 000 010 425Size 10 W 000 010 426
2004
-963
2004
-705
2004
-714
2004
-514
2004
-960
2004
-958
2004
-707
2004
-959
0951
-025
2004
-957
To order
147
Cha
pte
r 6
� OPTILAM range¥ 7 strips width 300 mm, height 1 750 mm,
covering 50 mm, self extinguishable strips,¥ very stable, easy mounting to the angles
thanks to stabilising feet.
PROTECTION: SCREENS AND STRIPS
Shade Complete Set of screen 7 spare strips
green T6 W 000 010 473 W 000 010 255
dark green T9 W 000 010 474 W 000 010 256
orange CE W 000 010 472 W 000 010 257
Albronze on request W 000 010 259
To order
Shade Complete Set of screen 7 spare strips
green T6 W 000 010 477 W 000 010 172
dark green T9 W 000 010 478 W 000 010 173
orange CE W 000 010 476 W 000 010 174
Albronze W 000 010 479 W 000 010 171
To order
Shade Complete Set of screen 7 spare strips
green T6 W 000 010 481 W 000 010 351
dark green T9 W 000 010 482 W 000 010 359
orange CE W 000 010 480 W 000 010 355
Albronze on request on request
To order
Shade With With 3 curtains 16 strips
green T6 W 000 010 275 W 000 010 280
dark green T9 W 000 010 276 W 000 010 281
orange CE W 000 010 277 W 000 010 282
Albronze on request on request
Welding screens
Triptycal welding screens
� LE MODULABLE range¥ frame of 3 turnable screens ( 3 420 m ),¥ mounted on rollers of which two with blocking,¥ 1 streched curtain over the width attached
by a VELCRO strap,¥ self-extinguishing.
� UNIVERSAL range¥ width 3 500 mm or 4 300 mm,
screen height 2 100 mm with rollers 2 000 mmwithout roller,
¥ curtains and strips, conform to standard project,¥ self-extinguising,¥ strip height 1 800 mm. 2 mm thickness,¥ curtain height 1 800 mm 0.4 mm thickness,¥ strip covering 66 %.
L 3 500 mm= 700 + 2 100 + 700
To order
Shade With With 4 curtains 20 strips
green T6 W 000 010 285 W 000 010 290
dark green T9 W 000 010 286 W 000 010 291
orange CE W 000 010 287 W 000 010 292
Albronze on request on request
L 4 300 mm= 1 100 + 2 100 + 1 100
� TRIPTYCAL range¥ triptycal with 3 flexible curtains
1 600 x 1 400 mm,¥ very good stability,¥ mounted on swiveling rollers of which two
with blocking,¥ height 2 000 mm,¥ width 700 + 2 000 + 700 mm.
CE EN 1598
CE EN 1598
CE EN 1598
1 93
0
1 860
2 00
0 m
m
3 400 mm
1 90
0
1 800 810810
2 000 700700
CE EN 1598
2 10
0 m
m
3 400 or 4 300 mm
2 100 mm
700or
1100mm
700or
1100mm
strips
curtains
0823
-019
0951
-038
0823
-022
0823
-023
0823
-025
148
To order
Description Cat. no. Wooden handle and forged steel head W 000 010 801Steel handle and stainless steel head W 000 010 556
Chipping hammers
Welding accessories
Selection criteriaAdapt the shade of the brush tothe steel you use
(stainless for stainless steel).
To order
Description Cat. no.1 - Brush 4 rows brass plated steel W 000 010 1622 - Brush 4 rows tempered steel W 000 010 1633 - Brush 4 rows stainless steel W 000 010 165
Wire brushes
1 2 3
To order
Type Designation Application Description Cat. no.Nominal volume
Anti- 1 - SILISAF Protection of the nozzles spattering and other parts Aerosol
9159-0020agents from lacquering. 405 ml
Contents silicone.2 - SPRAYMIG Protection of the nozzles
H2O and contact tips. AerosolW 000 010 001
Silicone free. 520 mlWater based.
3 - NET MIG Protection of the nozzles by steeping. Pot
9159-0170Do not use 220 mlwith extraction nozzles.
Cracks 4 - ARDROX Solvent: degreasing before detection 9 PR5 application of the Aerosol
W 000 011 080penetrating, elimination of 650 mlthe excess of the revealer.
5 - ARDROX Red penetrating: 996 P2 reveals the welding Aerosol
W 000 011 078defaults under the action 650 mlof the revealer.
6 - ARDROX Revealer of cracks. Aerosol9 D 1 Use it after the application 650 ml W 000 011 079
of the penetrating.Leaks 7 - BUBBLE Leak detector. Aerosol
W 000 010 963detection 650 ml
8 - 1000 Leak detector. Aerosol9159-0025
BULLES 650 ml
Aerosol
1
4 6
2 3
5
7
2004
-610
0951
-012
0951
-013
0951
-011
2719
-037
2004
-217
2000
-225
2000
-447
-3
2000
-447
-1
2000
-447
-2
2004
-815
8
2000
-228
149
Earth clamps
1
2
3
To order
Designation Type Power Cross section Cat. no.maxi
Crocodile 200 A 35 mm2 0006-0031type 1 - Bronze 300 A 35 mm2 0006-0033
600 A 70 mm2 0006-0032200 A 25 mm2 W 000 010 579
2 - Steel 400 A 70 mm2 W 000 010 580600 A 70 mm2 W 000 010 597
Springtype
3 - Bronze300 A 50 mm2 W 000 010 583600 A 95 mm2 W 000 010 584
Clamp4 - Stell
type800 A 95 mm2 W 000 010 050
4
1
2
Cable connectorsTo order
Designation Description Power Cross Cat. no. Cat. no.section mm2 linear
Cone union Complete 0042-0053 0042-00711-Universal Bolting by 500 A 16 to 70 1/2 male 0042-0054 0042-0072
1/4 screw turn 1/2 female 0042-0055 0042-0073
2-Quick CouplingComplete W 000 010 641
action 1/4 screw turn600 A 35 to 95 1/2 male W 000 010 092 -
1/2 female W 000 010 093
To order
To order
Secondary cables
Single-core cables to connect output from power source to electrode holder or earth clamp. For lengths more than 10 m, you have to choosethe upper section.Due to the bad resistance of PVC to incandescent particles, these cables are not suitable as welding cables.
** Maximum permissable under steady conditions (IEC recommandation 287)
*** Depending on duty cycle at 60%.
Extra flexible copper cable Neopren insulated.Standard H 01 N2 - E.
Section Current** Cat. no.16 mm2 150 A W 000 010 13725 mm2 202 A W 000 010 138
35 mm2 250 A W 000 010 13950 mm2 302 A W 000 010 14070 mm2 384 A W 000 010 14195 mm2 465 A W 000 010 142120 mm2 539 A W 000 010 143
PVC insulated flexible copper cables( low tension standard H07 VK )
Section Current*** Cat. no.Per linear meter Spool of 100 m Spool of 50 m
16 mm2 175 A W 000 010 144 W 000 010 151 -
25 mm2 230 A W 000 010 145 W 000 010 152 -35 mm2 290 A W 000 010 146 W 000 010 153 -50 mm2 365 A W 000 010 147 W 000 010 154 - 70 mm2 460 A W 000 010 148 - W 000 010 15595 mm2 560 A W 000 010 149 - -
2000
-174
0947
-054
0947
-060
0947
-053
0947
-061
2002
-234
0823
-029
Cha
pit
re 6
More than ten years dedicated to welders working conditionsimprovement. Professional customized solutions to solve customers problems regarding extraction and filtration of welding and cutting fumes and fine, dry dusts.
150
AZUR: extraction and treatment
0823
-021
0823
-021
Referenced in manyactivities sectors:• training center• steelwork,• metallurgy of iron and steel,• boiler making,• tubes factory,• shipyard,• manufacture of elevatortrolley, agricol material, metal furniture, automobile subcontracting.
Suction panels in a training center
Individual protection with an assisted suction fan
Centralized networks of polyflexible booms
On board high efficiency vacuuminstallations in a shipyard
Individual protection Suction panel with revolving of tools.
Extraction network for benches adjustmentof motors
Afid
a3
Afid
a1
Bas
e1B
ase3
Bas
e4
Our solutions always take in account:- the welders, their environment and working conditions,- the respect of the standards and regulations, as health and safety are concerned,- your economic requirements for a perennial investment with the guarantee
of efficient and durable results.
151
Cha
pte
r 6
of fumes
The context:
• a welding workshop for the students
• 4 types of work:- welding at fixe place
on samples,- welding on bulky metal
structures,- brazing with the bench,- cutting on automatic machines
(plasma and oxycutting processes).
• Customer requests:- modularity and effectiveness
of air flow rate according to the number and the type of operation stations,
- filtration and partial recycling of the air (particulary in cold season).
The solution applied:
• a centralized network for oil weldingapplications with extraction and filtration with self-cleaning.
Each station is equipped with a motorized obturator and the networkserves: - 6 double tables suction
(welding of test-samples),- 6 suction panels (brazing), - 3 booms PEBE with large operatingrange (bulky parts).Two distinct networks with filtration by CYCLOFILTRE with self-cleaning for cutting machines.
Professional technical college Vauban: an example of extraction and treatment of welding and cutting fumes.
Double suction table
Outside filter
Gouging
Suction panels
Boom
Vaub
an5
Vaub
an4
Vaub
an2
Vaub
an1
Vaub
an6
Vaub
an3
152
AZUR: extraction and treatment
To orderCat. no. 9405-0145For another dimension, consult us.
To order� PROMIG AZUR 10
MODULO 25• PROMIG AZUR 10
250 A at 60%, air-cooled, 4 mCat. no. 9149-0297
• MODULO 25max. extraction flow rate: 250 m3 / h,- max. negative pressure:
22.000 Pa,- motor power: 1.5 kW.Cat. no. 9400-9025.
� PROMIG AZUR 12MODULO 35
• PROMIG AZUR 12320 A at 60%, air-cooled, 4 m.Cat. no. 9149-0657
• MODULO 35max. extraction flow rate:310 m3 / h,- max. negative pressure:
30.000 Pa,- motor power: 2.2 kW.Cat. no. 9400-9035.
Workbench extractorsWelding workbench with AMSM mechanicalfiltering for extraction at source
EU 8/9 mechanical filtering, EU 2 metal-mesh prefiltering, extraction at source through worktable surface and three lateral extraction panels.Exist also in electrostatic filtration.
Combines the easy-to-use PROMIG AZUR torch with the powerfulMODULO turbine for guaranteed results.
Tool-mounted extractorsPROMIG AZUR 10/12torches with MODULOair turbine
Characteristics:• overall dimensions ( h x l x d ): 1 435 x 1 200 x 800 mm• worktable: 1100 x 750 mm• work height: 850 mm• max. admissible load: 200 kg• lateral panel height: 600 mm• suction flow rate: 1800 m3/ h • motor 2.2 kW 230/400 V three-phase• rear air outlet: 250 mm dia.
PROMIG AZUR characteristics:• fixed extractor, built into nozzle for constant and optimum efficiency,• rear ball joint: light-weight, easy to handle.MODULO characteristics:The MODULO unit provides efficient, high-power extraction with dust prefiltered at turbine air inlet.• CE compliant• 230-400 V, 50 Hz, three-phase voltage• Kit to interlock extraction with arc operation• Sound level: < 70 dB (A)• Protection provided by thermal magnetic relay on metal prefilter: EU 2 • Outlet dia.: 80 mm
1156
-016
2004
-829
2004
-830
Mod
ulo
2002
-270
153
Cha
pte
r 6
of fumes
To order� MECAZUR 35• Pack MECAZUR 35 + 3 m arm
230/400 V, three-phaseCat. no. 9405-0170
• Pack MECAZUR 35 +3 m arm 230 V, single-phase.Cat. no. 9405-0171
Mobile filtersMECAZUR 35 Mobile mechanical filter
Mobile mechanical filter for extracting and filtering welding fumes and fine, dry dust particles.
Characteristics:• metal-mesh prefilter with spark arrestor,• fibreglass filter cartridge filtering surface area: 35 m3 (class EU 8/9),• fan with 1300 m3/ h useful air flow rate on arm nozzle,• motor power 1.1 kW• dimensions without arm 665 x 681 x 995 mm• weight 105 kg• sound level < 70 dB (A)• pivoting guide wheels• alarm indicating fine filter saturation with 360° pivoting ECOFLEX arm, 3 m long.
Mec
azur
35
Model MECAZUR 35 M MECAZUR 35 Mfor 1 arm for 2 arms
Associated fan AZUR 2.1 AZUR 4.7Max. air flow rate (m3/h) 2100 4700 Number of stations 1 2 Air flow rate at arm nozzle 1100 m3/h 2 x 1100 m3/h Filter surface area 35 m2 35 m2
Sound level 64 dB (A) 68 dB (A)
• These filters are best used for welding galvanised steel, aluminium alloys, etc…, for any process that produces dry fumes.
• Equipped with an extraction arm, it collects fumes and fine dust at a distance of 30 to 50 cm from the source, in an area of 0.5 to 1 m in diameter.
• The filter requires replacement 1 to 3 times a year, depending on use.
Mechanical filter characteristics:• metal-mesh prefilter on air inlet,• high-performance filtering,• medium, EU 8/9 filtering,
• built-in alarm is standard on allmodels,• arms can be mounted directly underthe filter.
Wall-mounted filtersMECAZUR 35 Mmechanical filter
The MECAZUR 35 M mechanical filter has a large storage capacity for dust and dry fumes and features maintenance-free filters.
To order
� Complete MECAZUR 35 Mfilter set with 1 arm:• MECAZUR 35 M
mechanical filterCat. no. 9400-4050
• inlet for direct fitting of 1 arm Cat no. W 000 235 220
• AZUR 2.1 fan Cat. no. 9400-0310
• 3 m multi-articulation armCat. no. 9400-1310
� Complete MECAZUR 35 Mfilter set with 2 arms: • MECAZUR 35 M
mechanical filter • TRC D=315 mm
Cat no. 9400-0332• inlet for direct fitting of 2
arms Cat no. 9400-2510• AZUR 4.7 fan
Cat no. 9400-0330• 3 m multi-articulation arm
Cat. no. 9400-1310
� Spare parts• Replacement filter Cat. no. 9400-0595• Prefilter Cat. no. 9400-0596• ECOFLEX arm: option consult us.
Electrostatic filters Designed and built to extract fumes from welding carbon steel and oiled sheet metal.• Collection at source guarantees the best fume extraction efficiency.• AZUR wall-mounted electrostatic filters are equipped with heavy-duty
industrial filtering units.• Used as recommended, electrostatic filters have a long lifetime, providing
significant savings.
Electrostatic filter characteristics:• high-efficiency filtering,• washable filtering units,• built-in alarm is standard on all models.
When the filter needs cleaning, a sound alarm goes off and about 20 seconds later the fan stops running. The filter must then be cleaned before the unit can be returned to service.
• Simple, stand alone installation, may be used in addition to existing ventilation and air treatment equipment.
To order� 2.1 E Electrostatic filter- Associated fan: AZUR 2.1
+ arm- Max. air flow rate: 2100 m3/h- Number of stations: 1 or 2- Filtering area 9.6 m2
Cat. no. 9400-1000 (filter)Cat. no. 9400-4001(arm support)Cat. no. 9400-0310 (fan)
� 3.0 E Electrostatic filter- Associated fan: AZUR 2
+ 2 arms- Max. air flow rate: 2100 m3/h- Number of stations: 1 or 2- Filtering area: 16.4 m2
Cat. no. 9400-1100 (filter)Cat. no. 9400-4011(arm support)Cat. no. 9400-0310 (fan)
AZUR: extraction and treatment
Tool-mounted extractorsAZUR 2.1 E, and 3.0 EElectrostatic filters
To order: Unit 0.23 PACat. no. 9400-1123flexible Ø 45 mmlength 2.5 m
Portable filtering unitAutonomous Filtering UnitUnit 0.23 PA
The unit 0.23 PA (P = portable, A = automatic) is an indispensable toolfor all maintenance operation or for limited production, for a suction on extraction torches (maxi. 250 A) and piping nozzle... It is appropriatefor all dry, not explosive dust with a fine filter of great capacity of storage having a filtering surface of 12 m2. A metal prefilter integrated to the filtering cartridge protects the finefilter against all casual white-hot particles. In the air outlet there is afine filter of high performance (HEPA) which completes the filtration unit and ensures a global efficiency of 99.9% for welding fumes. It is delivered with a 5 m power supply cable and one 2.5 m flexibleextraction arm of 45 mm diameter. Two extraction fans with separate flow, 1000 W power, permit to adapt the extraction power to the connected pipe (torch and nozzle). The maxiair flow rate is 160 m3/h with one motor and 230 m3/h with 2 motors.
Characteristics:• supply voltage 230 V, 50 Hz, single-phase• motor power 2 x 1000 W• Filtering cartridge 12 m2 (without maintenance)• Sound level < 70 dB (A)• Finisher filter HEPA• standard CE• weight 15 kg (easy to use thanks
to the large wheels diameter)
1881
-001
2003
-276
Cha
pte
r 6
155
of fumes
180°
1.1 m at 2.2 m
To order� ECOFLEX arm Recommended fan:AZUR 1.8 fan• free-flowing air flow rate
1800 m3/h
- 2 m: Cat. no. 9400-0125- 3 m: Cat. no. 9400-0126- 4 m: Cat. no. 9400-0127
360°
To order� Complete telescopic arm set: Cat. no. 9405-0130
To order� Multi-articulation armdelivered with:• AZUR 1.8 fan
- free-flowing air flow rate 1800 m3/h
- motor power: 0.55 kW400 V, three-phase
• thermal magnetic circuit-breakerComplete multi-articulation arm set:
- 3 m: Cat. no. 9405-0126- 4 m: Cat. no. 9405-0127
Fixed extractionequipmentTelescopic arm
Ecoflex arm
Multi-articulation arm (premounted)
Arm characteristics:• Arm extension from 1.1 m to 2.2 m• Arm pivots 180° on wall bracket, sealed ball-bearing mounting• 160 mm dia. with antistatic flexible tube• 300 mm dia. removable metal nozzle, fitted with a safety screen• Built-in adjustment register on circular adjustment handleArm delivered with:• AZUR 1.8 fan: free-flowing air flow rate 1800 m3/h,
motor power 0.55 kW; 400 V, three-phase.• Thermal magnetic breaker.
Arm characteristics • 160 mm dia.• arm pivots 360° on ball-bearing mounting,• 300 mm dia. removable metal nozzle, fitted with a safety screen,• built-in adjustment register on circular adjustment handle,• delivered with arm wall-mounting fixture that also accommodates a fan.
Arm characteristics: • Arm pre-assembled at factory, support structure made of 2 lacquered,
pre-assembled aluminium tubes for easy installation.• Pivots 360° on wall bracket, sealed ball-bearing mounting.• 160 mm dia. antistatic tubes.• 300 mm dia. removable metal nozzle, fitted with a safety screen.• Built-in adjustment register on circular adjustment handle.
1881
-025
0882
-004
0882
-004
1853
-001
1853
-003
To order
Description Cat. no. Fan Suction Exhaust characteristics hose with nozzle hose
AZUR 1.3 portable 9400-0370 0.37 kW, 230 V, 50 Hz, single-phase Cat. no. 9400-0371fan 1400 m3/h flow rate, 15 kg, 63 dB ( A ) 2 m, Ø 160 mm Cat. no. 9400-1520
AZUR 2.11 portable9400-0311
0.75 kW, 230 V, 50 Hz, single-phase Cat. no. 9400-0373 6 m, Ø 160 mm
fan 2160 m3/h flow rate, 20 kg, 65 dB ( A ) 3 m, Ø 160 mm
• A portable fan consists in a stand, a single-phase, centrifugal fan
with carrying handle, a flexible tube with magnetic base, and a flexible tube
for exhausting.
• The fan is equipped with a 5 m cable.
• The suction tubes are 160 mm in diameter. They are made of 2 woven
polyamid-fibre layers coated with PVC and are non-flamable.
• The suction nozzle is fitted with 2 high-power magnets for fastening
in any position on a magnetic surface.
• The fastenings also ensure good stability on any flat surface.
To order
Description Cat. no. Characteristics Suction hose Exhaust hosewith nozzle
AZUR 1.33 9400-0079 0.37 kW, 400 V, 50 Hz three-phase Cat. no. 9400-03711400 m3/h flow rate, 15 kg 2 m, Ø 160 mm
AZUR 1.8 9400-0080 0.55 kW, 400 V, 50 Hz three-phase Cat. no. 9400-0373 Cat. no. 9400-15201800 m3/h flow rate, 18 kg 3 m, Ø 160 mm 6 m, Ø 160 mm
AZUR 2.19400-0081
0.75 kW, 400 V, 50 Hz three-phase Cat. no. 9400-03732100 m3/h flow rate, 20 kg 3 m, Ø 160 mm
Each mobile set also includes a nozzle with magnetic fitting, a circuit-breaker and a wheeled stand.
• The wheeled stand lets you move the fan easily. It is also designed
to be carried, with weight distributed evenly.
• The suction tubes are 160 mm in diameter.
They are made of 2 woven polyamid-fibre layers coated with PVC
and are non-flamable.
• The suction nozzle is fitted with 2 high-power magnets for fastening
in any position on a magnetic surface.
• The fastenings also ensure good stability on any flat surface.
AZUR: extraction and treatment Portable fansAZUR 1.3 and AZUR 2.11
Mobile fansAZUR 1.33 - AZUR 1.8AZUR 2.1
2 or 3 m
Ø 160 mm
156
1881
-003
1156
-011
157
Cha
pte
r 6
of fumes
Different solutions of extraction and treatment of fumes:
In a trainingcentre
In a shipyard
In a company manufacturing distributing equipments and furnitures for hospitals.
2063
-007
Chapter 7Submerged arc welding
159
Submerged arc welding (SAW) is a process that gives high productivity(high speed of execution, due to high penetration no bevelling is necessary), excellent quality welds (high penetration and compactness,no spatters), together with a good level of operator comfort (no fumesand no visible arc). SAW process is currently used in several different activity sectors (shipbuilding, vessel fabrication, reconstituted weldedbeams...)
160
Submerged arc welding wire/flux
2570
-016
Single-passwelding
Selection criteria of submerged arcwelding wire/flux combinations
Circular and longitudinal welding of gas cylinders,water heater and fire extinguisher bodies, tanks, downhand welding.
Applications Thickness Recommended wire/flux combinations
Between 2 and 5 mmon steel gradesS 235 to S 355(according EN standards).
• AS 26/AS 55• AS 26/AS 50• AS 26/AS 231• AS 35/AS 450• AS 70S/AS 450
Two-passwelding
Large pressure vessels, tube,structural steelwork shipbui-ding, circular and longitudinalwelds on large storage,tanks, boiler vessel, butt-welding of panels.
Between 5 and 20 mmon steel gradesS 275 J2 G3 to S 355 NL(according EN standards).
Filletwelding
Welding of beams, frames forspecial machines, longitudinalmembers for trucks, travellingoverhead cranes, etc.
• AS 26/AS 231M• AS 35/AS450.• AS 70S better in case of slightly rusty or scaly plates.
Multipasswelding
Large pressure vessels, off-shore, tubes, nuclear engineering.
Bigger than 20 mm in steel grades S 275 J2 G3 to S 355 NL(according EN standards).
Between 5 and 20 mm.All type of stainlesssteel.
Stainlesssteelwelding
Constructionand stainless steelpressure vessels.
• 304 L/304:ASNC/CN100
• 316 L/316:ASNCMo/CN100
• Carbon steel to stainless steel:ASNCNIF/CN100
• Duplex steels:LEXAL S 22 9 3N/F500
1
2
STANDARDS
EN 756 AWS SFA 5.17/5.23
• With bonded fluxes
AS 26 / AS 231 S 3T 0 AR S1 F7A0-EL12
AS 26 / AS 231 M S 3T 0 AR S1 F7A0-EL12
AS 35 / AS 450 S 38 0 AB S2 F7A0-EM12K
AS 35 / AS 461 S 42 4 AB S2 F7A4-EM12K
AS 35 / AS 462 S 42 2 AB S2 F7A2-EM12K
FREEZAL S Ni 3 / F Ni 3 - F7A/P15-ENi3-Ni3
AS 37 / AS 589 S 42 6 FB S3Si -
AS NC / AS 100 - -
STANDARDS
EN 756 AWS SFA 5.17/5.23
• With fused fluxes
AS 26 / AS 50 S 35 0 MS S1 F6A0-EL12
AS 26 / AS 55 S F 38 0 MS S1 F7A0-EL12
AS 36 / AS 81 S 42 5 CS S4 F7A6-EH14
AS 36 / AS 89 S 42 4 CS S4 F7A6-EH14
AS 36 / AS 80 S 46 0 CS S4 F7A2-EH14
Standards for submerged arc wire/flux combinations
Cr/Ni Cr/Ni Cr/Ni Carb.steel
161
Cha
pte
r 7
combinations
Average UTS (weld)Charpy V
UTS ≤ 550 N/mm2 UTS ≤ 620 N/mm2 UTS ≤ 700 N/mm2
notch 50 J/cm2
– 20 °C AS 35/AS 461 AS 37/AS 461 AS 40/AS 461
– 40 °C* AS 37/AS 589 AS 37/AS 589 AS 62/AS 589
– 60 °C* AS 37/AS 589AS 62/AS 37/ AS 64/AS 589FREEZAL F Ni 3FREEZAL F Ni 3
1
RECOMMENDATIONS:To obtain the expected characteristics some precautions have to be taken:• drying of bonded flux• the use of none polluted flux• direct grinding of the grooves to be assembled • keep the interpass temperature < 50 °C• the adapted heat input has to be < 2.5 kJ (cm mm).
Ead [ x ] = adapted heatinput
U [V ] = voltageI [A] = amperageVs [ ] = welding speed
e [mm] = plate thickness
cmmin
1mm
kJcmEad = x
1e
U x I x 0,06Vs
UTS steelCharpy V UTS ≥ 410 N/mm2 UTS ≥ 470 N/mm2 UTS ≥ 510 N/mm2*notch ≥ 50 J/cm2 Mn ≤ 1 % 1 ≤ Mn % ≤ 1.3 Mn > 1.3 %
0 °C AS 36/AS 231 AS 26/AS 231AS 36/AS 450 AS 35/AS 450
– 20 °C AS 36/AS 450AS 35/AS 462AS 36/AS 462 AS 40A/AS 462
– 40 °C* AS 40/AS 462 AS 40A/AS 462 AS 40A/AS 462
2-1 AS WELDED
Two-pass welding recommended wire/flux combinations:
2 Multipass welding recommended wire/flux combinations:
UTS (weld)Heat treatment 500 < UTS < 620 620 < UTS < 700
in N/mm2 in N/mm2
CVN –20 °C CVN –40 °C CVN –60 °C
580 - 600 °C 1 to 3 h AS 37/AS 461 AS 37/AS 589 AS 37/AS 589 AS 62/AS 589Vrf ≥ 50 °C/h (CVN – 20 °C)
580 - 600 °C≤ 10 h AS 36/AS 589 AS 37/AS 589 AS 37/FREEZAL F Ni 3 AS 62/FREEZAL F Ni 3Vrf ≥ 20 °C/h (CVN – 40 °C)
690 °C/8 h - - - AL CROMO S 225/F537(CVN – 40 °C)
2-2 AFTER HEAT TREATMENT RECOMMENDATIONSTo obtain the expected characteristicssome precautions have to be taken:• drying of bonded flux,• the use of non recycled flux,• interpass temperature between
150-200 °C (aim 150 °C),• welding energy has to be between 15 and 20 kJ/cm.
* At low temperature the impact strengthdepends largely on the carbon content of the molten area: C % limit 0.12 % approx. Choose a base metal with not more than 0.15% carbon (chemical analysis of deposit = 70 % chemical analysis of steel + 30 % chemical analysis of wire/flux combination).
** For steel grades E28-4 and A 42 a compromise must be found for the UTS giventhe required impact strength (–40 °C).
Ead [ x ] = adapted heat input
U [V ] = voltageI [A] = amperageVs [ ] = welding speed
e [mm] = plate thickness
cmmin
1mm
kJcm
Ead = x1e
U x I x 0,06Vs
2002
-326
1806
-107
1806
-110
162
Submerged arc welding wires
* These electrode wires may be suitable for welding steels with high strength at high temperature.
** Standardisation: because of differences between specifications these classifications do not always apply.
*** For other grades, diameters and packaging consult SAF
Drum (F):Dia. Cat. number kg2.0 1095-0061 F - 3502.4 1095-0064 F - 3503.2 1095-0073 F - 350
Non-alloyed and low-alloyed steels wiresAS 26� STANDARDS**EN 756: S1AWS - SFA 5.17: EL12
� STANDARDS**EN 756: S3 Si
� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC 0.1Mn 0.5Si 0.05
� ORDERING INFORMATION***Coil or spool:Dia. Cat. number kg1.2 1095-0054 202.0 1095-0060 252.4 1095-0062 253.2 1095-0071 254.0 1095-0081 25
� STANDARDS**EN 756: S4 MoAWS - SFA 5.23: EA3
� STANDARDS**EN 756: S2 MoAWS - SFA 5.23: EA2
� STANDARDS**EN 756: S2Si2AWS - SFA 5.17: EM13K
� STANDARDS**EN 756: S2AWS - SFA 5.17: EM 12 K
� STANDARDS**EN 756: S4AWS - SFA 5.17: EH14
AS 70 S� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC 0.06Mn 1.1Si 0.65
� ORDERING INFORMATION***Coil:Dia. Cat. number kg2.4 1095-0381 253.2 1095-0382 25
AS 37� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC 0.1Mn 1.5Si 0.25
� ORDERING INFORMATION***Coil or spool:Dia. Cat. number kg3.2 1095-0180 254.0 1095-0181 25
AS 61� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC 0.1Mn 2.0Si 0.05Mo 0.5Ni 0.5
AS 40*� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC 0.1Mn 1.9Si 0.05Mo 0.5� ORDERING INFORMATION***
Coil:Dia. Cat. number kg3.2 1095-0213 254.0 1095-0223 25
AS 40 A*� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC 0.1Mn 1.0Si 0.05Mo 0.5� ORDERING INFORMATION***
Coil:Dia. Cat. number kg1.6 1095-0239 182.0 1095-0248 252.4 1095-0249 253.2 1095-0247 254.0 1095-0277 25
� ORDERING INFORMATION***Please contact us
ENDURO drum (E) - Reel ( T ):Dia. Cat. number kg1.2 1095-0321 E - 2001.6 1095-0324 T - 3001.6 1095-0329 E - 200
AS 35� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC 0.1Mn 1.0Si 0.1
� ORDERING INFORMATION***Coil:Dia. Cat. number kg1.2 1095-0322 161.6 1095-0326 182.4 1095-0303 253.2 1095-0311 254.0 1095-0332 25
Drum (F) - Reel ( T ):Dia. Cat. number kg2.4 1095-0114 T - 100
AS 36� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC 0.1Mn 1.9Si 0.05
� ORDERING INFORMATION***Coil:Dia. Cat. number kg1.6 1095-0162 162.4 1095-0113 253.2 1095-0123 254.0 1095-0133 25
163
Cha
pte
r 7
* These electrode wires may be suitable for welding steels with high strength at high temperature.
** Standardisation: because of differences between specifications these classifications do not always apply.
*** For other grades, diameters and packaging consult SAF
� STANDARDS**AWS - SFA 5.23: EF2
� STANDARDS**EN 756: S2Ni2AWS - SFA 5.23: ENi2
� STANDARDS**AWS - SFA 5.23: ENi3
� STANDARDS**EN 12070: SCrMo1
� STANDARDS**EN 12070: SCrMo2AWS - SFA 5.23: EB3
� STANDARDS**EN 12072: 19 9LAWS - SFA 5.9: ER308L
� STANDARDS**EN 12072: S19 123LAWS - SFA 5.9: ER316L
Stainless steels wiresAS NC
� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC < 0.03Mn 1.5Si 0.4Ni 10Cr 20
� ORDERING INFORMATION***Coil:Dia. Cat. number kg2.4 1095-2113 253.2 1095-2123 254.0 1095-2133 25
Drum (F):Dia. Cat. number kg3.2 1095-2913 F - 350
AS 126*� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC 0.1Mn 0.9Si 0.1Mo 0.5Cr 1.25
� ORDERING INFORMATION***Coil:Dia. Cat. number kg2.4 1095-2904 253.2 1095-2903 254.0 1095-2902 25
AL CROMO S 225*� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC 0.1Mn 0.55Si 0.1Mo 1.0Cr 2.3
AS 62� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC 0.1Mn 2.3Si 0.15Mo 0.6Ni 0.6
AS 64� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC 0.1Mn 1.0Si 0.05Ni 2.0� ORDERING INFORMATION***
Coil:Dia. Cat. number kg2.4 1095-0296 25
FREEZAL S Ni 3� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC 0.06Mn 1.2Si 0.2Ni 3.5
AS NC Mo� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC < 0.03Mn 1.5Si 0.4Mo 2.6Ni 12Cr 18
� ORDERING INFORMATION***Coil:Dia. Cat. number kg2.4 1095-2213 253.2 1095-2223 254.0 1095-2233 25
� STANDARDS**EN 12072: S2 312LAWS - SFA 5.9: ER309L
AS NC Ni F� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC < 0.03Mn 1.5Si 0.5Ni 13Cr 24
� ORDERING INFORMATION***Coil:Dia. Cat. number kg3.2 1095-2443 25
� STANDARDS**EN 12072: S2 293LAWS - SFA 5.9: ER2209
LEXAL S 22 9 3� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC < 0.03Mn 1.6Si 0.5Mo 3Ni 8.5Cr 22.8
� ORDERING INFORMATION***Coil:Dia. Cat. number kg1.6 1095-2498 202.4 1095-2500 253.2 1095-2501 25
� ORDERING INFORMATION***Please contact us
� ORDERING INFORMATION***Please contact us
� ORDERING INFORMATION***Please contact us
Nickel-alloyed wiresAS 625� STANDARDS**AWS - SFA 5.14: ERNiCrMo3
� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC 0.01Mn 0.1Si 0.1Mo 9Ni 65Cr 22Nb 3.5
� ORDERING INFORMATION***Coil:Dia. Cat. number kg1.6 1095-2505 20
AS 276� STANDARDS**AWS - SFA 5.14: ERNiCrMo4
� TYPICAL CHEMICAL ANALYSISC 0.02Mn 0.5Si 0.05Mo 16Ni 57Cr 16
� ORDERING INFORMATION***
Dia. Cat. number kgPlease contact us
164
Packaging
Flux Weight To order( kg )
AS 231 bag 25 1096-1323
AS 231 M bag 25 1096-1332
Conditions of use:
DC or AC up to 1200 A per wire.
Wires to be used:
AS 26 - 0.5 % Mn.
AS 35 - 1 % Mn.
AS 40A - 0.5 % Mn, 0.5 % Mo.
Fluxes for submerged arc weldi AS 231 AS 231 MStandards:
• EN 760S A AR1 78 AC H5 2-16
• EN 756S 3T 0 AR 1 S1S 3T 0 AR 1 S2S 4T 2 AR 1 S2 Mo
• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.17F 7A0 - EM12F 7A0 - EL12F 7A0 - EM12 K
Bonded flux
Main applications:• Small boilerwork.• Coiled tubing. • Gas cylinders (butane-propane).• Metal framework.• Shipbuilding.
Typical mechanical characteristics:With wires UTS YS Elongation CVN CVN
(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % at 0 °C (J) at – 20 °C (J)AS 26 580 510 25 40 28AS 35 550 465 24 50 60AS 40A 580 550 23 60 35
Approvals:D.N.V. L.R.S. B.V. C.L. A.B.S.
AS 26 / AS 231 M � � � � �
AS 35 / AS 231 - - - - -
Specific characteristics:
• Very good properties at high speed (2 m/min), particulary with two thin wires. • Self-releasing slag, even at the root of the groove (AS 231 M).• Welding of pipes, with two run, both sides with one or multiple electrodes.• Basicity index: 0.75 according to Boniszewski.
Typical chemical analysis: AS 26 AS 35 AS 40A
Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metalC 0.10 0.05 0.10 0.05 0.10 0.06Mn 0.5 1.1 1.0 1.5 1.0 1.5Si 0.05 0.6 0.05 0.55 0.05 0.55Mo - - - - 0.5 0.45
Packaging
Flux Weight To order( kg )
AS 450 bag 25 1096-1321
AS 450 LPG bag 25 1096-1339
Conditions of use:
C.C. or C.A. up to 1000 A.
Wires to be used:
AS 35
AS 70S for welding dirty steel.
AS 450AS 450 LPGStandards:
• EN 760S A AB1 76 AC H52-16 (AS 450)S A AB1 76 AC H52-12 (AS 450 LPG)
• EN 756S 42 2 AB S2S 3T 2 AB S2
• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.17F 7A0 - EM12KF 7A0 - EL12F 7A0 - EM12
Main applications:• Small boilerwork.• Spiral and longitudinal pipes• Gas cylinders (butane – propane) with flux AS 450 LPG.• Metal framework.• Shipbuilding.
Approvals:D.N.V. L.R.S. B.V. C.L. A.B.S.
AS 35 � � � � �
Typical mechanical characteristics:With wires UTS YS Elongation CVN CVN at
(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % at 0 °C (J) – 20 °C (J)AS 35 480 390 26 100 75AS 70S 530 440 26 70 40
Specific characteristics:
• Very good properties in fillet welding, particulary with two thin wires.• Self-releasing slag, even at the root of the groove.• High speed welding with flux AS 450 LPG (fine grain).• Basicity index: 1.1 according to Boniszewski.
Typical chemical analysis: AS 35 AS 70S
Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metalC 0.10 0.05 0.06 0.05Mn 1.0 1.2 1.15 1.45Si 0.05 0.36 0.65 0.7
165
Cha
pte
r 7
ng
Packaging
Flux Weight To order( kg )
AS 461 bag 25 1096-1327
Conditions of use:
DC or AC up to 1 000 A with one wire and 1 500 A
in tandem.
Wires to be used:
Wires with 0.5 % Mn and 1 % Mn,
non-alloy or low alloy with multirun.
Wires with 1 % and 2 % Mn,
non-alloy or low alloy (Mo) with two passes.
AS 461Standards:
• EN 760S A AB1 78 AC H52-16
• EN 756S 35 2 AB S1S 42 4 AB S2S 46 4 AB S3SiS 5T 2 AB S2Mo
• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.17F 6-A2 - EL12F 7-A4 - EM12KF 7-A6 - EH14
• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.23F 8A4 - EEA2A2
Main applications:
• Boilerwork.• Piping.• Shipyards.
Typical mechanical characteristics:With wires Heat UTS YS Elongation CVN CVN at CVN at
treatment (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % at 0 °C (J) – 20 °C (J) – 40 °C (J)AS 35 none 540 440 26 - 110 501 % Mn 580 °C/h 520 420 27 - 90 -AS 37 none 590 510 29 - 120 751.5 % Mn 580 °C/h 520 450 29 - 100 65AS 36 none 610 520 24 110 75 602 % Mn 580 °C/h 560 470 26 110 90 65AS 40A none 650 550 23 - 50 301 % Mn 0.5 % Mo 580 °C/h 600 520 22 40 35 -AS 26 none 500 380 27 - 100 500,5 % Mn 580 °C/h 480 350 28 - 80 -
Approvals:D.N.V. L.R.S. B.V. C.L. A.B.S. T.Ü.V.
AS 35 / AS 461 � � � � - �
AS 37 / AS 461 - - - - - �
AS 40A / AS 461 � � � - � -
Specific characteristics:
• This flux is specially recommended for two-run or multirun welding of joints for which goodimpact are required at low temperature: –20 °C, or even –40 °C with multirun, or even –60 °Cwith two-run, depending on the electrode wire chosen.
• Very good properties for fairly high welding speeds (0.9 m/min) and very good quality fillet welds.• Recommended for twin arc welding.• Can be used for surfacing.• Basicity index: 1.33 according to Boniszewski.
Typical chemical analysis: AS 37 AS 35 AS 36 AS 40A AS 26
Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal
C 0.10 0.04 0.10 0.05 0.12 0.05 0.10 0.06 0.10 0.05Mn 1.5 1.7 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.10 1.0 1.20 0.5 1.1Si 0.15 0.6 0.1 0.5 0.05 0.4 0.05 0.3 0.05 0.3Mo - - - - - - 0.5 0.40 - -
Packaging
Flux Weight To order( kg )
AS 462 bag 25 1096-1320
Conditions of use:
DC or AC up to 1 000 A with one wire and 1 500 A
in tandem.
Wires to be used:
Wires with 0.5 % Mn and 1 % Mn,
non-alloy or low alloy with multirun.
Wires with 1 % and 2 % Mn,
non-alloy or low alloy (Mo) with two passes.
AS 462Standards:
• EN 760S A AB1 66 AC H52-16
• EN 756S 35 0 AB S1S 42 2 AB S2S 50 4 AB S4S 4T 4 AB S2 Mo
• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.17F 6A2 - EL12F 7A2 - EM12KF 7A2 - EM12F 7A5 - EH14
• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.23F 8A4 - EEA2A2
Main applications:• Boilerwork.• Piping.• General construction.• Shipbuilding.
Typical mechanical characteristics:With wires Heat UTS YS Elongation CVN CVN at CVN at
treatment (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % at 0 °C (J) – 20 °C (J) – 40 °C (J)AS 260,5 % Mn none 470 380 25 110 60 -
AS 351 % Mn none 550 470 25 110 90 30
AS 362 % Mn none 640 530 28 80 75 45
AS 40A none 640 540 24 80 40 271 % Mn 0.5 % Mo
Approvals:D.N.V. L.R.S. B.V. C.L. T.Ü.V.
AS 35 / AS 462 � � � � �
Specific characteristics:
• Alumino-basic flux.• For fillet welding and butt welding of thin and medium thickness sheet metal with impact guaranteed
at –20 °C and in certain cases at –40 °C.• Recommended for high-speed welding with twin arc and multi-electrode.• Basicity index: 1.33 according to Boniszewski.
Typical chemical analysis: AS 26 AS 35 AS 36 AS 40A
Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal
C 0.10 0.03 0.10 0.045 0.12 0.045 0.10 0.06Mn 0.5 1.05 1.0 1.3 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.3Si 0.05 0.35 0.1 0.3 0.05 0.3 0.05 0.3Mo - - - - - - 0.5 0.45
166
Packaging
Flux Weight To order( kg )
FREEZAL F Ni 3 bag 25 1096-1345
Conditions of use:
DC or AC up to 1 000 A with one wire
and 1 500 A with two wires.
Wires to be used:
FREEZAL S Ni 3.
Fluxes for submerged arc weldi FREEZAL F NI 3Standards:
• EN 760S A FB 1 55 AC
• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.23F 7A/P15ENi3-Ni3
Bonded flux
Main applications:• Boiler works.• Cryogenic transport and storage
tanks fluids to a temperature of –105 °C.
Typical mechanical characteristicsWith wire UTS YS Elongation Heat CVN at CVN at
(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % treatment skin (-101 °C) coreFREEZAL S Ni 3 520-620 > 480 > 20 1 h at 620 °C 42 60
550-650 > 480 > 18 none 41 103
Specific characteristics:
• This flux is designed for the welding of steels with 3.5 % of nickel.
• High purity raw materials selected in order to obtain good mechanical characteristics at – 105 °C.
• Flux adapted to multi run welding on an heavy thickness.
• Basicity index according to Boniszewski: 3.1.
Typical chemical analysis: FREEZAL S Ni3
Wire Weld metalC 0.06 0.07Mn 1.2 1.0Si 0.2 0.2S 0.004 0.005P 0.008 0.010Ni 3.5 3.2
Packaging
Flux Weight To order( kg )
AS 589 bag 25 1096-1325
Conditions of use:
DC or AC up to 1000 A with one wire
and 1500 A with two wires.
Wires to be used:
Non-alloyed, or low alloyed wires.
(AS 126 - AS 37 -AS 40A -AS 64).
AS 589Standards:
• EN 760S A FB1 55 AC H5
• EN 756S 42 6 FB S3 Si(AS37)S 46 7 FB S2 Ni2(AS 64)S 52 4 FB S2 Mo(AS 40A)
• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.17F7A8-EH14
• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.23F7-A5-EGGF8-A4-E EA2-A2F8-A10-E ENi2-Ni2F8-P8-E EB2-B2
Main applications:• Heavy boilerwork (e.g.: nuclear).• Piping (e.g.: offshore).• COD test.
Typical mechanical characteristics:With wires Heat UTS YS Elongation CVN at CVN at CVN at CVN at
treatment (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % – 20 °C (J) – 40 °C (J) – 60 °C (J) – 80 °C (J)AS 37 none 560 440 28 - 150 90 -1.5 % Mn 580 °C/5h 510 400 30 - 90 70 -AS 40A none 650 590 23 70 55 27 -1 % Mn - 0.5 % Mo 620 °C/1h 610 550 28 - 45 - -AS 64 none 510 400 30 - 180 130 901 % Mn - 2 % Ni 580 °C/10h 550 440 22 - 110 90 45AS 126 none 650 400 24 50 - - -1.25 % Cr - 0.5 % Mo 620 °C/2h 650 590 21 55 - - -
Approvals:T.Ü.V.
AS 37 / AS 589 �
Specific characteristics:
• This flux is specially recommended for multirun welding of joints for which good impact at temperatures of less than or equal to -40°C are required.
• Surfacing.
• Basicity index: 2.9 according to Boniszewski.
Typical chemical analysis: AS 37 AS 40A AS 64 AS 126
Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal
C 0.12 0.07 0.12 0.07 0.10 0.07 0.10 0.06Mn 1.5 1.30 1.00 0.9 1.0 0.90 1.0 0.9Si 0.15 0.3 0.07 0.2 0.15 0.25 0.1 0.2Mo - - 0.50 0.45 - - 0.5 0.45Ni - - - - 2.00 1.75 - -Cr - - - - - - 1.5 1.1
167
Cha
pte
r 7
ng
Packaging
Flux Weight To order( kg )
CN100 bag 25 1096-1333
Conditions of use:
DC or AC up to 1200 A per wire.
Wires to be used:
AS NC (20 % Cr - 10 % Ni): ER 308 L
AS NC Mo (19 % Cr - 10 % Ni - 2,5 % Mo): ER 316 L
AS NC NIF (24 % Cr - 12 % Ni): ER 309 L
CN 100Standards:
• EN 760S A AB2 DC
Main applications:• Stainless steel boilerwork.• Chemical industries.• Cryogenic vessels.
Typical mechanical characteristics:With wires UTS YS Elongation CVN CVN at
(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % at 20 °C (J) – 269 °C (J)AS NC 600 390 40 70 45AS NC Mo 570 400 34 65 44AS NC NIF 550 400 35 65 -
Approvals:T.Ü.V.
AS NC/CN 100 �
AS NCMo/CN 100 �
Specific characteristics:
• This flux is recommended for welding stainless steels.
• Good mechanical characteristics at very low temperature (– 269 °C)
• Surfacing.
• Basicity index: 2.69 according to Boniszewski.
Typical chemical analysis: AS NC AS NC Mo AS NC NIF
Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metalC 0.015 0.018 0.012 0.015 0.015 0.018Si 0.4 0.9 0.4 0.9 0.4 0.9Mn 1.7 1.4 1.5 1.4 1.5 1.4Cr 20 20 19 19 24 23Ni 10 10 12 12 13 12Mo - - 2.5 2.1 - -
Packaging
Flux Weight To order( kg )
LEXAL F 500 bag 25 1096-1341
Wires to be used:
LEXAL S 22.9.3.N
LEXAL S 25.10.4.N
LEXAL F 500Standards:
• EN 760S A AB2 DC
Main applications:• Chemical and petroleum
industries.
Typical mechanical characteristics:With wires UTS YS Elongation CVN CVN at
(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % at –20 °C (J) – 50 °C (J)LEXAL S 22.9.3.N 820 710 26 75 60LEXAL S 25.10.4.N 820 780 28 60 -
Specific characteristics:• Basicity index in accordance to Boniszewski: 2,69.• This flux is recommanded for duplex and superduplex steels.• Good mechanical characteristics at very low temperature (- 50 °C).
Typical chemical analysis: LEXAL S 22.9.3.N LEXAL S 25.10.4.N
C 0.014 0.013Si 0.5 0.3Mn 1.6 0.4Ni 8.1 8.1Cr 22.8 25.8Mo 3.2 3.2N 0.16 0.25
Approvals:D.N.V. L.R.S. G.L.
LEXAL S 22.9.3.N/F 500 � � �
168
Packaging
Flux Weight To order( kg )
AS 516 metal drum 30 1096-1344
Conditions of use:
DC (+ or -) AC 900 A maximum
Flux drying: 1 to 2 hours at 250 – 400 °C
Wires to be used:
AS 625 - ERNiCrMo3 (AWS 5.14)
AS 276 - ERNiCrMo4 (AWS 5.14)
Fluxes for submerged arc weldi AS 516Standards:
• EN 756SA AB2 AC H5
Bonded flux
Main applications:• Cryogenics
(assembly of steel with 9 % of nickel).• Chemical industries.• Petroleum chemistry.
Typical mechanical characteristics:With wires Heat UTS YS Elongation CVN at
treatment (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % – 196 °C (J)AS 625 As welded 720 460 42 70
Specific characteristics:
• Basicity index in accordance with Boniszewski: 1,3.• Basic flux for welding and resurfacing with high impact nickel alloy wire.• The transfer of manganese operated by this flux allows efficiently fighting against hot
cracking.
Typical chemical analysis: AS 625 wire Deposif out of dilution
C 0.008 0.008Si 0.09 0.11Mn 0.1 2.22Mo 9.3 9.1Cr 21.8 21.4Ni remainder remainderNb 3.4 3.3Fe 0.3 0.3Ti 0.15 0.10
Packaging
Flux Weight To order( kg )
AS 530 metal drum 30 1096-1338
Conditions of use:
DC (+ or -) AC 900 A maximum
Flux drying: 1 to 2 hours at 250 – 400 °C
Wires to be used:
AS 625 = Ni Cr 22 Mo 9 Nb (complying with DIN 1736)
– ER Ni Cr Mo 3 (complying with SFA 5.14)
AS 276 = Ni Mo 16 Cr 15 W (complying with DIN
1736) – ER Ni Cr Mo 4 (complying with SFA 5.14)
AS 530Standards:
• EN 760S A FB 2 AC H10
Main applications:• Petroleum and petroleum
chemistry industries.
Specific characteristics:
• Basicity index in accordance with Boniszewski: 2,7.• A flux for high impact nickel alloys (ERNiCrMo3, ERNiCrMo4,…
complying with AWS 5.14).• Very low sensitivity to hot cracking notably owing to a low transfer of silicon
and foreign matter.
Typical chemical analysis: AS 625 AS 276
Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metalC 0.014 0.015 0.017 0.019Mn 0.02 0.01 0.47 0.44SI 0.06 0.15 0.06 0.12S 0.001 0.005 0.002 0.003P 0.004 0.007 0.002 0.006Fe 0.15 1.5 6.9 9.1Ni 65.3 64.5 57.0 56.3Mo 8.7 8.7 16.0 14.9Cr 21.7 21.2 15.9 15.4Nb 3.7 3.3 - -
169
Cha
pte
r 7
ngFused flux
Packaging
Flux Weight To order( kg )
AS 50 bag 25 1096-0118
Conditions of use:
DC or AC up to 1 100 A.
Wires to be used:
AS 26 (0.5 % Mn) and AS 35 (1 % Mn) also possible.
AS 36 (2 % Mn) with two-run welding.
AS 50Standards:
• EN 760SF MS 1 76 AC
• EN 756SF 35 0 MS S1SF 38 0 MS S2
• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.17F6A0-EL12F7A0-EM12 K
Main applications:
• Small boilerwork.• Gas tanks.• General construction.• Welding of shoulders on butane cylinders.• Surfacing.
Typical mechanical characteristics:With wires UTS YS Elongation CVN
(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % at 0 °C (J)AS 26 480 370 33 45AS 35 560 470 28 5
Approvals:T.Ü.V.
AS 35 / AS 50 �
Specific characteristics:
• Flux for ordinary welding of carbon steels.• Good qualities on copper support(low sensibility to arc blow).
Typical chemical analysis: AS 26 AS 35
Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metalC 0.10 0.03 0.10 0.035Mn 0.5 1.05 1.0 1.25Si 0.05 0.4 0.1 0.4
Packaging
Flux Weight To order( kg )
AS 55 bag 25 1096-0144
Conditions of use:
DC up to 900 A.
Wires to be used:
AS 26 (0,5 % Mn).
AS 35 (1 % Mn).
AS 55Standards:
• EN 760S F MS 1 69 AC
• EN 756SF 38 0 MS S1SF 42 0 MS S2
• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.17F7A0-EL12F7A0-EM12
Main applications:• Lamp posts.• Telephone poles.• Welded plate girders.• Metal framework structures.• Gas cylinders (butane, propane).• Small boilerwork.• Shipyards.
Typical mechanical characteristics:With wires UTS YS Elongation CVN CVN at
(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % at 0 °C (J) – 20 °C (J)AS 26 540 440 27 55 40AS 35 560 480 26 60 45
Specific characteristics:
• This flux is specially recommended for single wire or double thin wire welding of thin sheet metal (from 1.2 mm on welding assembly), butt welding, fillet weldingat very high speed (up to 4 m/min).
• Welding of pre-painted sheet metal (shipyard type).
• Excellent wettability.
• Low consumption.
Typical chemical analysis: AS 26 AS 35
Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metalC 0.10 0.04 0.10 0.04Mn 0.5 1.6 1.0 1.8Si 0.05 0.2 0.1 0.2
170
Packaging
Flux Weight To order( kg )
AS 72 bag 25 1096-0251
Conditions of use:
DC or AC up to 1 300 A with single wire
and up to 1 800 A with two wires.
Wires to be used:
AS 26,
AS 35,
AS 40A.
Packaging
Flux Weight To order( kg )
AS 81 bag 25 1096-1104
Conditions of use:
DC or AC up to 1 400 A with one wire.
Wires to be used:
All grades (AS 36 - AS 40 - AS 42 -
AS 61 - AS 126…).
Fluxes for submerged arc weldi AS 72Standards:
• EN 760SF CS1 77 AC
• EN 756S 35 0 CS1 S1S 38 0 CS1 S2S 42 2 CS1 S2 Mo
• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.17F 6 - A0 - EL 12F 7 - A2 - EM 12F 8 - A2 E EA2 A2
Fused flux
Main applications:• Shipyards.• Piping.• Boilerwork.
Specific characteristics:
• Flux for welding of carbon steels of the shipbuilding type.• Used in single run and multirun welding with one or more electrodes,
when good impact strengths are required at -20 °C.• Surfacing with flux when using copper wires (in particular NERTALIC 44 and NERTALIC 45).• Good properties on powder backing.
Typical chemical analysis: AS 26 AS 35 AS 40A
Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metalC 0.10 0.03 0.10 0.04 0.10 0.04Mn 0.5 0.8 1.0 1.4 0.1 1.3Si 0.05 0.4 0.05 0.4 0.05 0.4Mo - - - - 0.5 0.45
Typical mechanical characteristics:With wires UTS YS Elongation CVN at CVN at
(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % 0 °C (J) – 20 °C (J)AS 26 460 360 32 70 100AS 35 645 580 22 65 55AS 40A 700 650 20 80 75
AS 81Standards:
• EN 760S F CS 64 AC
• EN 756S 42 5 CS S 4S 46 4 CS S 2 Mo(AS 40 A)S 4T 4 CS S 2 Mo(AS 40 A)S 50 4 CS S 4 MoS 5T 4 CS S 4 MoS 50 4 CS S 2 Mo(AS 42)
• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.17F7A6-EH14
• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.23F8-A6-E EA3-A2
Main applications:• A large range of steels:
ordinary steels to low alloysteels.
• Heavy and medium boilerwork, piping and metal framework.
• Shipbuilding.
Typical mechanical characteristics:With wires Heat UTS YS 0.2 Elongation CVN at CVN at CVN at
treatment (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % – 20 °C (J) – 40 °C (J) – 60 °C (J)AS 36 as welded 540 450 29 130 80 60
620 °C/2h 520 420 31 - 130 70AS 40A as welded 590 500 27 - 80 20
AS 40A as welded 660 590 25 120 60 40620 °C/2h 630 470 25 90 40 -
AS 42 as welded 690 570 22 70 65 30620 °C/2h 670 620 24 - 80 30
AS 61 as welded 665 590 23 110 60 50
AS 126 as welded - - - 70 - -620 °C/2h 680 615 21 45 - -
Specific characteristics:
• High impact strength values for temperatures less than or equal to – 40 °C.• Guarantee of a high quality level of weld, which is independent of any alloy elements in steels.• For use with single or multiple wires, and for single-pass, two-run or multirun welds.
Typical chemical analysis: AS 36 AS 40A AS 40 AS 42 AS 61 AS 126
Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal
C 0.12 0.07 0.10 0.07 0.12 0.07 0.10 0.07 0.10 0.06 0.10 0.06Si 0.05 0.25 0.05 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.35 0.50 0.05 0.25 0.10 0.25Mn 2.00 1.35 1.00 0.80 2.00 1.35 1.1 0.90 2.0 1.25 1.00 0.80Mo - - 0.5 0.40 0.5 0.45 0.5 0.45 0.5 0.45 0.5 0.45Cr - - - - - - - - - - 1.5 1.1Ni - - - - - - - - 0.5 0.45 - -
171
Cha
pte
r 7
ng
Packaging
Flux Weight To order( kg )
AS 89 bag 25 please consult
Wires to be used:
AS 36 (2 % Mn)
or low alloyed wires (AS 40 - AS 61).
Packaging
Flux Weight To order( kg )
AS 80 bag 25 1096-0312
Conditions of use:
DC or AC up to 1800 A.
Wires to be used:
AS 36 (2% Mn) or low alloyed wire (AS 40).
Typical mechanical characteristics:With wires Heat UTS YS Elongation CVN at CVN at CVN at CVN at
treatment (MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % 0 °C (J) – 20 °C (J) – 40 °C (J) – 60 °C (J)AS 36 none 550 440 28 130 100 70 30AS 40 none 665 590 24 100 80 60 40AS 61 none 680 600 22 80 65 58 35
AS 80Standards:
• EN 760SF CS 65 AC
• EN 756S 460 CS S 4S 460 CS S 4 Mo
• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.17F7A2-EH14
• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.23F8A2-E EA3-A2
Main applications:• Heavy boilerwork.
Typical mechanical characteristics:With wires UTS YS Elongation CVN at CVN at CVN at
(MPa ) (MPa ) (I=5d) % 0 °C (J) – 20 °C (J) – 30 °C (J)AS 36 590 500 27 90 50 30AS 40 610 480 26 80 45 -
Specific characteristics:
• Flux for multirun welding of carbon steels and low alloy steels for which there are high impactstrengths at – 30 °C.
Typical chemical analysis: AS 36 AS 40
Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal
C 0.12 0.05 0.12 0.05Mn 2.0 1.4 2.0 1.5Si 0.05 0.4 0.07 0.4Mo - - 0.5 0.45
AS 89Standards:
• EN 760S F CS 64 AC
• EN 756S 42 4 CS S4S 50 4 CS S4 Mo
• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.17F7A6-EH14
• ASME ( AWS )SFA 5.23F8-A6-E EA3-A2
Main applications:• Heavy boilerwork of the nuclear type.
Specific characteristics:
• This flux is particularly recommended for multirun welding of carbon steels and low alloy steels for which good impact strengths at temperatures of – 40 °C are required.
• Highly reliable performance.• Surfacing with stainless steel wire.
Typical chemical analysis: AS 36 AS 40 AS 61
Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metal Wire Weld metalC 0.12 0.06 0.12 0.06 0.10 0.07Mn 2.0 1.4 2.0 1.4 2.0 1.35Si 0.05 0.35 0.05 0.35 0.05 0.35Mo - - 0.5 0.45 0.5 0.45Ni - - - - 0.5 0.47
Approvals:D.N.V. L.R.S. B.V. A.B.S.
AS 36 / AS 80 � � � �